411-9001-063 s8000 bts reference

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/411-9001-063-s8000-bts-reference 1/514

Wireless Service Provider Solutions

S8000/S8002/S8003/S8006 BTSReference ManualPE/DCL/DD/0063 15.53/EN Standard March 2005411--9001--063

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Copyright © 1999--2005 Nortel Networks

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Wireless Service Provider Solutions

S8000/S8002/S8003/S8006 BTSReference ManualDocument number: PE/DCL/DD/0063

411--9001--063Document status: StandardDocument issue: 15.53/ENProduct release: GSM/BSS V15.1RDate: March 2005

Copyright © 1999--2005 Nortel Networks, All Rights Reserved

Originated in FranceNORTEL NETWORKS CONFIDENTIAL:

The information contained in this document is the property of Nortel Networks. Except as specifically authorized inwriting by Nortel Networks, the holder of this document shall keep the information contained herein confidential andshall protect same in whole or in part from disclosure and dissemination to third parties and use for evaluation,operation and maintenance purposes only.

You may not reproduce, represent, or download through any means, the information contained herein in any way or inany form without prior written consent of Nortel Networks.

The following are trademarks of Nortel Networks: *NORTEL NETWORKS, the NORTEL NETWORKS corporate logo,the NORTEL Globemark, UNIFIED NETWORKS, BSC6000, S2000, S4000, S8000.GSM is a trademark of France Telecom.

All other brand and product names are trademarks or registred trademarks of their respective holders.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidential iii

S8000/S8002/S8003/S8006 BTS ReferenceManual


PUBLICATION HISTORY

System release: GSM/BSS V15.1R

March 2005

Issue 15.53/EN Standard

Added information of secured loop function in 2.9.4.2 and 4.2.3.1

November 2004

Issue 15.52/EN Preliminary

Synchronized with V15.0 Standard

Feature 27794: updated section 1.1.7

August 2004


Added GSM--R information from V12.4d

Updated with Review Comments

System release: GSM/BSS V15.0

October 2004


HePA updates

September 2004


August 2004


General infrastructure and catalog cleanup

July 2004


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidentialiv

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063

Standard 15.53/EN March 2005 Copyright © 1999--2005 Nortel Networks

Updated Chapter 2 with power consumption information.

May 2004


Incorporated SME review comments

25621: High Power PA (60W) -- GSM 900

24878: S8003 for 1800 and E--GSM without ASCI (POMAN)

March 2004


Incorporated SME review comments

January 2004

Issue 15.02/EN Draft

Updated according to the following feature:

GSM

• 24467: RGSM DRX ND3

December 2003


V15.0 features are not supported on the BSC2G. (BSC2G functionality is kept onBSCs running the 14.3 software load).

Updated according to the following features:

Edge

• 20219: Edge link adaptation

• 20231: Edge traffic management

GPRS

• 13897: AR1348: Data Asynchronous TRAU Frame--Interface

GSM

• 23068: Differentiation Non Edge DRX/DRXND3/EDRX at OMC--R

• 24119: Network identification of CMCF phase 1 and phase 2 boards fromOMC--R

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidential v



• 24467: RGSM DRX ND3

October 2003



024396: e--PA 1800 for S8000 and S12000

024397: e--PA 900 for S8000 and S12000

24381: e--PA 1900 for S8000 and S12000

24382: e--PA 850 for S8000 and S12000

24981: e--PA 1900 redesign for S8000 and S12000

24982: e--PA 850 redesign for S8000 and S12000

August 2003



20470: S8000 ind/out up to 3S888 / H2D (1 or 2) + H4D with PA (CMCC)

20468: S8000 ind/out up to 2 S666 / D(1 or 2) + H2D(1 or 2) with PA (CUTC,CMCC, Microcell)

24399: eDRX 900 for S8000 and S12000

Updated to include S8003 Indoor BTS, feature 24389

April 2003


The following changes were made throughout the document:

Add the frequency band configuration (chapter1)

Update DCU connections with the battery (S8000 BTS Outdoor)

Update DC power supply diagram (S8000 BTS Outdoor)

Update DCU protection and DCU alarms description (S8000 BTS Outdoor)

Update GIPS, ADU, DCU figures

Update GIPS rectifier description

January 2003


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidentialvi

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



CR Q00248399: Modify the jumpers settings on the PCMI board

Modify the GIPS front face

December 2002



Update Paragraph 2.6 “RF Combiner”

Update Paragraph 3.2.3 “PCM Interface (PCMI)”

Upgrade according to the following feature:• PR1505: S8000/S12000 High Power PA (60W)• SV1374 (12108): Network Level Identification of eDRL and ePA presence

Add the GIPS and the associated AC box description

Add the four--way hybrid duplexer (H4D 1900 Mhz) RF Combiner

October 2002


Update after internal reviewMinor editorial update carried out on all chapters

August 2002


Introduction of VSWR ENHANCEMENTS

August 2002

Issue 13.04/EN StandardIntroduction of Energy Supply Module (Chapter 2)

March 2002


Changed to Standard -- no update

July 2001


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidential vii



Added RACE

October 2000


Deleted ROT

September 2001


Modification of Chapter 5 (Dimensioning rules arenowdescribed in NTP< 138 >).

New illustrations of battery cabinets

June 2001

Issue 12.09/EN Prelimanary

Update after internal document review

May 2001

Issue 12.08/EN DraftUpdate for V12.4C release:

dimensioning rules removed, Chapter 5

configurations updated, Chapter 5

eDRX module, Chapter 3

battery cabinet updated (Polarity); Chapter 1

new hood, Chapter 1

new Power Amplifier, Chapter 3

September 2000



July 2000


S8006 BTS: Chapters 1, 2 ,4 , 5

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidentialviii

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


S8000 family: Removal of the rectifier module evolution, Chapter 2

battery cabinet alarm cabling updated, Chapter 2

TD 1158: Additional external alarms on CBCF, Chapter 2

dimensioning rule updated, Chapter 5

CSR EE00608: EXT. P./ EXT. NP. pin connections on ALCO/RECAL boardsupdated, Chapter 2

June 2000


Modification of the manual structure

PR 1179 and PR 1163: Cavity coupling, Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4

eDRX module: all chapters

New PA, Chapter 2

Tri--phase ac box (type 4), Chapter 2

SR EE00198 or SR NK00810 CPCMI board: switch position, Chapter 2

Power system: new type of six--rectifiers, Chapter 2

Dimensioning rules and configurations updated, Chapter 5

November 1999


Minor editorial update

November 1999


Translation according to the V12.02/FR updating

June 1999



May 1999


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidential ix



Update for the V12 release according to the “Feature list of System Release V12”,(PE/SYS/DPL/103 V01.04/EN), Chapters 3 and 6

PR 887: S8000 Indoor 900/1800 (2D+H2D or 2H2D), Chapter 6

PR 897 : S8000 Outdoor 900/1800/1900 (2D+H2D or 2H2D), Chapter 6

PR 942 : S8000 Outdoor 900, 1800 (H2D or H4D), Chapter 6

SR 301 06261: Connector description, Chapter 4

S8002 BTS

Former versions of this document refer to obsolete BSS system versions. Therefore, the

publication history is not applicable.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidential x

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Table of contentsNortel Networks Confidential xi



About this document 0--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applicability 0--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audience 0--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Prerequisites 0--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Related Documents 0--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .How this document is organized 0--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vocabulary conventions 0--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Regulatory information 0--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 Cabinet description 1--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.1 Physical characteristics 1--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.1 S8000 Outdoor BTS 1--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.2 S8000 Indoor BTS 1--18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.3 S8002 BTS 1--21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.4 S8003 Indoor BTS 1--24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.5 S8006 BTS 1--27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.6 Product names 1--32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.7 Configurations 1--32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.2 Cabinet compartment layout 1--38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2.1 S8000 Outdoor BTS 1--38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2.2 S8000 Indoor BTS 1--45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2.3 S8002 BTS 1--54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2.4 S8003 Indoor BTS 1--57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2.5 S8006 BTS 1--60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2.6 Additional equipments 1--64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3 BTS cabling 1--76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3.1 Connector plates 1--76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3.2 Internal cabling 1--83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3.3 External cabling 1--122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3.4 Inter--cabinet cabling 1--122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.4 Power supply 1--164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.4.1 S8000 Outdoor/S8006 BTS 1--164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.4.2 S8000 Indoor BTS 1--197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.4.3 S8002 BTS 1--199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.4.4 S8003 Indoor BTS 1--205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 Board description 2--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.1 Power amplifier (PA) 2--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1.1 Amplifier alarms 2--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Table of contents Nortel Networks Confidential xii

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.1.2 Power supply 2--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1.3 Connectors 2--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2 ALCO board 2--9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2.1 Functional description 2--9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2.2 Alarm management 2--9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2.3 Physical description 2--11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2.4 List of connected internal alarms 2--20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2.5 List of unprotected external alarms 2--24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.3 RECAL board 2--26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



2.3.3 List of connected internal alarms 2--40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.3.4 List of unprotected external alarms 2--49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4 ALPRO board 2--50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4.1 Principle 2--50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4.2 Description 2--50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4.3 S8000 Outdoor BTS environmental conditions 2--51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4.4 S8000 Indoor BTS environmental conditions 2--53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4.5 S8003 Indoor BTS environmental conditions 2--53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.4.6 Connectors 2--53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5 F--type converter 2--56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.1 Principle 2--56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.2 Description 2--56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.3 Front panel 2--57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6 RF combiner 2--59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6.1 Principle 2--59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6.2 RF Combiner front panels 2--67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.7 Tx filter module 2--75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.7.1 VSWR--meter 2--75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.8 BCF unit 2--78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.8.1 PCMI board 2--78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.8.2 CSWM board 2--89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.8.3 DSC board 2--96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.8.4 SYNC board 2--98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.8.5 BCF converter 2--104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.8.6 PSCMD board 2--107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Table of contentsNortel Networks Confidential xiii



2.9 Compact BCF (CBCF) module 2--110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.9.1 Functional description 2--110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.9.2 Mapping of BCF functions to CBCF functions 2--111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


2.9.4 CPCMI Board 2--114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.9.5 CMCF board 2--126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.9.6 BCFICO board 2--136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.9.7 CBCF Back Panel (CBP) 2--146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.10 DRX, e--DRX, DRX--ND3 module 2--155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.10.1 DRX front panel 2--155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.10.2 e--DRX front panel 2--158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.11 RX--splitter 2--160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.11.1 Principle 2--160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.11.2 Consumption 2--160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.11.3 RX--splitter front panel 2--160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.12 Power system 2--163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.12.1 Energy Supply Module (ESM) (five--rectifier type) 2--163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.12.2 Power system (six--rectifier type) 2--168. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.12.3 Power system (seven--rectifier type) 2--175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.12.4 GSM Integrated Power System (GIPS) 2--181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.13 Battery Remote Controller 2--190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.13.1 Battery remote maintenance 2--190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.13.2 Battery status monitoring 2--190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.13.3 Location 2--190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


3 Architecture 3--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1 Physical architecture 3--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.1.1 Introduction 3--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1.2 Subsystems 3--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1.3 Internal buses 3--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2 BCF functional architecture 3--9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2.1 BCF control, switching and management (CSWM) 3--9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2.2 Data Signaling Concentration unit (DSC) 3--16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2.3 PCM Interface (PCMI) 3--18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2.4 Synchronization (SYNC) 3--20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Table of contents Nortel Networks Confidential xiv

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.2.5 Alarm collecting function (ALCO) 3--23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2.6 BCF/DRX gateway (GTW) 3--23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2.7 BCF configurations 3--25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.3 CBCF functional architecture 3--26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.3.1 Switching, synchronization, and concentration 3--26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.3.2 Control of the alarm management unit 3--30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.3.3 PCM Interface 3--30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.4 DRX functional architecture 3--32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.4.1 DRX digital part 3--32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.4.2 DRX radio part 3--50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.4.3 DRX shutting down 3--52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.4.4 Power supply board 3--52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.5 e--DRX functional architecture 3--53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.5.1 Modifications between the DRX and e--DRX 3--53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.5.2 Main external connections 3--55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.5.3 e--DRX functional description 3--56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 Software descrIption 4--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.1 BTS software presentation 4--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.1.1 Downloadable files 4--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.1.2 PROM 4--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2 BTS software functions 4--6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2.1 DRX, e--DRX, DRX--ND3 software functions 4--7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2.2 BCF software functions 4--11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2.3 CBCF software functions 4--13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2.4 TIL software functions 4--17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 Dimensioning rules 5--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of figuresNortel Networks Confidential xv



Figure 1--1 S8000 Outdoor BTS with ACU climatic system 1--4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--2 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Air circulation in the BTS with ACUs 1--5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--3 S8000 Outdoor BTS: ACU climatic system diagram 1--6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--4 S8000 Outdoor BTS with DACS climatic system (type 1) 1--8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--5 S8000 Outdoor BTS with DACS climatic system (type 2) 1--9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--6 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Air circulation in the BTS with DACS or “LN” DACS 1--10. .

Figure 1--7 S8000 Outdoor BTS with “LN” DACS climatic system 1--12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--8 Control board of climatic system with “LN” DACS 1--14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--9 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Plinth diagram 1--17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--10 S8000 Indoor BTS: Base cabinet 1--19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 1--11 S8000 Indoor BTS: BCF cabinet 1--20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--12 S8002 BTS: Base cabinet layout 1--22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--13 S8003 Indoor BTS cabinet 1--25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--14 Front view of the S8003 Indoor BTS 1--26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--15 S8006 BTS: Base cabinet layout 1--28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--16 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Base cabinet layout (with BCF) 1--40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--17 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Base cabinet layout (with CBCF) 1--41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--18 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Extension cabinet layout 1--42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--19 S8000 Indoor BTS: Base cabinet layout 1--46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--20 S8000 Indoor BTS: BCF cabinet layout 1--49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--21 S8000 Indoor BTS: BCF cabinet top view 1--50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--22 BCF back panel 1--52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--23 Localizing device 1--53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--24 S8002 BTS layout 1--55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--25 S8003 Indoor BTS cabinet layout 1--58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--26 S8006 BTS layout 1--62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--27 External battery cabinet of the S8000 Outdoor BTS (NTQA36GA batteries) 1--65Figure 1--28 External battery cabinet of the S8000 Outdoor BTS (SBS 60 batteries) 1--66. . . .

Figure 1--29 External battery cabinet of the S8000 Outdoor BTS (SBS C11 batteries) 1--67. .

Figure 1--30 S8000 Indoor BTS: Cabinet top 1--69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--31 Top view of the S8003 Indoor BTS cabinet 1--70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--32 S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor: 75 ohms box type 1 1--71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--33 S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor: 75 ohms box type 2 1--72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--34 S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor BTS: PCM connection box 1--73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--35 S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor BTS: --48 V connection box 1--74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of figures Nortel Networks Confidential xvi

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Figure 1--36 External alarm connection box 1--75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--37 Antenna connectors for various coupling systems (maximum configurations) 1--77

Figure 1--38 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Connector plates 1--78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--39 S8000 Indoor BTS: External top connection kit 1--79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--40 S8002 Outdoor BTS bulkhead plates 1--81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--41 External connectors of the S8003 Indoor BTS cabinet 1--82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--42 S8006 BTS: Connectors 1--83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--43 S8000 Indoor/ Outdoor BTS interconnection panels 1--85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--44 S8002 Outdoor interconnection panel 1--86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--45 Interconnection panel of the S8003 Indoor BTS 1--87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 1--46 S8006 BTS: Interconnection panels 1--89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--47 Transmission/reception diagram for a 1O2 configuration with duplexer coupling system1--91

Figure 1--48 S8002 BTS: Cabling for a 1O2 configuration with duplexer coupling system 1--92

Figure 1--49 Transmission/reception diagram for a 1S211 configuration with duplexer coupling system .1--93

Figure 1--50 S8000 Outdoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 1S211 configuration with duplexercoupling system 1--94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--51 S8000 Indoor BTS: Cabling for a 1S211 configuration with duplexer coupling system . .

1--95Figure 1--52 Transmission/reception for a S222 configuration with H2D coupling system 1--96

Figure 1--53 Transmission/reception for a 2S433 configuration with H2D coupling system 1--97

Figure 1--54 S8006 BTS: Cabling for a S222 configuration using H2D coupling system 1--98. .

Figure 1--55 S8000 Outdoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 2S433 configuration using H2D couplingsystem 1--99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--56 S8000 Outdoor BTS (extension cabinet): Cabling for a 2S433 configuration using H2Dcoupling system 1--100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--57 S8000 Indoor BTS: Cabling for a 2S433 configuration using H2D coupling system . . . .1--101

Figure 1--58 Transmission/reception diagram for a 1O8 configuration using H2D coupling system andfour antennas 1--102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--59 S8000 Outdoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 1O8 configuration using H2D couplingsystem and four antennas 1--103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--60 S8000 Indoor BTS: Cabling for a 1O8 configuration using H2D coupling system and fourantennas 1--104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--61 Transmission/reception diagram for a 1O8 configuration using H4D coupling system . .1--105

Figure 1--62 S8000 Outdoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 1O8 configuration using H4D couplingsystem 1--106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of figuresNortel Networks Confidential xvii



Figure 1--63 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 1O8 configuration using H4D coupling

system 1--107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 1--64 Transmission/reception diagram for 1O8 configuration using duplexer and cavity system

coupling 1--108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--65 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for 1O8 configuration using duplexer and cavitycoupling system 1--109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--66 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 2S444 configuration using duplexer andTx--Filter coupling system 1--110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--67 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Cabling for a 1S44 configuration using duplexer and Tx--Filtercoupling system 1--111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--68 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 3S444--444 dual band configuration using

H2D coupling system 1--112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 1--69 S8000 Indoor BTS (extension cabinets): Cabling for a 3S444--444 dual band configuration

using H2D coupling system 1--113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--70 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 3S444--222 dual band configuration usingD and H2D coupling system 1--114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--71 S8000 Indoor BTS (extension cabinet): Cabling for a 3S444--222 dual band configurationusing D and H2D coupling system 1--115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--72 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinets): Cabling for a 3S666 configuration using D and H2Dcoupling system 1--116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--73 S8000 Indoor BTS (extension cabinets): Cabling for a 3S666 configuration using D andH2D coupling system 1--117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--74 Transmission/reception diagram for a 3S888 configuration using duplexer and cavitycoupling system 1--118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--75 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 3S888 configuration using duplexer andcavity coupling system 1--119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--76 S111 cabling for a S8003 Indoor BTS 1--120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--77 S111 connections for a S8003 Indoor BTS 1--121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--78 S8000 Outdoor BTS: ac and dc cabling 1--123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--79 S8000 Indoor BTS: ac and dc cabling 1--124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--80 S8002 BTS: ac and dc cabling 1--125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--81 S8003 BTS: dc cabling 1--126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 1--82 S8006 BTS: ac and dc cabling 1--127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--83 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Ground cabling 1--128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--84 S8000 Indoor BTS: Ground cabling 1--129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--85 S8002 BTS: Ground cabling 1--130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Figure 1--88 S8000 Outdoor BTS: External alarm cabling 1--133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--89 S8000 Indoor BTS: External alarm cabling (with CBCF) 1--134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of figures Nortel Networks Confidential xviii

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Figure 1--90 S8000 Indoor BTS: External alarm cabling (with BCF) 1--135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--91 S8003 Indoor BTS: External alarm cabling 1--136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--92 S8006 BTS: External alarm cabling 1--137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--93 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Internal alarm cabling 1--138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--94 S8002 BTS: Alarm cabling 1--139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--95 S8006 BTS: Alarm cabling 1--140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--96 S8000 Indoor BTS: Internal alarm cabling 1--141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--97 S8003 Indoor BTS: Internal alarm cabling 1--142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--98 S8000 Outdoor BTS: PCM bus cabling 1--143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--99 S8000 Indoor BTS: PCM bus and O&M bus cabling (with BCF) 1--144. . . . . . . . . . .Figure 1--100 S8000 Outdoor BTS: O&M bus cabling (with BCF) 1--145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--101 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Abis cabling 1--146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--102 S8002 BTS: Abis and PCM bus cabling 1--147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--103 S8003 BTS: Abis bus cabling 1--148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--104 S8006 BTS: Abis and PCM bus cabling 1--149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--105 S8000 Indoor BTS with a cavity combiner: Specific cabling 1--150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--106 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Batteries--BRC cabling without battery cabinet 1--151. . . . . .

Figure 1--107 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Batteries--BRC cabling with battery cabinet 1--152. . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--108 S8002 BTS: BRC cabling 1--153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--109 S8000 Outdoor BTS: External cabling with external alarm and PCM modules 1--154

Figure 1--110 S8000 Outdoor BTS: External cabling with ALPRO--PRIPRO modules 1--155. . . . .

Figure 1--111 S8002 BTS: External cabling 1--156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--112 S80003 BTS: External cabling 1--157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--113 S8006 BTS: External cabling 1--158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--114 S8000 Indoor BTS: External cabling 1--159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--115 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Inter--cabinet cabling (with BCF) 1--160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--116 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Inter--cabinet cabling (with CBCF) 1--161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 1--117 S8000 indoor BTS: Inter--cabinet cabling (with BCF cabinet) 1--162. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--118 S8000 Indoor BTS: Inter--cabinet cabling (with CBCF) 1--163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--119 Single--phase AC box (GSM 900/1800) type 1 1--172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--120 Single--phase AC box (GSM 900/1800) type 2 1--173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--121 Tri--phase AC box (GSM 900/1800) type 1 1--174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .




8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of figuresNortel Networks Confidential xix



Figure 1--125 Split single--phase AC box (GSM 1900) type 1 1--178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--126 Split single phase AC box (GSM 1900) type 2 1--179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--127 AC box / GIPS with E, F, UK type user AC plug 1--181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--128 AC box / GIPS with US type user AC plug 1--182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--129 Side view of inside of single--phase AC box, type 1 (GSM 900/1800) 1--185. . . . . .

Figure 1--130 Side view of inside of single--phase AC box, type 2 (GSM 900/1800) 1--186. . . . . .

Figure 1--131 Side view of inside of Tri--phase AC box, type 1 (GSM 900/1800) 1--187. . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--132 Side view of inside of Tri--phase AC box, type 2 and 3 (GSM 900/1800) 1--188. . . .

Figure 1--133 Side view of inside split single--phase AC box, type 1 (GSM 1900) 1--189. . . . . . . .

Figure 1--134 Side view of tri--phase AC box, type 4 (GSM 900/1800) 1--190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 1--135 Side view of inside of split single--phase AC box, type 2 (GSM 1900) 1--191. . . . .

Figure 1--136 Side view of inside of AC box / GIPS 1--192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--137 S8006 BTS: AC box front panel 1--193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--138 S8006 BTS: AC box side view (GSM 1800) 1--194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--139 S8000 Outdoor BTS: dc power supply diagram 1--195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--140 S8006 BTS: dc power supply diagram 1--196. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--141 S8000 Indoor BTS: dc power supply diagram 1--198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--142 S8002 Outdoor BTS: dc power supply diagram 1--200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--143 View of the S8002 single phase AC box 1--203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--144 View of the S8002 dual phase AC box 1--204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 1--145 S8003 Indoor BTS: dc power supply diagram 1--206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--1 S8000 BTS: Power amplifier (type 1) 2--3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--2 S8000 BTS: Power amplifier (type 1) without switch I/O 2--4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--3 S8000 and S8003 BTS: Power amplifier (type 2) 2--5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--4 S8000 BTS: High Power Amplifier (HePA) 2--6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--5 ALCO board functional diagram 2--10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--6 ALCO board 2--12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 2--7 RECAL board functional diagram 2--27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--8 RECAL board 2--30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--9 ALPRO board 2--52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--10 F--type converter 2--58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--11 Duplexer--only (D) RF combiner diagram (S8000 BTS and S8003 BTS) 2--60. . . .

Figure 2--12 H2D RF combiner diagram (S8000 BTS and S8003 BTS) 2--61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--13 H4D RF combiner diagram (S8000 BTS) 2--62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--14 Cavity combiner diagram (S8000 BTS) 2--63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of figures Nortel Networks Confidential xx

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Figure 2--15 Duplexer--only (D) RF combiner (S8000 BTS and S8003 BTS) 2--68. . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--16 Two--way hybrid duplexer (H2D) RF combiner (S8000 BTS and S8003 BTS) 2--69

Figure 2--17 Four--way hybrid duplexer (H4D 1800/900 Mhz) RF combiner 2--70. . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--18 Four--way hybrid duplexer (H4D 1900 Mhz) RF combiner 2--71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--19 Remote tunable cavity combiner: Front panel 2--74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--20 Tx--Filter (TX--F) module 2--76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--21 Tx--Filter (Tx--F) functional diagram 2--77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--22 E1 PCMI board 2--80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--23 T1 PCMI board 2--81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--24 GTW board diagram 2--87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 2--25 GTW board 2--88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--26 CSWM board diagram 2--92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--27 CSWM board 2--93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--28 DSC board 2--97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--29 SYNC board 2--103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--30 BCF converter 2--106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--31 PSCMD board 2--108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--32 S8006 BTS: CBCF module 2--112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--33 S8000/S8002/S8003 BTS: CBCF module 2--113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--34 CPCMI board functional diagram 2--116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--35 CPCMI board 2--118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--36 CPCMI board: hardware switches 2--120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--37 CMCF board 2--130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--38 BCFICO board 2--137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--39 CBP board 2--147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--40 DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 module 2--157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--41 e--DRX module 2--159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 2--42 RX--splitter diagram 2--161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--43 RX--splitter 2--162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--44 Front view of ESM 2--166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--45 Front view of rectifier 2--167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--46 Power system (six--rectifier type 1) 2--172. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--47 Power system (six--rectifier type 2) 2--173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--48 Power system (seven--rectifier type) 2--176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--49 DC cable termination load output protections 2--179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of figuresNortel Networks Confidential xxi



Figure 2--50 GIPS 2--185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--51 DCU module 2--186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--52 ADU module 2--189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--53 BRC location 2--191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2--54 Battery remote controller diagram 2--192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--1 Subsystem architecture with BCF 3--3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--2 Subsystem architecture with CBCF 3--4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--3 BCF architecture 3--10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--4 Organization of CSWM functions 3--11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--5 GSM time bus synchronization 3--22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figure 3--6 BCF/DRX Gateway (GTW) 3--24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--7 CMCF board synchronization (full configuration) 3--27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--8 Defense connectivity between the CMCF boards (full confguration) 3--29. . . . . . .

Figure 3--9 DRX board: functional block diagram 3--33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--10 AMNU functions 3--34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--11 DCU8 unit diagram 3--41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--12 SPU reception functions 3--43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--13 SPU transmission functions 3--43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--14 Power slaving diagram 3--49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--15 e--DRX board: functional block diagram 3--54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--16 Logic unit (eLDRX): functional architecture 3--58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 3--17 Radio unit (eRDRX): functional unit 3--65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 4--1 Software functions (with BCF) 4--8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 4--2 Software functions (with CBCF) 4--9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 4--3 COAM architecture on the CBCF 4--15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of tables Nortel Networks Confidential xxii

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Table 1--1 Setting of nominal internal temperature 1--13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 1--2 Setting of nominal internal temperature 1--30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 1--3 S8000/S8002/S8006 BTS: Boards required in various configurations 1--33. . . . . .

Table 1--4 S8003 BTS: Boards required in various configurations 1--34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 1--5 European single phase AC box 1--171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 1--6 Tri--phase phase AC box 1--171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--1 Voltage supply connector 2--7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--2 Data connector 2--8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--3 LEDs on the front panel of the ALCO board 2--13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--4 ALCO board connectors 2--13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--5 PCM PIN connections 2--14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--6 J64 pin connections 2--15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--7 INT pin connections 2--15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--8 O&M pin connections 2--16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--9 PWR pin connections 2--16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--10 PCM out pin connections 2--17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--11 EXT. P. pin connections (S8000 I/O BTS) 2--18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--12 EXT. NP. pin connections 2--19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--13 Debug. pin connections 2--19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2--14 Internal alarms and INT. connector DALIs

(S8000 Indoor BTS, base and extension cabinets) 2--21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--15 List of internal alarms and INT. connector DALIs(S8000 Outdoor BTS, base and extension cabinets) 2--23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--16 Unprotected external alarms(S8000 Indoor BTS, base and extension cabinets) 2--24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--17 Unprotected external alarms(S8000 Outdoor BTS, base and extension cabinets) 2--25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--18 User alarms 2--28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--19 LEDs on the front panel of the RECAL board 2--31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2--20 RECAL board connectors 2--32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--21 PCM pin connections 2--33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--22 PCM out pin connections 2--34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--23 Int. pin connections 2--35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--24 EXT. P pin connections (S8000 BTS) 2--36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--25 EXT. P pin connections (S8003 BTS) 2--37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--26 Ext. NP. pin connections 2--38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of tablesNortel Networks Confidential xxiii



Table 2--28 P0 (Debug) pin connections 2--39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--29 P1 (EPLD JTAG) port pin connections 2--39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2--30 List of alarms and INT0 connector DALIs

(S8000 Indoor BTS, base and extension cabinets) 2--41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--31 List of alarms and INT0 connector DALIs(S8000 Outdoor BTS, base and extension cabinets) 2--43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--32 List of alarms and connector DALIs (S8002 BTS) 2--45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--33 List of alarms and INT0 connector DALIs(S8003 Indoor BTS) 2--47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--34 List of alarms and EXT N.P. connector DALIs(S8003 Indoor BTS) 2--48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--35 Unprotected external alarms(S8000 Outdoor BTS, base and extension cabinets) 2--49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--36 ALPRO 25--pin connections 2--53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--37 ALPRO 10--pin connections 2--54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--38 ALPRO 25--pin connections (S8003 BTS) 2--55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--39 ALPRO 10--pin connections (S8003 BTS) 2--55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--40 Output voltages and alarm signals connector 2--57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--41 Input voltages connector 2--57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--42 Content of RF combiner modules 2--59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--43 Amplifier pin connections 2--64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2--44 VSWR pin connections 2--72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--45 PCMI switch settings 2--83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--46 Connector settings 2--85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--47 GTW test connector 2--89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--48 Clock settings 2--94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--49 RJ45 connector for ethernet 2--94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--50 DB9 connector for J64 2--95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--51 DB9 test connector 2--95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--52 Test panel pin connections 2--98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--53 BCF Converter 12--pin connector 2--105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--54 TYAL jumper settings 2--109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--55 CBCF module boards 2--110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--56 Table mapping of BCF and CBCF boards and functions 2--111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--57 Functions of CPCMI--E1 and CPCMI--T1 boards 2--115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--58 LEDs on the front panel of the CPCMI board 2--117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--59 CPCMI board: S3 switch 2--120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--60 CPCMI board: S1 and S2 switches 2--121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of tables Nortel Networks Confidential xxiv

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Table 2--61 CPCMI board connectors 2--122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--62 Pin connections of the P11 connector 2--123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2--63 Pin connections of the P13 connector (Power) 2--124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--64 Pin connections of the P10 connector (Debug) 2--124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--65 Pin connections of the P9 connector (JTAG) 2--125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--66 LEDs on the front panel of the CMCF Board 2--129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--67 CMCF board connectors 2--131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--68 Pin connections of the TEST connector 2--132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--69 Pin connections of the ETH connector 2--132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--70 Pin connections of the J3 (BDM) connector 2--133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--71 Pin connections of the J4 (JTAG) Connector 2--133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--72 Pin connections of the P1 connector 2--134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Table 2--75 Pin connections of the p4 (Power) connector 2--135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--76 BCFICO board connectors 2--136. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--77 PCM0/1 pin connections 2--138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--78 PCM2/3 pin connections 2--139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--79 PCM4/5 pin connections 2--139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2--80 ABIS pin connections 2--140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Table 2--82 RS232 pin connections 2--141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--83 J2 pin connections 2--141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .




Table 2--87 TEI Resistor coding on the switch register 2--144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--88 TEI configuration 2--145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2--89 CMCF_A (Sign1A) pin connections 2--148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--90 CMCF_A (Sign1B) pin connections 2--149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--91 CMCF_A (Sign1C) pin connections 2--149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--92 CMCF_B (Sign2A) pin connections 2--150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--93 CMCF_B (Sign2B) pin connections 2--150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--94 CMCF_B (Sign2C) pin connections 2--151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--95 CPCMI_0 (Sign3) pin connections 2--151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--96 CPCMI_1 (Sign 4) pin connections 2--152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


List of tablesNortel Networks Confidential xxv



Table 2--97 CPCMI_2 (Sign 5) pin connections 2--152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--98 BCFICO (Sign6A) pin connections 2--153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 2--99 BCFICO (Sign6B) pin connections 2--153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--100 BCFICO (Sign6C) pin connections 2--154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--101 AL1, AL2, AL3, AL4, AL5, AL6 pin connections(Power voltage connectors) 2--154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--102 Alarm connector 2--169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--103 Monitoring connector 2--170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--104 Table: J4 connector 2--177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--105 Table: J5 connector 2--178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--106 Table system indicators 2--180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--107 Table system indicators 2--181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2--108 Alarm connector 2--183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3--1 BTS subsystems 3--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 3--2 BCF configurations 3--25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 4--1 BCF software product names 4--1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 4--2 CBCF software product names 4--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 4--3 CBCF software product names 4--2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 4--4 S8003 BTS: CBCF software product names 4--3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 4--5 S8000 BTS family : DRX, e--DRX, and DRX--ND3 software product names 4--3

Table 4--6 S8002 BTS: DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 software product names 4--4. . . . . . .

Table 4--7 S8003 BTS: DRX software product names 4--5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 4--8 S8006 BTS: DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 software product names 4--5. . . . . . .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidential 0--1



ABOUT THIS DOCUMENTThis document describes the S8000, S8002, S8003, and S8006 Base TransceiverStations (BTSs), which are components of the Base Station Subsystem (BSS).

Applicability

This document applies to the V15.1R BSS system release.

Note: The V15.1R software release does not support BSC/TCU e3. The V15.1Rfeatures are not available on a BTS controlled by a BSCe3.

Precautionary message

The following message:

CAUTIONGSM--R specific

Indicates that specific equipment and specific software (such asspecific software in the BSC) dedicated to Railway application isusedand that therefore thefeature isnot availablefor all preliminaryGSM users.

Audience

The V15.1R system release is compatible with the High Power Amplifier (HePA)900 Mhz GSM BTS.

Prerequisites

It is recommended that the readers also become familiar with the followingdocuments:< 01 > : BSS Overview

< 07 > : BSS Operating Principles< 48 > : S8000/S8003 BTS Maintenance Manual

< 84 > : S8002 BTS Maintenance Manual

< 85 > : S8006 BTS Maintenance Manual< 124 > : BSS Parameter Dictionary

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Nortel Networks Confidential0--2

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


< 125 > : Observation Counter Dictionary

< 129 > : OMC--R User Manual -- Volume 2 of 3: Configuration, Performance,and Maintenance menus

< 130 > : OMC--R User Manual -- Volume 3 of 3: Security, Administration,SMS--CB, and Help menus

Related Documents

The NTPs listed in the above paragraph are quoted in the document.

How this document is organized

Chapter 1 describes the layout and content of the BTS cabinets as well as theircabling and power distribution.

Chapter 2 describes the functionsof theBTSboards andmodules and also describesthe front panel.

Chapter 3 examines BTS architecture and describes thephysical structure, focusingon the functional architecture of the subsystems.

Chapter 4 lists BTS software entities and shows how they are installed on thehardware units.

Chapter 5 indicates that thedimensioningrules arenowcontainedin NTP 138 GSMBSS Engineering Rules.

Vocabulary conventions

The glossary is included in the NTP <00>.

Regulatory information

Refer to the NTP <01>.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





1 CABINET DESCRIPTION

1.1 Physical characteristics

1.1.1 S8000 Outdoor BTS

1.1.1.1 BTS cabinet

Physical characteristics

Refer to NTP <01>.

Operating temperature

To operate correctly, the BTS requires a temperature greater than --40 °C (--56°F)and less than +50 °C (+122°F).Low speed: The HePA operates at a similar temperature in S8000 and S12000.The HePA temperature rise is in line with specification (+31 °C above ambient).High speed: The HePA operates 7 °C lower in S8000 than in S12000. TheHePA temperature rise is 2 °C lower than specification in S12000 (+29 °C above ambient).

TheHePA temperature rise is 9 °C lower than specification in S12000 (+22 °C aboveambient).

Power supply

Refer to NTP <01>.Themaximum power thecabinet canconsumeis 8500 W inworst caseconsumptionand in normal mode. This value does not take maintenance connectors and climaticunits currents into account.

Autonomy of the internal battery

The internal battery is an optional equipment located in the top compartment. Thebattery backup time depends on the configuration and the BTS equipment and hasa length of from around half an hour to a few hours.

1.1.1.2 Power system

The different power systems of the S8000 BTS are the following:

S8000 outdoor BTS / S8006 BTS• the six--rectifier type Power system including a PCU module, up to six 600 W

or 680 W rectifiers. This power system is used with a ac mains box.• the seven--rectifier type Power system including a Distribution Module, a

Controller Module, and up to seven 500 W rectifiers. This power system isused with an AC mains box.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


• for the S8000 outdoor BTS only: the GSM Integrated Power System (GIPS)including a DCU, an ADU, and up to five 680 W rectifiers. The GIPS is used with the ac box / GIPS.

S8000 indoor

• The Energy Supply Module including a PCU, up to five 680 W rectifiers, aclimatic unit, and a battery pack.

1.1.1.3 Climatic system

The climatic system controls the inside temperature of the cabinet. Low noise ornormal operation is available. It is located in the top compartment of the cabinet.

The climatic system can either consist of:two Air Cooling Units: ACUs,

or a Direct Ambient Cooling System: DACS or DACS “LN” (Low Noise).

With ACUs

Figure 1--1 shows the S8000 Outdoor with an ACU climatic system.

The topandmain compartments communicate through main compartment air inletsand main compartment air outlets (see Figure 1--2 ). The top compartment has

openings on the cabinet front panel that allow air to enter the cooling units andopenings on the rear of the cabinet that allow the cooling units to fan air out of thecabinet.

EachACU includesa compressor (ac--powered), an evaporator, condenser coilsandrefrigerant lines, external and internal air blowers, 1000W heater (resistance plateheater), digital controller, internal and ambient air temperature sensors, air filters,EMI filters, ac/dc rectifier/alarm board and circuit breakers.

The internal temperature sensors are used to regulate the temperature inside thecabinet. Theyare located on the climatic units, at the opening that enables air to pass

from the main compartment to the top compartment. The ambient air temperaturesensorsenable thePCUto cut itsdc power supply when the thresholds areexceeded.These sensors are located above the BCF or CBCF compartment or below therectifiers.

The external air blower is used to circulate the outside air across a condenser toextract heat from the refrigerant and expel heat to the outside air. The internal airblower circulates air through the BTS and over an evaporator to collect heat fromthe electronics.

There are six LEDs on the front side of each cooling unit. These LEDs indicate thealarms detected on the following type of failure (see Figure 1--3 ):

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





CTRL (orange): The controller display is alarmed.

FAN (orange): The fans for ambient air and internal equipment air are alarmed.Each airflow path contains sensors to measure the air blower speed for an airmover failure.

HP (orange): The pressure inside the compressor is controlled to sense a high orlow pressure for a compressor failure.

CS (green) : At cold start the LED comes on if the ACUs are well ac--powered.

dc (green) : The dc breaker is alarmed.

ac (green) : The ac breaker is alarmed.

These LEDs are lit when healthy and off on alarm.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Internal batteries (optional)

Top compartment

Maincompartment

Climatic system(2 ACUs)

Air inlet

Plinth (optional)

Air outlets

Alarm LEDs

Controller display

Figure 1--1 S8000 Outdoor BTS with ACU climatic system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Climatic unit air outlets

Climatic units

Topcompartment

air inlets

Topcompartment

air outlets

BTS front panel

Figure 1--2 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Air circulation in the BTS with ACUs

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Coolingsystem

Evaporationventilation

Condensationventilation

Heatingsystem

Alarm

ac mains

Alarm

48V dc

Climatic unit

ALCOor

RECAL

dc circuitbreaker

PCU ac box

ac circuitbreaker

dc circuitbreaker with

alarm

ac circuitbreaker with

alarm

Climatic unitcontroller

Alarm

High temperaturethermostats

Low temperaturethermostats

48V dc

Alarm

ac mains

Figure 1--3 S8000 Outdoor BTS: ACU climatic system diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





On each cooling unit there is also a controller display (red 7--segment display) thatindicates the internal air temperature. This controller display has two LEDs :

COOL/DELAY (red): lit when the internal air temperature reaches 40 °C(104°F).

HEAT (red): lit when the heater is on.

Technical characteristics

The ventilated air flow rate is 400 m 3 /hour (14.125 cubic feet/hour).

The maximum temperature of output air is +70 °C (158°F).

With DACS

Figure 1--4 and Figure 1--5 show the S8000 Outdoor with an DACS climaticsystem.

The operating principle is the following:

An air damper opens to admit external air (incoming air being filtered) andcontrols theinner cabinetenvironment bymixingappropriate amounts of outsideand recirculated air.

Twin blowers drive air down the rear duct and into the equipment enclosure viaslots at the rear. Returned air to the cooling system is routed through two sets of

holes in the base, with excess air being rejected from vents either located oneither side of the system (see Figure 1--6 ).

The internal temperature control is achieved by a high quality thermistor having anaccuracy of ±0.2°C (32,36 _ F) between 0 °C (32_ F) and 70°C (158_ F).This deviceis located in the left hand exit duct above a hole on the duct side; the hole ensuresthat the thermistor is constantly in a moving air stream, regardless of damperposition. The operational mode of the Cooling system is solely dictated by theinformation provided by the thermistor.

There are four operational modes:

Low temperature --40 °C (--56°F) < Tcab < 15 °C (59°F)The heater is powered on, the damper is closed to the outside and air isrecirculated via the holes in the base of the cooling system.

Medium temperature 15 °C (59°C) < Tcab < 40 °C (104°F)The heater is switched off, the damper remains closed and further heating of theequipment enclosure is achieved solely by the internal equipment loading.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Plinth (optional)

Air outlet


Top compartment

Maincompartment

Climatic system(DACS)

Air inlet

Window foralarm LEDs Air outlet

Airoutlets

Figure 1--4 S8000 Outdoor BTS with DACS climatic system (type 1)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Air inlet


Top compartment

Maincompartment

Air outlet

Plinth (optional)

Climatic system (DACS)

Air outlet

Figure 1--5 S8000 Outdoor BTS with DACS climatic system (type 2)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Climatic unitair outlets

Climatic unit

Bottom compartmentair inlets

Top compartmentair outlet

BTS front panel

Climatic unit

air inlet

Figure 1--6 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Air circulation in the BTS with DACS or “LN” DACS

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Normal temperature Tcab = 40 °C (104°F)The damper position is controlled automatically by the modulating motor,mixing appropriate amounts of recirculated and external air to maintain aconstant temperature. Excess air is rejected from the cooling system from ventsat either side of the cooling system.

High temperature Tcab > 40 °C (104°F) Although the damper is fully open, the cooling system is unable to keep thecabinet temperature to 40 °C (104°F) which now rises in sympathy with theexternal temperature. At an outside temperature of 50 °C (122°F), the internalcabinet will rise to a nominal 60 °C (140°F) under fully loaded conditions.

The cooling system is supplied: with two hard alarm outputs:

• The first alarm output signals a fault on the cooling system

• The second one indicates a maintenance requirement for the filter

and with three alarm LEDs for on--site fault diagnostics:

• The red LED indicates a critical alarm for fan failure

• The yellow LED indicates a critical alarm for heater circuit failure

• The green LED indicates a maintenance alarm for clogged filter

On the top of the cooling system, there is a window in the lid which allows theuser to view the LEDs (see Figure 1--5 ). The LEDs are normally lit whenhealthy and off on alarm.

The cooling system is DC powered that allows internal or external battery back--up.The dc power consumption of the cooling system is 400--450 W. The cold start--upperformance of the unit is controlled by an built--in ac to dcconverter (for operationof the fans) and by a 2.5 kW heating element.

With “LN” (Low Noise) DACS

Figure 1--7 shows the S8000 Outdoor with an “LN” DACS climatic system.


The air damper opens to admit external air (incoming air being filtered) andcontrols theinner cabinetenvironment bymixingappropriate amounts of outsideand recirculated air.

The twin blowers drive air down the rear duct and into the equipment enclosurevia slots at the rear. Returned air to the cooling system is routed through two setsof holes in the base, with excess air being rejected from vents located on eitherside of the system (see Figure 1--6 ).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Cubicle

Outlet vent

DACS unit

Hood

Plinth (optional)

Figure 1--7 S8000 Outdoor BTS with “LN” DACS climatic system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





With “LN” DACS two operating modes of the twin blowers are available:

Full speed mode

Control speed mode

In this mode:

• if the temperature is > 45°C (113°F), the blowers run at full speed (2500 rpm)

• if the temperature is ≤ 45°C (113°F), the blowers run at slow speed(1800 rpm)

The full speed mode or control speed mode is selected by switches located on thecontrol board (see Figure 1--8 ).

The temperature control is achieved by two high quality thermistors that have anaccuracy of ±0.2°C (32,36 _ F) between 0 °C (32_ F) and 70°C (158_ F):

One is located in the left hand exit duct above a hole on the duct side. This holeensures that the thermistor is constantly in a moving air stream, regardless of thedamper position.

The other one is located behind the air inlet, and measures the ambient airtemperature.

Theoperational mode of the cooling system is determined solely by theinformationprovided by the thermistor.

The nominal internal operating temperature (Ts) is set by switches located on thecontrol board (see Figure 1--8 ).

The factory presetting temperature is 35 °C (95_ F).

Choice of nominal internal operatingtemperature (Ts)

Blower speedcontrol

Nominalinternal

operating

Switch (SW1/1) Switch (SW1/2) Switch (SW1/3) temperature

(Ts)

OFF ON ON(for full speed)

+35°C(+ 95°F)

ON ON ON(for full speed)

+25°C(+ 77°F)

Table 1--1 Setting of nominal internal temperature

Theoperational mode of the cooling system is determined solely by theinformationprovided by the thermistor.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


SW1

F2

LED1 LED2 LED3

O F F

1 2 3

C2

P2

Alarm LEDs

CT1

HTR

F1

P1

P7

L1

P3

C3

C4

C5

P4A

P4B

P5

P6

RA1

RA2

Diodes d’alarme

Figure 1--8 Control board of climatic system with “LN” DACS

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





There are four operational modes:

Low temperature --40 °C (--56°F) < Tcab < 15 °C (59°F)The heater is powered on, the damper is closed to the outside and air isrecirculated via the holes in the base of the cooling system.

Medium temperature 15 °C (59°C) < Tcab < TsThe heater is switched off, the damper remains closed and further heating of theequipment enclosure is achieved solely by the internal equipment loading.

Normal temperature Tcab = TsThe damper position is controlled automatically by the modulating motor,mixing appropriate amounts of recirculated and external air to maintain a

constant temperature. Excess air is rejected from the cooling system from ventseither side of the cooling system.

High temperature Tcab > Ts Although the damper is fully open, the cooling system is unable to keep thecabinet temperature to Ts which now rises with the external temperature. At anoutside temperature of 50 °C (122°F), the internal cabinet will rise to a nominal60°C (140°F) under fully loaded conditions.

The cooling system is monitored by:

two hard alarm outputs:

• The first alarm output signals a fault on the cooling system• The second one indicates a maintenance requirement for the filter

three alarm LEDs for on--site fault diagnostics:

• The red LED indicates a critical alarm for fan failure

• The yellow LED indicates a critical alarm for heater circuit failure

• The green LED indicates a maintenance alarm for clogged filter

On the top of the cooling system, there is a window in the lid which allows toview the LEDs (see Figure 1--5 ). They are normally on when healthy and off on

alarm.The cooling system is DC powered that allows internal or external battery back--up.The dc power consumption of the cooling system is 400--450W. The cold start--upperformance of the unit is controlled by an built--in acto dcconverter (for operationof the fans) and by a 2.5 kW heating element.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.1.1.4 Plinth

The S8000 Outdoor BTS cabinet can be installed on a plinth (see Figure 1--9 )allowing for cable passage. The plinth characteristics are described in NTP <01>.

Theplinthmaycontain theexternal alarm connection box, thePCMconnection boxand the --48 V dc connection box.

These boxes are screwed into the inside of the plinth.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Note: One of the five--hole plates is replaced with a two--hole plate when there is an extensioncabinet.

Figure 1--9 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Plinth diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.1.2 S8000 Indoor BTS

1.1.2.1 Base cabinet

The S8000 Indoor BTS with BCF cabinet can be wall--mounted, or put on the floor.The base cabinet is shown in Figure 1--10 .


refer to NTP <01>.


When the base cabinet is turned on, the external ambient air temperature must bebetween 0 °C (32°F) and 45°C (113°F).

Once in operation, the base cabinet requires an external ambient air temperatureabove --5 °C (23°F) and below 45 °C (113°F).

Power supply

Refer to NTP <01>.

Consumption

The maximum power consumption of the base cabinet is 2080W.

1.1.2.2 BCF cabinet

The BCF cabinet can be wall--mounted or put on a support device and must not beplaced further than 10 m (33’2’’) away from the base cabinet. The BCF cabinet isshown in Figure 1--11 .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





DC connection

Filter

Ventilation grid

Radio output

ALPRO boards

Climatic unit

Figure 1--10 S8000 Indoor BTS: Base cabinet

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Figure 1--11 S8000 Indoor BTS: BCF cabinet

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






Refer to NTP <01>.


When it is turned on, the BCF Cabinet requiresan external ambient air temperaturebetween 0 °C (32°F) and 45°C (113°F).

Once in operation, the BCF Cabinet requires an external ambient air temperatureabove --5 °C (23°F) and below 45 °C (113°F).

Power supplyRefer to NTP <01>.

Consumption

The BCF cabinet maximum power consumption is 80 W.

1.1.3 S8002 BTS

1.1.3.1 BTS cabinetThe S8002 Outdoor BTS (see Figure 1--12 ) is a product initially dedicated to therailway market. It can be installed in indoor environments. The BTS has one basecabinet that includes a CBCF and two TRXs providing coverage to one cell. Themaximum declarable sound power is 67dB(A) taking into account a 3 dB(A)margin.


Refer to NTP <01>.


To operate correctly, the BTS requires a temperature range of --40 °C (--56°F) andless than + 50 °C (+ 122°F).

Power supply

Refer to NTP <01>.

The maximum power the cabinet can consume is 5410 VA in worst caseconsumption and in normal mode.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Battery no. 0

Battery no. 1

Battery no. 2

Battery no. 3

C--PA--ICO

F--typeconverters

DRX

PA

Combiners

CBCF

Rx--Splitter

Rectifiers

Power--ICO

C--DACS

Main--ICO

Recal

User compartment

C--AC--Main

User--ICO

Figure 1--12 S8002 BTS: Base cabinet layout

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Autonomy of the internal battery

The internal battery is located in the lower compartment (see Figure 1--12 ). Thebattery backup time is two hours minimum.

Battery voltage thresholds and associated switches

When the battery is discharging (no AC mains), we reach a first threshold level, where part of the load is disconnected. If the battery continues to discharge, whenthe second threshold is reached, all remaining loads are switched off. The fourswitches (one per output) are semi conductors one, VMOS or bipolar.

The backup time is a calculated value dedicated only to the batteries and is given

with the accuracy of +/-- 15 minutes. The value is for a backup of the entire BTSand therefore correspondsto the first threshold. If the mains fails, the BTS isbackedup until the battery voltage is below 45 V dc. After this time, the PCU cuts off thesupply to the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3, PA (or ePA or HePA) and the otherunits are powered until the battery voltage drops below 42 V dc.


The Compact Direct Ambient Cooling System (CDACS) controls the insidetemperature of the cabinet. Low noise or normal operation is available. It providescirculating air flowinsidethecabinet through forced ventilation. TheCDACScools

efficiently usingtwofans anda damper system to leverageair temperaturevariancesboth inside and outside the cabinet. It maintains an operating range of + 5 _ C(41 _ F)to+50 _ C (122_ F) inside the cabinet. If the inside temperature is below 5 _ C(41 _ F)at the time of start--up, the heaters switch on and when the temperature reaches 5 _ C(41_ F), the BTS starts up.

The CDACS is composed of two fans, one damper, one heater, one air filter and onecontroller. During normal operations, and when the internal temperature is above0_ C, both dc and ac power are connected to the direct ambient environmentalcontrol system. When the internal air temperature of the BTS cabinet is below 0 _ C(32_ F) only the ac power is available by the CDACS. The fans are equipped with

their own ac/dc rectifier, which means that the system can even in this case operateat full specified performance. in case of ac failure, only the heating function isensured. The internal temperature of the CDACS cabinet cannot be smaller than theambient temperature.

The fans can automatically switch from the ac/dc converter to the S8002 dc systemsupply.

All components are easily accessible and can be changed on site. The dc powerconsumption of the CDACS is smaller than 360W. The cold start--up performanceof the unit is controlled by a built--in ac to dc converter (for operation of the fan)and by a 1.25 KW heating element.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


The CDACS unit is suppliedwith two hard alarm outputs, and three LEDindicatorsfor on--site fault diagnostics (fan failure, heater failure, clogged filter). The firstalarm output signals a fault on the CDACS unit, whereas the second one indicatesa maintenance requirement for the filter.

Two alarm outputs are available from the CDACS:

Alarm 1 relates a critical alarm failure condition that can be either a fan failure ora heater failure

Alarm 2 relates only alarm filter blockage conditions

1.1.3.3 Plinth

The S8002 Outdoor BTS cabinet can be installed on a plinth allowing for cablepassage. The characteristics of the plinth are described in NTP <01>.


The S8003 BTS cabinet is an indoor cabinet and can be wall--mounted, or put onthe floor.

The BTS has one base cabinet that includes a CBCF and three TRXs maximum.

The base cabinet is shown in Figure 1--13 .

The front view of the base cabinet with all modules and boards housed in thecompartiments is presented in Figure 1--14 .

Note: S8003 Indoor BTS is identified on the OMC--R as an S8000 Indoor BTS.


See NTP <01>.


When the base cabinet is turned on, the external ambient air temperature must be

between 0 °C (32°F) and 45°C (113°F).Once in operation, the base cabinet requires an external ambient air temperatureabove --5 °C (23°F) and below 45 °C (113°F).

Power supply

See NTP <01>.

Consumption

The maximum (worst case) power consumption (with redundancy) of the basecabinet is 1023W.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Figure 1--13 S8003 Indoor BTS cabinet

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


F--typeconverter

RECAL

CBCFCMCF

CPCMI

Breaker

Fuses

COM ICO

RF Combiners

DRX--ICO

PAs

DRXs

Rx--splitters

InternalCoolingSystem

Figure 1--14 Front view of the S8003 Indoor BTS

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





1.1.5 S8006 BTS

1.1.5.1 BTS cabinet

The S8006 BTS (see Figure 1--15 ) cabinet is an outdoor cabinet and can beinstalled in indoor environments. The BTS has one base cabinet (without extensionor external cabinet) that includes a CBCF and six TRXs maximum.


Refer to NTP <01>.


To operate correctly, the BTS requires a temperature range of between --33 _ C(--33 _ F) and +45 _ C (+117 _ F).

Power supply

Refer to NTP <01>.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference







When fully closed, the damper excludes outside air, and air is circulated withinthe BTS cabinet.

When fully open, there is practically no recirculationwithin theBTScabinet.So,the LNS--DACS operates in ambient air that is routed through an electronicequipment installed in the cabinet and ejected via the ducts located on the sides of the LNS--DACS.

At intermediate positions, the damper is adjusted automatically to give a mix of

recirculated and external air to achieve a nominal internal operating temperatureof +25_ C (+77_ F). In a specific country, an optional setting could be used toachieve a nominal internal operating temperature of +35 _ C (+95 _ F).

For low external ambient air temperatures, the internal cabinet air temperature ismaintained above +5 _ C (+41 _ F).

With the LNS--DACS two operating modes are available:

full speed mode (optional)

control speed mode

In this mode:• if the temperature is > 35°C (95°F), the blowers run at full speed (1800 rpm)

• if the temperature is ≤ 35°C (95°F), the blowers run at slow speed

The full speed mode or control speed mode is selected by switches located on thecontrol board.

The temperature control is achieved by two high quality thermistors that have anaccuracy of ±0.2°C (32,36 _ F) between 0 °C (32_ F) and 70°C (158_ F):

One is located insidea hole on the left--hand side panel. This hole ensures that thethermistor is constantly in a movingair stream, regardless of the damper position

The other one is located inside the air inlet duct, and measures the ambient airtemperature

Cooling system operational mode is determined solely by the information providedby the thermistor.

The nominal internal operating temperature (Ts) is set by switches (see Table 1--1 )located on the control board.

The factory presetting temperature is 35 °C (95_ F).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Choice of nominal internal operatingtemperature (Ts) Blower speedcontrol Nominalinternaloperating

Switch (SW1/1) Switch (SW1/2) Switch (SW1/3)temperature

(Ts)

OFF ON ON(for full speed)

+35°C(+ 95°F)

ON ON ON(for full speed)

+25°C(+ 77°F)

Table 1--2 Setting of nominal internal temperature

Cooling system operational mode is determined solely by the information providedby the thermistor.

There are four operational modes:Low temperature --40 °C (--56°F) < Tcab < 10 °C (50°F)The heater is powered on, the damper is closed to the outside and air isrecirculated via the holes in the base of the cooling system.Medium temperature 10 °C (50°C) <Tcab < TsThe heater is switched off, the damper remains closed and further heating of theequipment enclosure is achieved solely by the internal equipment loading.Normal temperature Tcab = TsThe damper position is controlled automatically by the modulating motor,mixing appropriate amounts of recirculated and external air to maintain aconstant temperature. Excess air is rejected from the cooling system from ventsat either side of the cooling system.High temperature Tcab > Ts Although the damper is fully open, the cooling system is unable to keep thecabinet temperature to Ts which now rises with the external temperature. At anoutside temperature of 45 °C (113°F), the internal cabinet will rise to a nominal55°C (131°F) under fully loaded conditions.

The cooling system is monitored by:two hard alarm outputs:• The first alarm output signals a fault on the cooling system• The second one indicates a maintenance requirement for the filterthree alarm LEDs for on--site fault diagnostics:• The red LED indicates a critical alarm for fan failure• The yellow LED indicates a critical alarm for heater circuit failure• The green LED indicates a maintenance alarm for clogged filterThe LEDs are located on the front of the cooling system.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





The cooling system is required to operate at full specified performance, from a dcsupply ranging from --40.5 V to --60 V (typically --54.5 V) and from an ac supply(typically 230 V +/-- 10%).

During normal operation, and when the internal air temperature of the BTS is above0°C (32°F), both dc and ac powers are connected to the cooling system.

Whenthe internalair temperature of the BTS isbelow 0 °C(32°F), only the acpoweris available to the LNS--DACS. Under these conditions, the LNS--DACS uses itsown internal ac/dc rectifiers to operate at full specified performance.

The maximum dc power consumption is 360 W.

The maximum current required to operate at full specified performance for the dcpowered circuit, shall not exceed 4 A.

The maximum current required to operate at full specified performance for the acpowered circuit, shall not exceed 10 A.

The heater element is used to maintain the BTS cabinet above +10 °C (50°F). It islocated in a fan outlet duct. It has a rating of 1.25 kWat the nominal input of230 Vacand is equipped with stainless steel fins, to maximize heat transfer. The element isturned off at +10 °C (50°F), for rising temperature, and energized at +5 °C (41°F)for failing temperature.

The heater element is protected against over--heating, which can be caused by airfailure or blockage within the BTS cabinet, by a manual reset thermostat located ona top of the fan discharge duct and over the element. It is programmed to set off analarm at 106.5 °C (223.7°F).

1.1.5.3 Filter

The filter located inside the BTS cabinet is monitored by the filter clog switch. Thisfunctions by operating a micro--switch in response to movements of a large areadiaphragm induced by pressuredifferences on eitherside of it. It is factory--adjustedto provide a contact closure to the control board when the pressure drop exceeds 50Pascals.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





S8000 S8002 S8006Boards or Modules

2S444 1S233 1S44 1O8 1O2 1O2 1S42

BCF CSWM* 2 2 2 2 2 X XGTW*PCMI**

23

23

23

23

22

XX

XX

(No. of boards depends on

DSC** 4 4 3 2 2 X XSYNC* ALCO

22

21

21

21

21

XX

XX

CBCF CMCF* 2 2 2 2 2 2 1

(No. of boards depends on 2the site configuration)BCFICO 1 1 1 1 2 1 1CBPRECAL

12

11

11

11

2 11

11

PS***PSCMDPA

31

12

318

318

318

312

1X2 6

DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3RF Combiner (D)

12X6

8X6

8X4

8XX

22X

22X

6X4

RF Combiner (H2D)RF Combiner (H4D)RF Combiner (D) and

36D+6TxF

2X

24D+4TxF

2X

1X

XX

XX

Tx--FilterLNARX--splitter

66

66

44

24

22

22

46

* one redundant board (active chain/passive chain) ** one optional board *** one redundant 5 V/12A power supply

Note: All BCF boards of the S8000 Indoor BTS, except the ALCO, are located in aseparate BCF cabinet.

Table 1--3 S8000/S8002/S8006 BTS: Boards required in various configurations

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


S8003Boards or Modules

01 02 03 D+Tx 03H O3DDD S11 S21 S111 *

CMCF(Number of boards dependson the site configuration)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CPCMI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1BCFICO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1RECAL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1F--type Converter(No. of boards depends onthe site configuration)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

PA 1 2 3 3 3 2 3 3DRX 1 2 3 3 3 2 3 3RF Combiner (D) 2 2 2 x 3 4 4 6RF Combiner (H2D) x x x 2 x x x xTx--Filter x x 1 x x x x xRX--splitter 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 6For E--GSM frequency:PA 1 2 x 3 3 2 3 3DRX 1 2 x 3 3 2 3 3H2D 2 2 x 2 3 4 4 6RX--splitter 2 2 x 2 2 4 4 6 * For an S8003 Indoor BTS, the S111 cabling and the S111 connections are given in Figure 1--76 andFigure 1--77

Table 1--4 S8003 BTS: Boards required in various configurations

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





The S8000 Ou tdoor BTS contains eight DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 inmaximum configuration. The following configurations are in Single Band (GSM850, 900, 1800, and 1900). This table is for both indoor and outdoor BTS.

Coupling system Monocabinet Bicabinet Tricabinet

max 1S222min 1S000

D max 1S33Dmin. 1O0D

(CBCF indoor only)

max 2S333Dmin. 2S000

(CBCF indoor only)

max 1S44min 1S44

max 2S444min 2S000

max 3S888min 3S000

max 1S332**min 1S000

max 2S88min 2S00

max 1S323**min 1S003

max 2S448min 2S005

D+Tx--filtermax 1S233**

min 1S033max 2S844min 2S500

max 1S332min 1S000

max 1S422min 1S400

max 1S242min 1S040

max 1S224min 1S004

max 1O8min1O0

max 1O8min 1O0

max 2S88min 2S00

max 3S888min 3S000

max 1S44min 1S44

max 2S444min 2S000

max 1S332min 1S000

max 2S448min 2S005

H2Dmax S323min1S003

max 2S844min 2S500

max 1S233min 1S033

max 2O16min 2O9

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


max 1S422min 1S400

max 1S242min 1S040

H2Dmax 1S224min 1S004

max 1O8min 1O0

max 2S88min 2S00

max 3S888min 3S000

H4D *max 2O16min 2O9

H2D/H4D * max 2S448min 2S000

H4D/H2D * max 2S844min 2S000

CC8

max 1O8min 1O0

max 2S88min 2S00

max 3S888min 3S000

(indoor 1800 only) max 2O16min 2O9

CC8/H2D(indoor 1800 only)

max 2S822min 2S000

H2D/CC8(indoor 1800 only)

max 2S228min 2S000

* for 900 and 1800 MHz only, no H4D for 850 MHz frequency band

** these configurations are supported only in 1900 MHz frequency band and inoutdoor BTS

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





The following configurations are in Dual Band. This table is for both indoor andoutdoor BTS.

Coupling system Monocabinet Bicabinet Tricabinet

D max 2S222_222min 2S000_000

max 1O4_4min 1O0_0

max 2S6_2/6_2min 2S5_0/5_0

max 3S444_444min 3S000_000

max 1O6_2min 1O5_0

max 2S44_44min 2O44_44

max 3S4_4/4_4/4_4min 3S0_0/_0_0/0_0

max 1O5_3min 1O5_3 max 2S332_332min 2 S000_000 max 3S3_5/3_5/3_5min 3S0_5/0_5/0_5

max 1O4_4min 1O0_0

max 2S323_323min 2S003_003

max 3S6_2/6_2/6_2min 3S5_0/5_0/5_0

max 1O3_5min 1O0_5

max2 S233_233min 2S033_033

max 3S5_3/5_3/5_3min 3S5_3/5_3/5_3

max 2S422_422min 2S 400_400

H2Dmax 2S242_242min 2S040_040

max 2S224_224min 2S004_004

max 2S6_2/6_2min 2S0_0/0_0

max 2S4_4/4_4min 2S0_0/0_0

max 2S3_5/3_5min 2S0_5/0_5

max 2S5_3/5_3min 2S5_3/5_3

H2D/D max 2S44_22min 2O00_00

max 3S444_222min 3S000_000

max 1O6_2min 1O0_0

max 2 S6_2/6_2min 2S0_0/0_0

max 3S6_2/6_2/6_2min 3S0_0/0_0/0_0

H4D/H2D *max 1O5_3min 1O0_3

max 2S5_3/5_3min 2 S0_3/0_3

max 3S5_3/5_3/5_3min 3S0_3/0_3/0_3

H2D/H4D * max 1O3_5min 1O0_0

max 2S3_5/3_5min 2S0_0/0_0

max 3S3_5/3_5/3_5min 3S0_0/0_0/0_0

* for 900 and 1800 MHz only, no H4D for 850 MHz frequency band

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Note: Although most configurations are not completely equipped with DRX ore--DRX or DRX--ND3, at least oneDRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 must be installedon site when the configuration is set up.

The Network Identification of BTS equipment feature consists in finding a way todifferentiate froma system point of view e--DRXandDRX--ND3for DRX; ePA andHePA for PA; CMCF phase 1 and CMCF phase 2 EDGE feature implementation.

In addition, this feature permits to add new equipments e--DRX, DRX--ND3, ePA and HePA on sites without any modification of the configRef (DLU).

The DRX--ND3 is a new DRX, which is designed to solve obsolescence problemson the DRX equipment.

The DRX--ND3 is designed with the same logical board as the e--DRX.

From a radio point of view, the DRX--ND3 is not able to support EDGE 8--PSK modulation. The DRX--ND3 is not an EDGE ready hardware.

The DRX--ND3 can be used together with DRX and/or e--DRX.

1.2 Cabinet compartment layout

1.2.1 S8000 Outdoor BTSThe base cabinet and the extension cabinet are divided into three parts(Figure 1--16 to Figure 1--18 ):

top compartment

left side

right side

The layout of the equipment in the base and extension cabinets is identical in thetop compartment and on the left side.

The cabinet layout on the right side of the base and extension cabinets is different.In the base cabinet, the BCF or CBCF is located in the BCF or CBCFCompartment.In the same compartment of the extension cabinet, a filling plate replaces the BCFor CBCF.

1.2.1.1 Top compartment

The top compartment opens by means of a cover on the top of the cabinet. The frontof the cabinet is perforated to allow air to circulate. The top compartment has twoor three elements: the optional battery box and the climatic system (the DACS, ortwo ACUs).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





1.2.1.2 Compartment on the left side

User compartment

This compartment is available for Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). Formore information, refer to the documentation provided by the equipmentmanufacturer.

For GSM 1800 frequency bands, Nortel has developed RW Series M products whose reference to the document is the following: 840--900201--002. The userinterconnection compartment is optional. It is required only when a user kit or a--48 V connection box is used.

PA interconnection compartment

The PA interconnection compartment centralizes the --48 V dc power supply of thePower Amplifiers (PA, ePA or HePA).

Amplifier and alarm compartment

The amplifier and alarm compartment receives up to eight Power Amplifiers (PA)and the Alarm Collecting unit (ALCO or RECAL). The ALCO or RECAL boardis connected to one or two external alarm protection boards (ALPRO), locatedoutside the cabinet.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


P A

P A

P A

P A

P A

P A

P A

P A

ALCO

DRX

DRX

DRX

DRX

DRX

DRX

DRX

DRX

Climatic system Battery

compartment

Usercompartment

PA interconnections

F--typeconverters

Combiner interconnections(COMICO)

AC box

DRX (*) interconnections

Power Systemcompartment

RF combiner and Tx-Filtercompartment (**)

PCMI

5 V / 1 2 A

5 V / 1 2 A

5 V / 1 2 A

P S C M D

PCMI

PCMI

GTW

GTW

CSWM

CSWM

DSC

DSC

DSC

DSC

S YNC

S YNC

BCF, ALCO andUSER fuses

Userintercon-nections

(*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*)

Left side Right side

RX-splitters

Topcompartment

BCF

Door switch

Note: (*) DRX or e--DRX.(**) The Tx-Filter module is optional.

Figure 1--16 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Base cabinet layout (with BCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





P

A

P

A

P

A

P

A

P

A

P

A

P

A

P

A

REC AL


compartment

Usercompartment

PA interconnections

F--typeconverters

Combiner interconnections

(COMICO)

AC box




CBCF

CBCF, RECAL andUSER fuses



RX-splitters

D

RX

D

RX

D

RX

D

RX

D

RX

Filling plate

D

RX

Topcompartment

Door switch

D

RX

D

RX(*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*)


Figure 1--17 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Base cabinet layout (with CBCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



compartment

Usercompartment

PA interconnections

P

A

P

A

P

A

P

A

F--typeconverters


AC box

P

A

P

A

P

A

P

A

REC

AL(***)




Filling plate

RECAL and USER fuses



RX--splitters

Topcompartment

Door switch

(***) When the BCF is used:S the ALCO board replaces the RECAL boardS the ALCO fuse replaces the RECAL fuse.

D

RX

D

RX

D

RX

D

RX

D

RX

D

RX

D

RX

D

RX(*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*)


Figure 1--18 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Extension cabinet layout

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





F--type converter

A converter, called F--type converter, supplies ± 15 V dc to the LNA--splitter andthe VSWR--meter.

A second F--type converter is available as an option.

RF Combiner and Tx--Filter compartment

The RF Combiner and Tx--Filter compartment can hold a maximum of either of thefollowing combination of modules:

six RF Combiner modules, duplexer--only (D)six RF Combiner modules, two--way hybrid duplexer (H2D)three RF Combiner modules, four--way hybrid duplexer (H4D)four RF Combiner modules, duplexer--only (D) and four Tx--Filter modules(TxF)

The D, H2D, and H4D RF Combiner modules perform the following functions:transmission coupling of two, three, or four channels

filtering and duplexing of transmission and reception signals on the sameantenna port

amplification of reception signals

monitoring of the antenna VSWR (option)The Tx--Filter performs the following functions:

filtering of transmission signalsmonitoring of the antenna VSWR (option)

Combiner interconnection compartment (COMICO)

The COMICO is the interconnection board for the modules of the RF Combinercompartment that centralizes inputs/outputs on the alarms and the power supplies.

1.2.1.3 Compartment on the right side

BCF or CBCF Compartment

The BCF or CBCF Compartment of the basecabinet containsa fusepanel and a BCFunit or CBCF Module.

The following BCF boards are visible and accessible in the front panel of the BCFCompartment:

three PCM Interface boards (PCMI)two Gateway boards (GTW)two Control, Switching and Management boards (CSWM)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


four Data Signaling Concentration boards (DSC)two synchronization boards (SYNC)three 48 V / ±5 V / 12 A converters (one converter is optional)one Power Supply Command board (PSCMD)

Two CBCF boards are visible on the front panel of the CBCF module:Compact Main Common Function (CMCF)Compact PCMI (CPMI)

The fuse panel in the base cabinet contains three fuses:a 4A--fuse to protect the BCF unit or CBCF Module

a 1A--fuse to protect the alarm collecting board (ALCO or RECAL)a 10A--fuse to protect the user compartment

Since there is no BCF or CBCF in the extension cabinet, a filling plate occupies theplace of these units.

The fuse panel in the extension cabinet contains only two fuses: a 1A fuse for thealarm collecting board and a 10A--fuse for the user compartment.

DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 interconnection compartment

The interconnection compartment centralizes DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3

outputs. It connects the modules to the Power Amplifiers (PA) on the one hand, andinterconnects them by means of the FH bus, on the other.

DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 compartment

The compartment receives up to eight modules.

RX--splitter compartment

The RX--splitter compartment receives up to six RX--splitters, which receive RFsignals from the LNA splitter and distribute them to the DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 RX inputs.

Power system compartmentThe power system compartment may be configured according to three types:

The first type is a Power Controller Unit (PCU) and up to six 600W or 680Wrectifiers (one of them redundant) which convert Mains Voltage to --48 V dc tobe used in the cabinet. According to the number of DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 per cell, the number of rectifiers may be decreased.The other type is an integrated power system including a Controller Module, aDistribution Module and up to seven 500 W rectifiers (one of them redundant).The last type is a GIPS including a Controller Module (DCU), a DistributionModule (ADU) and up to five 680 W rectifiers (one of them redundant).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





AC box

This box is located on the right--hand side of the right--hand part of the cabinet. Twotypes of ac box are available according to the power system type:

The ac mains box that receives the mains voltage and distributes it to the powersystem compartment and to the cooling system. The PCU only controls the dcsupply. ac supply connects to the back panel that is common for all rectifiers.

The ac box / GIPS (used with the GIPS only) that includes AC input terminalblocks distributing power to the GIPS and to the optional ac user plug.

In the extension cabinet, a filling plate replaces the BCF. On left of this filling plate

there are two fuses.


1.2.2.1 Base cabinet

The compartment layout of the base cabinet is presented in Figure 1--19 .

Cabinet top

The cabinet top (see Figure 1--30 ) can hold a maximum of two ALPRO modules. An ALPRO module consists of an ALPRO board, a protection cover, and an

interconnection plate.The fan grid in the upper panel is an air outlet. Radio outputs, the cabling with theseparate BCF Cabinet (if applicable) and the cabinet power supply are achievedfrom the top of the cabinet.

Combiner interconnection (COMICO) compartment

This compartment consists of an interconnection board for the combinercompartment modules, which centralizes inputs/outputs on the alarms and thepower supplies.

RF combiner and Tx--Filter compartment

The RF Combiner and Tx--filter compartment can hold a maximum of either of thefollowing combination of modules:

six RF Combiner modules of the duplexer only type (D)

six RF Combiner modules of the two--way hybrid duplexer type (H2D)

three RF Combiner modules of the the four--way hybrid duplexer type (H4D)

four RF Combiner modules of the duplexer only type (D) and four Tx--Filtermodules (TxF)

one RF Combiner Module of eight--way cavity combiner and two duplexers

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


P A

DRX interconnections (*)

RF combiner and Tx--Filtercompartment (**)


F--typeconverters

PA interconnections

REC AL

(***)

P A

P A

P A

P A

P A

P A

P A

DRX

DRX

DRX

dc compartment

DRX

DRX

DRX

DRX

DRX

CBCF

(***)(*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*) (*)

RX--splitters

To BCF cabinet (if applicable***)

Ventilation system

(***) When the BCF cabinet is used:• the ALCO board replaces the RECAL board• a filling plate replaces the CBCF module.


RF--combiner compartment

To BCF

Figure 1--19 S8000 Indoor BTS: Base cabinet layout

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





The RF Combiner modules perform the following functions:transmission coupling of the channelsfiltering and duplexing of transmission and reception signals on the sameantenna portamplification of reception signalsmonitoring of the antenna VSWR (option)

The Tx--Filter performs the following functions:filtering of transmission signalsmonitoring of the antenna VSWR (option)

dc compartment

This compartment contains four switches to disconnect the power supply to thePower Amplifiers, the fans, the ALCO or RECAL board and the BCF or the CBCF.

The compartment also contains an F--type converter, which supplies ± 15 V dc tothe LNA--splitter and the VSWR--meter. A second F--type converter is available asan option.PA interconnection compartment

This compartment centralizes the --48 V dc power supply of the Power Amplifiers(PA, ePA or HePA).Power Amplifier and alarm compartment

This compartment contains:one to eight power amplifiers (PAs, ePAs, or HePA)one ALCO or RECAL board

It is possible to connect the ALCO or RECAL board to one or two external alarmprotection boards (ALPRO) located on top of the base cabinet.

DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 interconnection compartment

This compartment centralizes DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 outputs. It connectsthem to the Power Amplifiers (PA, ePA, or HePA) on the one hand , and

interconnects them by means of the FH bus, on the other.DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 and CBCF Compartment

This compartment contains a maximum of eight modules.

The CBCF module is located in the far right of this compartment. A filling platereplaces the CBCF when the BCF is used.


This compartment contains up to six RX--splitters, which receive data signals fromthe units in the coupler compartment and distributes them to the DRX or e--DRXor DRX--ND3.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Climatic compartment

This compartment contains three fans, and the FANICO board (FANICO PCB[Printed Circuit Board]). One fan is optional and is used to ensure redundancy. Thisboard enables the control of the rotation of eachfan and sends analarm (onefor eachfan) to the ALCOor RECAL board whenthe fanspeed goesbelow a fixedthreshold.

1.2.2.2 BCF cabinet

The layout of the BCF cabinet is presented in Figure 1--20 and Figure 1--21 .

Upper compartment

This compartment contains three fans and a FANICO board (identical to the one inthe radio cabinet). Rotation management alarms are sent to the ALCO board.

There are three 800mA--fuses on the front panel of the BCF to protect the fans.

Lower compartment

This compartment contains the following BCF boards:

three PCMI boards

two gateway boards (GTW)

two control and switching units (CSWM)four data signaling concentration units (DSC)

two synchronization modules (SYNC)

three 48 V / ± 5 V / 12 A converters (one converter is optional)

one Power Supply CoMmanD unit (PSCMD).

There is a 4A--fuse on the front panel to the left of the BCF board to protect itself.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


GND

--48V 0V

O&M0 / 1

O&M2 / 3

O&M4 / 5

PCM0 / 1

BCF- AL

ARM

ABIS

PCM4 / 5

PCM2 / 3

GND

GND

--48V 0V

Rear

Front

Connectors Ventilation grid

Fans

Figure 1--21 S8000 Indoor BTS: BCF cabinet top view

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Back panel

TheBCFback panel connects theswitching part of theBTS. It providesconnectionsfor the BCF boards (see Figure 1--22 ). It receives the external PCMsfrom the BSC(Abis interface) and the six private PCMsfrom the BTS. It alsodistributes the O&Mbus, its own alarms and the 48 V power supply of the ALCO board.

The BCF back panel has the following connectors:

A 37--pin female connector receives the six PCMs of the Abis interface.

Three 25--pin female connectors distribute the O&M bus.

Three 25--pin female connectors each distribute two private PCMs.

A 3--pin connector is used for power supply. A 4--pin connector distributes converter alarms to the ALCO unit.

Thirty 96--pin male connectors connect the P1 and P2 connectors of thefollowing units: PCMI, DSC, PSU, CSWM, GTW, and SYNC.

Thirteen 8--pin male connectors supply the units connected to the back--panel.

The BCF back panel also connects PCM termination resistors in order to reduceradio electric transmission and prevent end--of--line multiple reflection problems.

The P2 connectors are equipped with a localizing device that prevents the insertion

of a board into the wrong slot. This is done by means of cells on the back--panel thatare blocked and tabs that are cut out on the board connectors (see Figure 1--23 ).

The BCF back panel has only one ground. No distinction is made between logicalground and physical ground. For units that use this distinction, the mechanicalground is connected to the logical ground.

However, the reference 0 V of the --48 V power supply (M0 V) is not connected tothe back--panel ground.

The --48 V dc power is protected by fuses.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PCMI0

PCMI1

PCMI2

GTW A

GTWB

CSWM A

CSWMB

DSC1

DSC2

DSC3

DSC0

S YNC A

S YNCB

PSU0

PSU1

PSU2

PSCMD

OMBout2

OMBout1

OMBout0

PCMP2

PCMP1

PCMP0

ABIS

48 V(--)GNDM48 V(+)

ALARM

Key : OMBout X : O&M output connector No. X PCMP X : Private PCM connector No. X

BCF back panel

Figure 1--22 BCF back panel

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.2.3 S8002 BTS

The S8002 BTS is housed in one cabinet ( Figure 1--24 ).

The layout of the equipment in the base cabinet has two compartments:one top compartmentone main compartment


The top compartment opens by means of a cover on the top of the cabinet. The frontpart of the cabinet is perforated to allow air to circulate. The top compartmenthouses the CDACS climatic system.

1.2.3.2 Main compartment

Rectifiers

The rectifiers are the same as for the S8000 BTS.

There are three 600 W rectifier blocks in parallel. Each block is able to deliver600 W at --48 V dc output. The available dc power is 1200 W (two blocks) with oneblock for redundancy (600 W).

Rectifier blocks have a large input voltage range (198 to 254 V) with integratedpower factor correctors.

The output floating voltage is automatically adjusted according to the level of acontrol signal proportional to the battery temperature.

Each block has its own ac, dc overheating alarm signal.

User ICO and User compartment

Refer to the previous section of the S8000 Outdoor BTS.

Rx--Splitter

The two Rx--Splitter modules are identical with the module used in the S8000

Outdoor BTS. Refer to the previous section of the S8000 Outdoor BTS.Power amplifier

Up to two power amplifiers (PA) amplify the RF signal delivered to the antennathrough the RF combiner. Each PA is a physically independent unit, characterizedby its frequency band and output power.

Driver Receiver (DRX)

The Driver Receiver units (DRXs) are in charge of amplifying the received RFsignals (two, in case of diversity), processing the TDMA frames and driving thePower Amplifier. Refer to the previous section of the S8000 Outdoor BTS.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





P A

P A

MAIN--ICO

REC AL

C--ACMAIN

DRX(*)

DRX(*)

CBCF

RX--splitters

Usercompartment

Combiners

Climatic system(CDACS)

Rectifiers User-- ICO

Topcompartment

Maincompartment

Lowercompartment

F--typeconverters

Batteries

Power--ICO

C--PA--ICO

Note: (*) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--24 S8002 BTS layout

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Combiner

The RF combiner contains two modules only. Refer to the previous section of theS8000 Outdoor BTS.

CBCF

The Compact Base Common Function (CBCF) is identical with the one of theS8000 BTS. Refer to the previous section of the S8000 Outdoor BTS.

C--PA ICO

This interconnection module provides the dc distribution for the PAs and theconverters.

Main ICO

The Main ICO board performs the digital interconnect between:

the two DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3

the two PAs

the CBCF

the RECAL

the F--type converters

and provides the power supply for the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 (--48 V) andthe F--type converters (+/-- 15 V).

1.2.3.3 Lower compartment

Batteries

Four batteries in series provide backup for a minimum of two hours.

RECAL

The RECAL is identical with the S8000 BTS.

C--ACMAIN

The C--ACMAIN ensures the ac distribution from the external ac to the rectifiers,the CDACS and the maintenance plug. It also provides EMC filtering and lightningprotections.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






The layout of the equipment in the base cabinet has two compartments:

one main compartment

one lower compartment (internal cooling system)

1.2.4.1 Main compartment

Cabinet top

The cabinet top holds one ALPRO module. The ALPRO module consists of an ALPRO board, a protection cover, and an interconnection plate.

The fan grid in the upper panel is an air outlet. Radio outputs and the cabinet powersupply are achieved from the top of the cabinet.

A 75 ohm box can optionally be added to the cabinet top.

Combiner interconnection (COMICO) compartment

This compartment consists of an interconnection board for the combinercompartment modules, which centralizes inputs/outputs on the alarms and thepower supplies.

RF Combiner and Tx--Filter compartment

The RF Combiner and Tx--Filter compartment can hold a combination of thefollowing modules:

RF Combiner modules of the duplexer only type (D)

RF Combiner modules of the two--way hybrid duplexer type (H2D)

RF Combiner modules of the duplexer only type (D) and Tx--Filter modules(TxF)

The RF Combiner modules perform the following functions:

transmission coupling of the channels



monitoring of the antenna VSWR (option)

The Tx--Filter performs the following functions:

filtering of transmission signals


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Combiner Interconnections

(COMICO)

RF combiner andTx--Filter compartment

DRX interconnections

RX--splitters

DRX

DRX

DRX

P A

P A

P A

REC AL

CBCF

F--type converters

Internal Cooling System

dc main

Figure 1--25 S8003 Indoor BTS cabinet layout

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





DRX interconnection compartment

This compartment centralizes DRX outputs. It connects them to the Power Amplifiers (PA) on the one hand , and interconnects them by means of the FH bus,on the other.

F--type converter

A converter, called F--type converter, supplies ± 15 V dc to the LNA--splitter andthe VSWR--meter.

A second F--type converter is available as an option.

DRX compartment

This compartment contains three modules.

Power Amplifier and alarm compartment

This compartment contains:

three power amplifiers (PAs)

one alarm management unit (RECAL)

It is possible to connect the RECAL board to the external alarm protection board(ALPRO) located on top of the base cabinet.

CBCF compartment

The CBCF module is located in the compartment.

The following CBCF boards are visible and accessible in the front panel of thecompartment:

one Compact PCM Interface boards (CPCMI) (plus two optional CPCMI)

one Compact Main Common Functions board (CMCF) (plus one optionalCMCF)one interconnection BCFICO board

one CBCF interconnection Back Panel module (CBP)dc main compartment

This compartment contains:one main breaker 60A

nine fuses


This compartment contains up to six RX--splitters, which receive data signals fromthe units in the coupler compartment and distributes them to the DRXs.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.2.4.2 Lower compartment

The lower compartment contains the internal cooling system which is composed of four fans.

1.2.5 S8006 BTS

The base cabinet is divided in three parts (see Figure 1--26 ):

the top cabinet

the compartment on the left side

the compartment on the right side


The top compartment houses the climatic system (LNS--DACS).

1.2.5.2 Compartment on the left side

PA interconnection compartment

The PA interconnection compartment centralizes the --48 V dc power supply of thePower Amplifiers (PA, ePA or HePA).

Amplifier and alarm compartment

Theamplifier and alarm compartment receivesup to six Power Amplifiers (PA) andthe alarm management unit (RECAL). The RECAL board is used with the CBCFmodule.

F--type converter

A converter, called F--type converter, supplies ± 15 V dc to the LNA--splitter andthe VSWR--meter.RF Combiner compartment

The RF Combiner compartment can hold a maximum of six RF Combiner modulesof two--way hybrid duplexer type (H2D).

The H2D RF Combiner modules perform the following functions:

transmission coupling of the channels




8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Combiner interconnection compartment (COMICO)

The COMICO is the interconnection board for the modules of the RF Combinercompartment that centralizes inputs/outputs on the alarms and the power supplies.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


RF--combiners

DRX(*)

RX--splitters

Combiner interconnectionCOMICO

AC box

PA interconnection DRX (*) interconnectionDRXINTERCO

PA INTERCO

F--typeconverter

Climaticsystem

(LNS--DACS)

Top compartment

P A

P A

P A

P A

P A

P A

REC AL

Power systemcompartment

dc--Ico

DRX(*)

DRX(*)

DRX(*)

DRX(*)

DRX(*)

CBCF



Figure 1--26 S8006 BTS layout

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





1.2.5.3 Compartment on the right side

DRX interconnection compartment

This compartment centralizes DRX outputs. It connects them to the Power Amplifiers (PA) on the one hand, and interconnects them by means of the FH bus,on the other.

DRX and CBCF compartment

This compartment contains a maximum of six modules.

The CBCF module is located in the far left of this compartment.


This compartment contains up to six RX--splitters, which receive data signals fromthe units in the coupler compartment and distributes them to the DRXs.

dc interconnection compartment

This compartment centralizes:

the 48 V output

the 48 V output fusethe CBCF fuse

the RECAL fuse

the alarm connector

Power system compartment

The power compartment houses a power controller unit (PCU) and five rectifiersmaximum.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.2.6 Additional equipments

1.2.6.1 Battery cabinet

A cabinet, independent from the BTS cabinet, can be added to increase the powerautonomy of the BTS in case of a mains power failure. This cabinet may house oneof three possible types of battery. The batteries are arranged in four strings, eachcontaining four batteries (see Figure 1--27 and Figure 1--28 ).

To use the batteriesof this cabinet, internal batteries have to be disconnected at first.

The autonomy on these batteries, which depends on the configuration and theequipment of the BTS, can have a length of around half an hour to some 14 hours.

The cabinet dimensions are described in NTP <01>.

Below the four battery strings is the Heating Ventilation Unit (HVU), consisting of the following:

a fan

a heating resistor

a controller

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





DC

Climatic unit

AC

Battery compartment

Battery compartment

Battery compartment

Battery compartment

Nut no.1

Wires no.1

DCpanel

Climatic unit

Nut no.2

Black

ACpanel

Terminal

DC

breaker

HVUbreaker

Blue

Terminal

AC breaker

Clamps

Plinth

Wires no.2

Wires no.3

Wires no.4

Wire no.5

Wire no.6

Wire no.7

Wire no.8

Figure 1--27 External battery cabinet of the S8000 Outdoor BTS (NTQA36GA batteries)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


DCbox

Nuts no. 2

Plinth

Nut no. 1

Clamp

DC breaker AC box

AC breaker

1 5 1 bis

2 6 2 bis

3 7 3 bis

4 8 4 bis

Blue cable

Black cable

Figure 1--28 External battery cabinet of the S8000 Outdoor BTS (SBS 60 batteries)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





DCbox

Plinth

DC breaker

AC box

AC breaker

1 1 bis5

2 2 bis6

3 3 bis7

4 4 bis8

Strap

Black cable

Blue cable

Lug no. 2

Clamp

Lug no. 1

Figure 1--29 External battery cabinet of the S8000 Outdoor BTS (SBS C11 batteries)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.2.6.2 75 Ω kit (GSM 900/1800)

This kit is required for GSM 900 and GSM 1800 configurations working with 75 Ωline impedance. It ensures the adaptation of the 120 Ω impedance from the PCMIboards to the 75 Ω impedance of the external PCMs .

For the S8000 and S8003 Indoor BTS, this kit is put on the cabinet top (seeFigure 1--30 and Figure 1--31 ).

For the S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor BTS, this kit is housed in a waterproof box, which can be put either in the BTS plinth or on--site outside the BTS (seeFigure 1--32 and Figure 1--33 ).

The kit can be fitted as suitable to the customer.

1.2.6.3 PCM connection box (S8000/S8002 Outdoor BTS option for GSM 900/1800)

This box is available as an option to protect two PCM links. An upgraded kit allowsthe protection of up to six PCM links.

The PCM connection box is waterproof and can be put either in the BTS plinth oron--site outside the BTS (see Figure 1--34 ).

The box can be fitted as suitable to the customer.

1.2.6.4 --48 V dc connection box (S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor BTS option for GSM 900/1800)This box is available as an option to provide an external --48 V plug on--site.

The --48 V connection box is waterproof and can be put either in the BTS plinth oron--site outside the BTS (see Figure 1--35 ).


1.2.6.5 External alarm connection box (GSM 900/1800)

This box exists in two versions:

Theoutdoor version includesoneor two ALPRO boards andthe relatedprimaryprotection modules. It protects up to 16 external alarms (8 per ALPRO board)and four remote controls (two per ALPRO board).

The external alarms connection box is waterproof and can be put either in the BTSplinth or on--site outside the BTS (see Figure 1--36 ).

The indoor includes one ALPRO board, which protects up to 8 external alarmsand two remote controls. Two indoor version boxes can be put on the top of theS8000 indoor BTS (see Figure 1--30 ). One indoor version box can beput on thetop of the S8003 BTS.


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





--48V0V

ALPRO 0

ALPRO 1

Equipotentialitystud

ALPRO 1connector

RF connector

ALPRO 0connector

Terminal blocks

Optional75 Ω kit

Groundbar

Figure 1--30 S8000 Indoor BTS: Cabinet top

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Ground boltTerminal blocks

75 Ohms kit

RF connector

--48V input

0V input

Ground

ABIS connector ALPRO 0Connector

ALPRO 0

Ground bolt

Figure 1--31 Top view of the S8003 Indoor BTS cabinet

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





To the BSC(75 Ω PCM)

Ground

To the BTS

(120 Ω PCM)

Figure 1--32 S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor: 75 ohms box type 1

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063




To the BTS(120 Ω PCM)

Ground

Figure 1--33 S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor: 75 ohms box type 2

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Figure 1--34 S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor BTS: PCM connection box

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Figure 1--35 S8000/S8002/S8006 Outdoor BTS: --48 V connection box

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Figure 1--36 External alarm connection box

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.3 BTS cabling

1.3.1 Connector plates

S8000 Outdoor BTS

The antenna connectors are on the plate located at the bottom left side of the frontof the cabinet (see Figure 1--37 ).

The following connectors are on the plates located at the bottom right side of thefront of the cabinet (see Figure 1--38 ).

ABIS: external PCM links ALPRO 0: external alarm protection board 0 ALPRO 1: external alarm protection board 1Batt cab dc: --48 V dc powering from the optional battery cabinetBatt cab alarm: battery cabinet alarms reported to ALCO boardFH IN: transmission bus input for FP and TX dataFH OUT: transmission bus output for FP and TX dataPCM1: PCM1 busO&M1: operations and maintenance 1 busPCM2: PCM2 bus

O&M2: operations and maintenance 2 busThe O&M bus is used for the BCF only.

S8000 Indoor BTS

The antenna connectors are on the plate located on the top of the front of the cabinet(see Figure 1--37 ).

The following connectors are located on the right side of the cabinet frame: ALPRO 0: external alarm protection board 0 ALPRO 1: external alarm protection board 1

FH IN: transmission bus input for FP and TX dataFH OUT: transmission bus output for FP and TX dataPCM: PCM busO&M: O&M busBCF alarms

The O&M bus is used for the BCF only.

The external top connection kit, shown in Figure 1--10 and Figure 1--39 isinstalled when it is not possible to access the connectors on the right side of thecabinet frame.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





H4D coupling system

Duplexer or H2D coupling system

Duplexer and Tx--Filter coupling system

TxTx Tx Tx

TxRx main

TxRx div.

TxRx main

TxRx div.

TxRx main

TxRx div.

TxRx main

TxRx div.

TxRx main

TxRx div.

TxRx main

TxRx div.

Figure 1--37 Antenna connectors for various coupling systems (maximumconfigurations)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


BATTCAB dc

ABIS (*)

ALPRO0

ALPRO1 FHIN FHOUT PCM1 O&M1 PCM2 O&M2

BattCab Alarm

Note: (*) There is a filling plate on the A--bis connector of the extension cabinet.(**) The connector plate contains a 48V dc connector only when the --48V

connection box is used.

48V DC(**)

Figure 1--38 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Connector plates

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Figure 1--39 S8000 Indoor BTS: External top connection kit

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


S8002 BTS

The antenna connectors are on the plates located at the bottom left side of the frontof the cabinet (see Figure 1--37 ):

The following connectors are on the plates located at the bottom right side of theof the cabinet (see Figure 1--40 )

ABIS: external PCM links

PCM 2/3: PCM bus

ALPRO 0: external alarm protection board 0


dc: --48 V dc power

External alarms reported to RECAL board

S8006 BTS

The antenna connectors are located on a plate at the bottom left side of the cabinet(see Figure 1--37 ).

The following connectors are located on a plate at the bottom right side of thecabinet (see Figure 1--42 ):

Alpro 0: external alarm protection board 0 Alpro 1: external alarm protection board 1

Abis: external PCM links

Battery cabinet: not used

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





ABIS Alpro 0 Alpro 1Externalalarms NP

--48Vdc

FH In/Out

PCM 2/3

Figure 1--40 S8002 Outdoor BTS bulkhead plates

S8003 Indoor BTS

The antenna connectors are located on the top of the cabinet.

The following connectors are located on the top of the cabinet (see Figure 1--41):


ABIS: external PCM links

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Ground--48V input 0V input

Cover

Not used

ABISPCM 2/3

ALPROPCM 4/5

(no connectors)

Figure 1--41 External connectors of the S8003 Indoor BTS cabinet

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Note: (*) The connector plate contains a 48Vdc connector only when the --48V connectionbox is used.

BATTCAB dc

ALPRO0 ALPRO1Batterycabinet

48V DC(*)

Figure 1--42 S8006 BTS: Connectors

1.3.2 Internal cabling

S8000 Indoor/Outdoor BTS

The internal cabling on the front side is made for the most part through threeinterconnection modules (see Figure 1--43 ):

the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 interconnection module (DRX--ICO)the combiner interconnection module (COMICO)the power amplifier interconnection module (PA--ICO)

These modules allow power and signal interconnections between the DRX or

e--DRX or DRX--ND3, PAs, splitters, and the coupling system.Figure 1--10 shows the S8000 indoor cabling on the right side of the radio cabinet.

S8002 BTS

The internal cabling on the front side is made for the most part through threeinterconnection modules

(see Figure 1--44 ):the power amplifier interconnection module (C--PA--ICO)the main interconnection module (MAIN--ICO).the power interconnection module (POWER--ICO).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


The C--PA--ICO module provides the dc distribution for the PA and the F--typeconverters.

The MAIN--ICO is a passive board, containing only connectors, fuses and resistors.It performs the digital interconnection between:

the two DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3

the two PAs

the CBCF

the RECAL

the duplexer

It provides the power supply for the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 (--48 V) and theduplexer (+/-- 15 V).

The S8002 standard configuration is O2.

The POWER--ICO module distributes the dc for the CBCF, the USER rack and theRECAL.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


C0

PA0

F0

10A

C2

PA2

F2

10A

C3

PA3

F3

10A

C1

PA1

F1

10A

VSWR1 LNA0

Pwr/Alarms

C--PA--ICO MAIN--ICO

LNA1 VSWR2

Alarms

F 0 DRX 0 PA 0 F 1 DRX 1 PA 1

FHIN/OUT

PCMCBCF

PCMRECAL

Figure 1--44 S8002 Outdoor interconnection panel

S8003 Indoor BTS

The internal cabling on the front side is made for the most part through twointerconnection modules (see Figure 1--45 ):

the DRX interconnection module (DRX--ICO)

the combiner interconnection module (COMICO)

These modules allow power and signal interconnections between the DRXs,Splitters, and the coupling system.

Note: The PAs are cabled directly on the dc--main panel.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





FH--IN PCM--IN P C M

F H - - O

U T

DRX interconnection panel (DRX--ICO)

DLNA--0.5 ALARMSPWR/ALARMS

S8003 Indoor BTS -- Combiner interconnection panel (COMICO)

DRX0 PA0F0

DRX1 PA1F1 F2

DRX2 PA2F3

DRX3 PA3F4

DRX4 PA4F5

DRX5 PA5F6

DRX6 PA6F7

DRX7 PA7

Figure 1--45 Interconnection panel of the S8003 Indoor BTS

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


S8006 BTS

The internal cabling on the front side is made for the most part through threeinterconnection modules (see Figure 1--46 ).

the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 interconnection module (DRX--ICO)

the combiner interconnection module (COMICO)

the power amplifier interconnection module (PA--ICO)

These modules allow power and signal interconnections between the DRX ore--DRX or DRX--ND3, PAs, splitters, and the coupling system.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.3.2.1 Radio cabling

The cabling of the BTS components varies depending on the site configuration andthe coupling system used.

The site configurations are identified using the following conventions:

“Ox” is a single--cell site (omnidirectional antennas) with x DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 in the site.

“Sxy”is a two--cell site with x DRXor e--DRXor DRX--ND3in thefirst cell and y

DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 in the second cell.

“Sxyz” is a three--cell site with x DRXs in the first cell, y DRX or e--DRX or

DRX--ND3 in the second cell, and z DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 in the thirdcell.

Figure 1--47 to Figure 1--75 present thecabling systemfor various configurationsand coupling systems.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





PA

DRX (*)

PA

DRX (*)

Antenna

Duplexer

Main. Div.

Main.

Antenna

Duplexer

Main. Div.

Div.

LNA--splitter

RX--splitter RX--splitter

LNA--splitter


Figure 1--47 Transmission/reception diagram for a 1O2 configuration with duplexercoupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





PA

DRX (*)

PA

DRX (*)

Antenna

PA

Duplexer

Main. Div.

Main.

Antenna

Duplexer

Main. Div.

Div.

Sector 1

DRX (*)

Antenna

Duplexer

Main. Div.

Main.

Antenna

Duplexer

Div.

Sector 2 (same diagram for sector 3)

Note: An O2 configuration presents the same diagram as sector 1. An O1 configuration presents the same diagram as sector 2.(*) DRX or e--DRX.

LNA--splitter



LNA--splitter LNA--splitter

LNA--splitter

Figure 1--49 Transmission/reception diagram for a 1S211 configuration with duplexercoupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Climatic system Batterycompartment

F--typeconverters

RF combiners

Main Div. Main Div. Main Div.

Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

COMICO

ac box

User compartment

PA interconnections DRX (**) interconnections

RX--splitters



RECAL (*)

Filling plate

BCF or CBCFcompartment (*)

Note: (*) When the BCF is used:• the ALCO board replaces the RECAL board,• the BCF replaces the CBCF module.

(**) DRX or e--DRX.

PAsDRXs (**)

Figure 1--50 S8000 Outdoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 1S211 configuration withduplexer coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





0 1 3

0 1

0 1 63

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs

DRX (**)interconnections

DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

3F--type

converters

52 4

6

Ventilation system

CBCF (*)

RECAL (*)

Note: (*) When the BCF cabinet is used:• the ALCO board replaces the RECAL board,• a filling plate replaces the CBCF module.

(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--51 S8000 Indoor BTS: Cabling for a 1S211 configuration with duplexercoupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PA

DRX (*)

PA

DRX (*)

Antenna

Duplexer

Main. Div.

Main.

Antenna

Duplexer

Main. Div.

Div.

Sector 1 (same diagram for sector 2and 3)

LNA--splitter


LNA--splitter

Transmissioncoupler

Transmissioncoupler

Figure 1--52 Transmission/reception for a S222 configuration with H2D couplingsystem

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Antenna

Duplexer

Transmissioncoupler

Main. Div.

Main.

Antenna

Duplexer

PA

Transmissioncoupler

Main. Div.

Div.

Sector 1

Antenna

Duplexer

Transmissioncoupler

Antenna

Duplexer

Transmissioncoupler

Main. Div.

Div.

Sector 2 (same diagram for sector 3)

Main. Div.Main. Div.

Main.

Main. Div. Main. Div.


LNA--splitter

RX--splitterRX--splitter

LNA--splitter LNA--splitter

LNA--splitter

DRX (*)

PA

DRX (*)

PA

DRX (*)

PA

DRX (*)

PA

DRX (*)

PA

DRX (*)

PA

DRX (*)


Figure 1--53 Transmission/reception for a 2S433 configuration with H2D couplingsystem

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


R E C A L

Figure 1--54 S8006 BTS: Cabling for a S222 configuration using H2D coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






F--typeconverters

RF combiners

Main Div. Main Div.

Sector 1 Sector 2

COMICO

ac box

User compartment

PA interconnections DRX (*) interconnections

RX--splitters



RECAL (**)

Filling plate

BCF or CBCFcompartment (**)

PAsDRXs (*)

Note: (*) DRX or e--DRX.(**) When the BCF is used:

• the ALCO board replaces the RECAL board,• the BCF replaces the CBCF module.

Figure 1--55 S8000 Outdoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 2S433 configurationusing H2D coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


F--typeconverters

RF combinersRX--splitters


User compartment


Main Div.

Sector 3


ac box

Filling plateUser

intercon-nections

RECAL (*)

COMICO

PAs DRXs (**)

Note: (*) When the BCF is used the ALCO board replaces the RECAL board.(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--56 S8000 Outdoor BTS (extension cabinet): Cabling for a 2S433configuration using H2D coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Cabinet descriptionNortel Networks Confidential 1--101



0 1 2

0 1

0 1 2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

0 1 2 3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs / RECAL (*)


DRXs (**) / CBCF (*)

RX--splitters

F--type

converters

Ventilation system Ventilation system

Base cabinet Extension cabinet

Note: (*) When the BCF cabinet is used:• the ALCO board replaces the RECAL boardin each cabinet,• a filling plate replaces the CBCF in the base cabinet.

(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--57 S8000 Indoor BTS: Cabling for a 2S433 configuration using H2D couplingsystem

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Cabinet description Nortel Networks Confidential1--102

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Antenna

Duplexer

Hybridcombiner

M. M.

Antenna

Duplexer

Hybridcombiner

M. M.

Antenna

Duplexer

Hybridcombiner

M. M.

Antenna

Duplexer

Hybridcombiner

M. M.

Main Main

PA PA

DRX (*)

D.

DRX (*)

D.

PA PA

DRX (*)

D.

DRX (*)

D.

PA PA

DRX (*)

D.

DRX (*)

D.

PA PA

DRX (*)

D.

DRX (*)

D.

Example: This configuration uses four standard antennas or two cross--polar antennas.


LNA--

splitter

LNA--

splitter

RX--splitter Div.

RX--splitter

RX--splitter Div.

RX--splitter

Figure 1--58 Transmission/reception diagram for a 1O8 configuration using H2Dcoupling system and four antennas

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






F--typeconverters

RF combiners

Main Div.

COMICO

ac box

User compartment


RX--splitters



RECAL (*)


Filling plate

PAs

DRXs (**)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--59 S8000 Outdoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 1O8 configuration usingH2D coupling system and four antennas

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs


DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

F--type

converters

Ventilation system

RECAL (*)

CBCF (*)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--60 S8000 Indoor BTS: Cabling for a 1O8 configuration using H2D couplingsystem and four antennas

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





M. M.

Antenna

PA

Duplexer

Hybridcombiner

M.

PA

M.M. M.

Antenna

DRX (*)

D.

Duplexer

Hybridcombiner

DRX (*)

D.

PA

M. M.

Main

PA

Main

DRX (*)

D.

DRX (*)

D.

PA PA

DRX (*)

D.

DRX (*)

D.

PA PA

DRX (*)

D.

DRX (*)

D.

LNA--

splitter

LNA--

splitter

RX--splitter Div.

RX--splitter

RX--splitter Div.

RX--splitter


Figure 1--61 Transmission/reception diagram for a 1O8 configuration using H4Dcoupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RF--combinerscavity

Ventilation system

PAinterconnections

Combinerinterconnections

(COMICO)

PAs


CBCF (*)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters

RECAL (*)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

DRXs (**)

Base cabinet

(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Note: (*) When the BCF cabinet is used, the ALCO board replaces the RECALboard in each extension cabinet.

Note: (*) When the BCF cabinet is used, the ALCO board replaces the RECALboard in each extension cabinet.

Figure 1--65 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for 1O8 configuration usingduplexer and cavity coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


0 1 2

0 1 2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RF combinersand Tx--Filters

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs / RECAL (*)


DRXs (**) / CBCF (*)

RX--splitters

F--type

converters


Base cabinet Extension cabinet

3

3

Note: (*) When the BCF cabinet is used:• the ALCO board replaces the RECAL board in each cabinet• a filling plate replaces the CBCF module in the base cabinet.

(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--66 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 2S444 configuration usingduplexer and Tx--Filter coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






(**) DRX or e--DRX.

RF combiners

RX--splitters

ac box

User compartment


DRXs (**)

Climatic system

PAs

Batterycompartment

F--typeconverters


Plugs

Filling plate

RECAL (*)


COMICO


Figure 1--67 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Cabling for a 1S44 configuration using duplexer andTx--Filter coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


GSM 900

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

Combinerinterconnections

(COMICO)

PAs


DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters

Ventilation system

Base cabinet

F1 sector 1 F1 sector 2

Possible dual bandconfigurations F1 F2

A GSM 1800B GSM 1800 GSM 900

CBCF (*)

RECAL (*)

Note:(*) When the BCF cabinet is used:

• the ALCO board replaces the RECAL board• a filling plate replaces the CBCF module

(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--68 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 3S444--444 dual bandconfiguration using H2D coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs / RECAL (*)


DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters


Extension cabinet 1 Extension cabinet 2

F1 sector 3 F2 sector 1 F2 sector 2 F2 sector 3

GSM 900

Possible dual bandconfigurations F1 F2

A GSM 1800B GSM 1800 GSM 900

Note:(*) When the BCF cabinet is used, the ALCO board replaces the RECAL board.(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--69 S8000 Indoor BTS (extension cabinets): Cabling for a 3S444--444 dualband configuration using H2D coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





0 1 4 5

0 1 3

0 1 4 5

0 1 2 3 4 5

0 1 2 3

0 1 2 3 4 5

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs / RECAL (*)


DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters



F1sector 3

F2sector 1

F2sector 2

F2sector 3

Note: F1 = GSM 900 / F2 = GSM 1800.(*) When the BCF cabinet is used, the ALCO replaces the RECAL in each extension cabinet.(**) DRX or e--DRX.

4

Figure 1--71 S8000 Indoor BTS (extension cabinet): Cabling for a 3S444--222 dual bandconfiguration using D and H2D coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


0 1 2 3 4 5

0 1 2 3

0 1 2 3 4 5

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs


DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters

Ventilation system

Base cabinet

CBCF (*)

RECAL (*)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--72 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinets): Cabling for a 3S666 configurationusing D and H2D coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





0 1 2 3 4 5

0 1 2 3

0 1 2 3 4 5

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs / RECAL (*)


DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

F--type

converters

Ventilation system

0 1 2 3 4 5

0 1 2 3

0 1 2 3 4 5

Ventilation system


Note: (*) When the BCF cabinet is used, the ALCO board replaces the RECAL boardin each extension cabinet.

(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--73 S8000 Indoor BTS (extension cabinets): Cabling for a 3S666 configurationusing D and H2D coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


M. M.M. M.M. M.

Antenna

Duplexer

M. M.

Main Main

PA PA

DRX (*) DRX (*)

PA PA

DRX (*) DRX (*)

PA PA

DRX (*)

D.

DRX (*)

D.

PA PA

DRX (*)

D.

DRX (*)

D.

LNA--splitter

RX--splitter Div.

RX--splitter

RX--splitter Div.

RX--splitter

D. D.D. D.

Rx Tx

Remote Tunable Cavity Combiner (8 ways)

From LNA--splitter (BTS1)

Note: Only the first sector is show, sectors 2 and 3 are identical.(*) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--74 Transmission/reception diagram for a 3S888 configuration using duplexerand cavity coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RF combinersand Tx--Filters

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs / RECAL

DRX (*)interconnections

DRXs (*) / CBCF

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters


Base cabinet Extension cabinets (1 and 2)


Figure 1--75 S8000 Indoor BTS (base cabinet): Cabling for a 3S888 configuration usingduplexer and cavity coupling system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


F--typeconverter

RECAL

CBCFCMCF

CPCMI

Breaker

Fuses

COM ICO

RF Combiners

DRX--ICO

PAs

DRXs

Rx--splitters

InternalCoolingSystem

Figure 1--76 S111 cabling for a S8003 Indoor BTS

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





LNA--splitter

RX--splitter 0 Main.

Duplexer 0

RX--splitter 1 Div.

LNA--splitterDRX 0

Main. Div.

Duplexer 1

Antenna

PA0

LNA--splitter


Duplexer 4

RX--splitter 5 Div.

LNA--splitterDRX 2

Main. Div.

Duplexer 5

Antenna

PA2

LNA--splitter


Duplexer 2

RX--splitter 3 Div.

LNA--splitterDRX 1Main. Div.

Duplexer 3

Antenna

PA1

Antenna

Antenna

Antenna

Figure 1--77 S111 connections for a S8003 Indoor BTS

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.3.2.2 Other cabling

Figure 1--78 to Figure 1--108 present the cabling of the following:

power supply and ground

internal and external alarms

PCM bus

O&M bus (only with the ALCO board)

external PCM links (Abis)

1.3.3 External cabling

Theexternal connectionsaredesigned to connect the following (see Figure 1--109and Figure 1--114 ) :

external PCM links (Abis)

transmission and reception antennas

external alarm cables

power supply and ground cables

1.3.4 Inter--cabinet cabling

Inter--cabinet connections are designed to connect the following (seeFigure 1--115 to Figure 1--118 ) :

PCM bus

O&M bus (only with the ALCO board)

BCF alarm (connection between the BCF cabinet and the S8000 Indoor cabinet)

The FH bus cabling to the extension cabinet is required only for configurationswithmore than 8 DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 per cell.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





DRX (**)intercon-nections


F--typeconverters

RF combiners

COMICO

ac box

Plugs

User compartment

RX--splitters


PAinterconnections

From external batterycabinet

UserICO

RECAL (*)

BCF or CBCF compartment (*)

Filling plate

PAsDRXs (**)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--78 S8000 Outdoor BTS: ac and dc cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 1 2 3 4 5

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs


DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters

dc distribution

Ventilation system

CBCF (*)

RECAL (*)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--79 S8000 Indoor BTS: ac and dc cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Main--ICO

UsercompartmentCombiners


RectifiersUser--ICO

F--typeconverters

Batteries

PAs

RX--splitters

RECAL

DRX (*)

CBCF

C--AC--main

Power--ICO


Figure 1--80 S8002 BTS: ac and dc cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


F--type converter

RECALCBCF

COM ICO

RF Combiners

DRX

PAs

Rx--splitters

DRXs

interconnections


Figure 1--81 S8003 BTS: dc cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





R E C A L

Figure 1--82 S8006 BTS: ac and dc cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PA inter-connections


F--typeconverters

RF combiners

ac box

Plugs

User compartment

RX--splitters


Grounding bus bar


DRX (**)intercon-nections

RECAL (*)

Filling plate


COMICO

PAs DRXs (**)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--83 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Ground cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





0 1 2

0 1

0 1 2

PA interconnections

COMICO

PAs


DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters

Ventilation system

To ground

dc compartment

RF combiners

CBCF (*)

RECAL (*)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--84 S8000 Indoor BTS: Ground cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Main--ICO



RectifiersUser--ICO

F--typeconverter

Batteries

PAs

RX--splitters

RECAL

DRXs (*)

CBCF

C--AC--main

Power--ICO


Figure 1--85 S8002 BTS: Ground cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





F--type converter

RECALCBCF

COM ICO

RF Combiners

DRX

PAs

Rx--splitters

DRXsinterconnections

to ground



8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


R E C A L


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






F--typeconverters

RF combiners


ac box

Plugs

User compartment

RX--splitters


To ALPRO boards (or to externalalarm connection module)

Connector plates

Legend:Unprotected external alarmsProtected external alarmsCAUTION: GSM--R specific



RECAL (*)

Filling plate

BCF or CBCFcompartment(*)

PAsDRXs (**)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--88 S8000 Outdoor BTS: External alarm cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


0 1 2

0 1

0 1 2

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs


DRXs (*)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters

RECAL

Legend: Protected external alarms

ALPRO0

ALPRO1

To ALPROboards or todedicatordistributionframe

Ventilation system

CBCF


Figure 1--89 S8000 Indoor BTS: External alarm cabling (with CBCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





0 1 2

0 1

0 1 2

RF combiners

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs

ALPRO0

ALPRO1


DRXs (*)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters

ALCO

Legend: Protected external alarmsUnprotected external alarms

To ALPROboards or todedicatordistributionframe

To BCFcabinet

Ventilation system

ALARMS


Figure 1--90 S8000 Indoor BTS: External alarm cabling (with BCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


F--type converter

RECALCBCF

COM ICO

RF Combiners

DRX

PAs

Rx--splitters

DRXs

interconnections

ALPRO Connector

ALPRO 0On the topof the cabinet


Figure 1--91 S8003 Indoor BTS: External alarm cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





R E C A L

Figure 1--92 S8006 BTS: External alarm cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



F--typeconverters

RF combiners

COMICO

ac box

Plugs

User compartment

RX--splitters


Door contact



RECAL (*)

Filling plate


PAsDRXs (**)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--93 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Internal alarm cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Main--ICO



RectifiersUser--ICO

F--typecomverters

Batteries

PAs

RX--splitters

RECAL

DRXs (*)

CBCF

C--AC--main

Power--ICO

Externalalarms

Note: (*) DRX or e--DRX.Legend: CAUTION: GSM--R specific.

Figure 1--94 S8002 BTS: Alarm cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


R E C A L

Figure 1--95 S8006 BTS: Alarm cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





0 1 2

0 1

0 1 2

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs


DRXs (**)

RX--splitters

F--type

converters

RECAL (*)

2 3 4 5

Door switch

CBCF (*)

RF combiners


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--96 S8000 Indoor BTS: Internal alarm cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



F--type converter

RECALCBCF

COM ICO

RF Combiners

DRX

PAs

Rx--splitters

DRXs

interconnections

Door switch

Thermostat(Temp. > 65 °C)

Figure 1--97 S8003 Indoor BTS: Internal alarm cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






F--typeconverters

RF combiners

COMICO

ac box

Plugs

User compartment

RX--splitters


Connector plates


PCM2PCM1


RECAL (*)

Filling plate

PAsDRXs (**)


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--98 S8000 Outdoor BTS: PCM bus cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


0 1 2

0 1

0 1 2

RF combiners

Ventilation system

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs


DRXs (*)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters

ALCO

3 4 5

To BCFcabinet

6 7

3 4 5 6 7

PCM

O&M


Figure 1--99 S8000 Indoor BTS: PCM bus and O&M bus cabling (with BCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





BCF

. 1 2 3 0 2 0 0 0 1

1 C 0

C 1 1


F--typeconverters

RF combiners

COMICO

ac box

Plugs

User compartment

RX--splitters


O&M2O&M1

O&M0PA interconnections DRX (*) interconnections

Connector plates


PAs DRXs (*)


Figure 1--100 S8000 Outdoor BTS: O&M bus cabling (with BCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Abis


F--typeconverters

RF combiners

COMICO

ac box

Plugs

User compartment

RX--splitters


Connector plates


PAsDRXs (**)


RECAL (*)

Filling plate


(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 1--101 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Abis cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Main--ICO



RectifiersUser--ICO

F--typecomverters

Batteries

PAs

RX--splitters

RECAL

DRXs (*)

CBCF

C--AC--main

Power--ICO

Abis


Figure 1--102 S8002 BTS: Abis and PCM bus cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


F--type converter

RECALCBCF

COM ICO

RF Combiners

DRX

PAs

Rx--splitters

DRXs

interconnections

ABIS Connector

On the topof the cabinet

ABIS


Figure 1--103 S8003 BTS: Abis bus cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

RF combinersand TX--Filters

Ventilation system

PAinterconnections

COMICO

PAs


DRXs (*)

RX--splitters

F--typeconverters

RECAL

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CBCF

Base cabinet


Figure 1--105 S8000 Indoor BTS with a cavity combiner: Specific cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PAs

RF--combiners

DRXs

Rx--splitters

COMICO

AC box

User compartment

PA interconnections DRX interconnections


F--typeconverters

Filling plate

Climatic system(DACS)

Batterycompartment

RECAL (*)

(*) When the BCF is used in the base cabinet, the ALCO board replacesthe RECAL board.


Legend: CAUTION: GSM--R specific.

Figure 1--107 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Batteries--BRC cabling with battery cabinet

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Note: (*) DRX or e--DRX.Legend: CAUTION: GSM--R specific.

Figure 1--108 S8002 BTS: BRC cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


BATTCABDC

ABIS

ALPRO0

ALPRO1

BattCab Alarm

Antenna connectors Inter cabinet connectors

BTS cabinet bulkhead

Battery cabinet bulkhead (*)

Abis

Externalalarm

connectionmodule(*)

PCMconnection

module(*)

Mains

Mains

GND

GND

GNDGND

Note: (*) These modules are optional.

FH--INFH--OUT

PCM1O&M1

PCM2O&M248VDC

--48Vconnection

box(*)

GND

75 Ω box(*)

Externalalarms

Figure 1--109 S8000 Outdoor BTS: External cabling with external alarm and PCMmodules

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





BATTCABDC

ABIS

ALPRO0

ALPRO1

BattCab Alarm



Battery cabinet bulkhead (*)

Abis

ALPROconnection

module(*)

PRIPROconnection

module(*)

Mains

Mains

GND

GND

GNDGND


FH--INFH--OUT

PCM1O&M1

PCM2O&M248VDC

--48Vconnection

box(*)

GND

75 Ω box

type 1 or 2(*)

Externalalarms

Figure 1--110 S8000 Outdoor BTS: External cabling with ALPRO--PRIPRO modules

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Antenna connectors Signal connectors


Abis

Externalalarm

connectionmodule

(*)

PCMconnection

module(*)

Mains

GND

GNDGND


NP AlarmsPCM 2/3

Abis ALPRO0 ALPRO148VDC

--48Vconnection

box(*)

GND

75 Ω boxtype 1 or 2

(*)

Externalalarms

FHIn/Out

Userconnectors

Figure 1--111 S8002 BTS: External cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





PCM

Ground

Filters

ALPRO 0

Top of the S8003 cabinet

Frontside

75 Ohms kit

Ground bolt

--48V input 0V input

Cover

Not used

Ground bolt

ABISPCM 2/3

ALPROPCM 4/5

(no connectors)


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063




Abis

Externalalarm

connectionmodule

(*)

PCMconnection

module(*)

Mains

GND

GNDGND


--48Vconnection

box(*)

GND

75 Ω box(*)

Externalalarms

48VDC

ALPRO0

Batterycabinet

ALPRO1

Tx

Rx

Abis


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





GND

--48V 0V

O&M0 / 1

O&M2 / 3

O&M4 / 5

PCM0 / 1

ABIS

PCM4 / 5

PCM2 / 3

0V

ALPRO0 board

ALPRO1 board

--48V

Abis

Antennas connectors

GND

DC distributionUser externalalarms

S8000 Indoor Cabinet Top View

BCF connector plate(BCF Cabinet Top View)

DC distribution

Equipotentiality

Equipotentiality

Figure 1--114 S8000 Indoor BTS: External cabling

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


BATTCABDC

ABIS

ALPRO0

ALPRO1

BattCab Alarm

--48VDC FH--IN FH--OUT PCM1 O&M1 PCM2 O&M2

BATTCABDC

ABIS

ALPRO0

ALPRO1

BattCab Alarm

Base Cabinet

Extension Cabinet

Antenna connectors

Antenna connectors

GND


Figure 1--115 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Inter--cabinet cabling (with BCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Base Cabinet

Extension Cabinet 1

Antenna connectors

Antenna connectors

GND

Antenna connectors Extension Cabinet 2

GND

BATTCABDC

ABIS

ALPRO0

ALPRO1

BattCab Alarm


BATT

CABDC

ABIS

ALPRO0

ALPRO1

BattCab Alarm


BATTCABDC

ABIS

ALPRO0

ALPRO1

BattCab Alarm


Figure 1--116 S8000 Outdoor BTS: Inter--cabinet cabling (with CBCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


FH--IN FH--OUT PCM O&M BCF Alarm

Top view of base cabinet

Top view of extension cabinet

Equipotentiality

GND

-- 48V 0V

O&M0 / 1

O&M2 / 3

O&M4 / 5

PCM0 / 1

ABIS

PCM4 / 5

PCM2 / 3

BCF Al.

BCF

FH--IN FH--OUT PCM O&M BCF Alarms

GND

Figure 1--117 S8000 indoor BTS: Inter--cabinet cabling (with BCF cabinet)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





FH--IN FH--OUT PCM PCM Abis2/3 4/5



Base cabinet

Extension cabinet 1

GND

Extension cabinet 2

GND

Figure 1--118 S8000 Indoor BTS: Inter--cabinet cabling (with CBCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1.4 Power supply

1.4.1 S8000 Outdoor/S8006 BTS

The power system supplies 48 V dc power to the units in the cabinet from the mainspower supply.

1.4.1.1 Description

The power system has the following configurations:

for the S8000 Outdoor BTS:

• an ac mains box, a Power Controller Unit (PCU), a set of 600 W or 680 Wrectifier units (SRU) and a set of batteries

• anacmains box, a Controller Module, a set of 500W Rectifiers, a DistributionModule and a set of batteries

• an ac box / GIPS and a GIPS module (GSM Integrated Power System)

for the S8006 BTS:

• anacbox, a Power Controller Unit (PCU), a set of 600 W rectifier units (SRU)and a set of batteries

PCU description

The controller module and distribution module make up the PCU.

The PCU connects the rectifiers to the cabinet units and to the batteries (only forS8000 Outdoor BTS).

In this section, the SRU refers to both types of rectifier sets.

The PCU can be connected to a set of several rectifiers whose outputs are connectedin parallel:

for S8000 Outdoor BTS:

• either a set of two to six 600 W rectifiers (one for redundancy)

• or a set of two to seven 500 W rectifiers (one for redundancy)

for S8006 BTS:

• a set of two to five 600 W rectifiers (one for redundancy)

Only for the S8000 Outdoor BTS, the PCU is connected to the batteries locatedeither inside or outside the cabinet. It has four separate outputs (outputs 1 to 4) thatsupply the cabinet utilizations.

There are two types of battery units:

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





internal batteries mounted on the top of the cabinet, which consist of four12 V dc batteries in series (one string)external batteries located in the external battery cabinet, and configured in amaximum of four strings. Each string consists of four 12V dc batteries in series;the four strings being connected in parallel.

PCU functions

Two types of PCUs are available, depending on the converter type. These two PCUtypes have the same functions but are tied to their own rectifiers.

The PCU has the following functions:

It connects the SRU to the batteries (only for the S8000 Outdoor BTS). Whentherectifiers are no longer running, the batteries can supply the PCU outputsaccording to the option chosen, the choice being by front panel wiring:

• option 1: two of the four PCU outputs are supplied

• option 2: the four PCU outputs are powered (this is mandatory in the case of external batteries

It generates four 54V dc outputs (outputs 1 to 4) for supply of the cabinet boards.

It receives the alarms from the rectifiers.

It receives an analog signal from the temperature probe located on the batteries(internal or external) and sends a signal to the SRU to adjust rectifier outputvoltage inversely to battery temperature (floating voltage).

It generates a disconnection of its four load outputs depending on the signalreceived from two ambient temperature probes (one is located at the top of thecabinet, the other at the bottom).

PCU connections with the SRU

The SRUs, connected in parallel, are connected to the PCU by means of thefollowing inputs/outputs:

54 V (+) and 54 V(--)dc fault (alarm)

ac fault (alarm)

overtemperature (alarm)

missing module (alarm)

floating voltage control

remote control

load share

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PCU connections with the batteries (only for the S8000 Outdoor BTS)

The batteries are connected to the PCU by means of the following inputs/outputs:

54 V (--) internal batteries

54 V (--) external batteries

54 V (+) internal and external batteries

(+) and (--) of the temperature probe of the internal batteries

(+) and (--) of the temperature probe of the external batteries

Interface between the PCU and the ALCO or RECAL board

The following signals are the interface between the PCU and the ALCO or RECAL board:

Load1 threshold (PCU internal alarm, also sent to ALCO or RECAL)

PCU protective devices (PCU internal alarm, also sent to ALCO or RECAL)

battery on discharge (alarm) available only for the S8000 Outdoor BTS

dc fault (alarm)

ac fault (alarm)

overtemperature (alarm).

The following signal carries out the control:CEATS 1 (Cabinet Extreme Ambient Temperature Signal).

The following cables are not connected:

Load2 threshold (PCU internal alarm, also sent to ALCO or RECAL)

missing module (alarm)

remote control (used to cut the 48 V dc and switch to batteries)

common alarms.

Battery operation of boards in the cabinet (only for the S8000 Outdoor BTS)

The PCU enables the cabinet to run on either internal or external batteries(connection of the internal or external batteries is carried out manually, and it is notpossible to connect both types simultaneously). Two operating options arepossible.

option 1:• When the internal or external batteries are connected to the system, the SRU

powers all the outputs and, if necessary, supplies power to the batteries(charging phase).

• If the SRU is not supplying any power, the internal or external batteriesenergize output 4 (BCF, user equipment and ALCO or RECAL board).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





option 2:• When the external batteries areconnected (in which case the internal batteries

are disconnected manually), the SRU energizes all the outputs and, if necessary, supplies power to the batteries (charging phase).

• If the SRU is not supplying any power, the external or internal batteriesenergize all the outputs.

When the SRU, for any reason, stops supplying dc voltage, the batteries are the onlypossible dc power supply.

However, battery output voltages decrease over time.

So, when the battery output voltage reaches the first Load1 threshold, the PCU cutsoff power supply to the boards in the cabinet which are connected to outputs 1 and3. An alarm signal is generated on the Load1 threshold output.

If the battery output voltage continues to decrease and reaches the second Load2threshold, the PCU cuts off power supply to the boards in the cabinet which areconnected to outputs 2 and 4.

The Load2 threshold is the minimum permissible voltage at battery output:

typical value of Load1 threshold: 45 V ( ±2%)

typical value of Load2 threshold: 42 V ( ±2%)

If the SRU recovers power supply, the batteries are charging. When voltage is equalto 50.7 V, the PCU reconnects the cabinet boards with its four outputs.

Alarms

Alarm signals from the rectifiers in the energy subrack are concentrated in 3 singlesignals determined by logic OR:

ac fault alarm

dc fault alarm

over temperature alarm

Extreme temperature signals from the CEATS 1

A short circuit between the two CEATS 1 pins of the HOST interface connectorcauses thedisconnection of alloutputs connected to therectifiersandto thebatteries(only for the S8000 Outdoor BTS), and the generation of the Load1 alarm signal.

From --40 °C (--40°F) to 0°C (32°F), the rectifiers accept the mains voltage withoutdeterioration, but do not function.

GIPS description (S8000 outdoor)

The GSM Integrated Power System (GIPS) is composed of:

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


a chassis assembly including:

• a power distribution backplane

• a DC Distribution and Control Unit (DCU)

• five slots for rectifiers and/or rectifier fillers

an AC Distribution Unit (ADU)

up to five ac/dc 680W rectifiers

up to four ac/dc fillers

a thermal probe

The existing 600W rectifier modules are not allowed in the GIPS module.The GIPS is connected to the batteries located either inside or outside the cabinet.It has four separate outputs (outputs 1 to 4) that supply the cabinet utilizations.

There are two types of battery units:

internal batteries mounted on the top of the cabinet, which consist of four12 V dc batteries in series (one string)

external batteries located in the external battery cabinet, and configured in amaximum of four strings. Each string consists of four 12V dc batteries in series.the four strings being connected in parallel.

GIPS functions

The GIPS has the following functions:

It converts the ac power up to 3400W of the dc power for the dc loads of the BTS

It provides optional dc power redundancy

It provides controlled and overload protected dc outputs for each dc load

It supports the charging/discharging of batteries. When the ac input is notavailable, it provides operational power.

It monitors and reports the power system statesThe GIPS does not have its own cooling system. The cooling is provided by thecabinet. The cooling air enters through the bottom of the GIPS and exits throughthe top.

DCU functions

The Distribution and Control Unit has the following functions:

It receives the output power of the rectifiers from the backplane

It routes the --54 V power to the low voltage disconnect controller (LVD)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





It contains standalone LVD

It routes the output power channels from the switches to front panel mountedcircuit breakers

It routes the power from the circuit breakers to the --54 V output connectionpointsIt routes the 0 V from the backplane to the 0 V output connection point

It manages the alarms and the signals to the BTS

ADU functions

The ADU has the following functions:

It provides the ac input cableIt provides surge protection

It providesa system level circuit breaker for rectifiers power on/off andoverloadprotection

It provides a circuit breaker for DACS power on/off and overload protection

It provides EMI filteringIt provides a connector for the DACS

DCU connections with the loads

The DCU connects, in parallel, the main output of the rectifiers to the four loads.The loads are connected by means of the following inputs/outputs:

output PA (--)output DACS (--)

output DRX (--)

output BCF (--) (USER, CBCF, RECAL)output common 0V

DCU connections with the batteries

The DCU connects, in parallel, the main output of the rectifiers to the storagebatteries. The batteries are connected by means of the following inputs/outputs:

54 V (--) internal or external batteries54 V (+) internal or external batteries tied to earth

(+) and ( --) of the temperature probe of the internal or external batteries

Alarms

Alarm signals from the rectifiers in the GIPS module are in two single signalsdetermined by logic OR:

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


ac fault alarm

dc fault alarm

An alarm signal is generated when each of the following events appear:

load 1 threshold voltage is reached

mains breaker is tripped

PA circuit breaker is tripped

DRX circuit breaker is tripped

battery breaker is tripped

a lightning arrestor is out of service A short circuit between the two remote control pins puts the rectifiers in thestand--by mode.

A short circuit between the two CEATS pins of the alarm interface connectorinduces all outputs to be disconnected from the rectifier/battery 54 V bus.

Extreme temperature signals from CEATS 1

A short circuit between the two CEATS pins of the alarm interface connectorcausesthe disconnection of all outputs connected to the rectifiers of the GIPS and to the

batteries, and the generation of the Load1 alarm signal.

1.4.1.2 Mains power supply

The mains power supply of the cabinet comes from the AC--MAINS box or the acbox / GIPS associated with the GIPS module, located in the right compartment of the cabinet.

The different values are given in NTP <01> BSS Overview.

For S8000 Outdoor BTS

European single phase AC MAINS

Thetable belowlists all the main differences between the new AC--MAINS boxandthe current one.

Components in current AC--mains box Components in new AC--mains box

AC box AC box slightly modified mechanically AC box covers AC box covers slightly modified

EMI filters Same EMI filters

Circuit breakers:rectifier breaker and cooling system breaker

Same with different rating

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Main circuit--breaker Same with different rating

Readiff BACO + fuse Ground fault switchSTOPCIRCUIT on front face

Power sockets One of the 2 sockets is suppressedLightning protector New lightning protector

Table 1--5 European single phase AC box

Tri--phase AC MAINS

Thetable below lists all the main differences between the new AC--MAINS boxandthe current one.

Components in current AC--mains box Components in new AC--mains box

AC box AC box slightly modified mechanically

AC box covers AC box covers slightly modifiedEMI filters Same EMI filters

Circuit breakers:rectifier breaker, DACS breaker1 and DACSbreaker 2

Same with different rating. DACS breaker 2 issuppressed

Main circuit--breaker Same with different rating

Ground fault switchSTOPCIRCUIT on front face

Same ground fault switch

Power sockets One is suppressed

Lightning protector New lightning protector

Table 1--6 Tri--phase phase AC box

Front panel of AC MAINS box

The front panel of the AC box includes a LED (see Figure 1--119 to

Figure 1--129 ) that indicates the status of the AC box. The AC box is operatingnormally when the green light is illuminated.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Climatic system circuit breaker(30A)

Indicator fuse (F03, 300mA,250V, time delay)

AC voltage input indicator

Main circuit breaker (70A)

Rectifier circuit breaker (30A)

AC voltage to the rectifiers

Ground

Cover

AC voltage to the climatic systemand the heaters

Fuse for the 6A electrical outlets(F02, 250V, time delay)

Two electrical outlets with differential(30 mA)

AC lightning protector

Alarm return to the ALCO orRECAL board

Figure 1--119 Single--phase AC box (GSM 900/1800) type 1

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


ACU0 circuit breaker (30A)

ACU1 circuit breaker (30A)

General stop button


Ground




Cover

Electrical outlets differential breaker(10A -- 30mA)

Two electrical outlets

Alarm return to the ALCOor RECAL board

Figure 1--121 Tri--phase AC box (GSM 900/1800) type 1

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





DACS circuit breaker (25A)

General stop button


Ground




Cover

Electrical outlet differential breaker(10A -- 30mA)

Electrical outlet



8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


DACS circuit breaker (15A)

General stop button


Ground




Cover

Electrical outlet differential breaker(10A -- 30mA)

Electrical outlet



8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Climatic system circuit breakers (15A)

General stop button

Rectifier circuit breakers (10A)

Ground

ac lightning protector

To rectifier

ac voltage to the climatic systemand the heaters

Differential breaker (10A)

Outlet (230V/10A)



8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063




Indicator fuse (F03, 300mA,250V, time delay)

AC voltage input indicator


Two electrical outlets withincorporated differential (5 mA)



Ground




Figure 1--125 Split single--phase AC box (GSM 1900) type 1

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference







Two electrical outlets withincorporated differential (5 mA)



Ground





Figure 1--126 Split single phase AC box (GSM 1900) type 2

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Internal wiring of AC box

The ac box is made up of two main parts (see Figure 1--129 to Figure 1--135 ):• the main box, which includes the supply filters, a main circuit breaker, a

circuit breaker for the climatic system, a circuit breaker for the rectifiers, twomains sockets with differential cut--outs, a power supply LED and two fuses

• a lightning arrester

For S8000 outdoor BTS including a GIPS module

AC box / GIPS

The AC box associated with the GIPS module includes:

AC input terminal blocks

an optional user ac plug

TheACinput terminal blocksareused with thefollowingAC distributionnetworks:

single phase

split phase

three phase

The optional user AC plug includes an AC breaker with differential device andsurge protectors. Four types of user AC plug are available:

E type

F type

UK type

US type

When the user AC plug is not used, it is replaced by a filler.

Front panel of AC box / GIPS

The front panel of the E, F, or UK type user ac plug includes one ac plug and onebreaker (see Figure 1--127 ). The front panel of US type has one plug and one fuse(see Figure 1--128 ).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





European ACplug 230Vac

Differential circuitbreaker 6A/30mA

AC voltage to

the power systemcompartment

AC inputterminal block

Figure 1--127 AC box / GIPS with E, F, UK type user AC plug

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


US AC plug5mA/120Vac

Indicator fuse 15A

AC voltage tothe power systemcompartment

AC inputterminal block

Figure 1--128 AC box / GIPS with US type user AC plug

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Internal wiring of ac box / GIPS

The AC box is made up of two main parts (see Figure 1--136 ):• input terminal blocks• user ac plug that includes:

– a differential circuit breaker that protects the service personnel againstinjury

– an ac surge protector that protects the ac plug and the BTS from damagecaused by voltage or current transients on the ac input line.

For S8006 BTS

Figure 1--137 shows the AC box front panel and Figure 1--138 shows inside it.1.4.1.3 dc distribution

S8000 outdoor/S8006

Figure 1--139 and Figure 1--140 show the dc power supply distribution. Thedc power supply comes from the ac/dc rectifiers (SRU). It feeds the PCU where theoutputs come out to the following equipment groups :

For the S8000 Outdoor BTS:• the eight power amplifiers and the two F--type converters, through the power

amplifier interconnection module• the climatic system• the eight DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3, through the DRX or e--DRX or

DRX--ND3 interconnection module• the BCF or CBCF, the ALCO or RECAL boards and the user compartment,

through the BCF or CBCF compartment• the internal batteries• the external batteries

For the S8006 BTS:

• the six power amplifiers and the one F--type converter, through the poweramplifier interconnection module• the climatic system (LNS--DACS)• the six DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 through the DRX or e--DRX or

DRX--ND3 interconnection module• the --48V, the CBCF and RECAL boards through the dc interconnection

module

The Power Controller Unit (PCU) houses four breakers that allow to disconnect thepowering of these equipment groups. The battery breaker is outside the PCU (onlyfor the S8000 Outdoor BTS).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


The dc distribution for each group uses three cables:

+0 V dc

--48 V dc

ground

S8000 with GIPS module

Figure 1--139 showsthedc power supply distribution.Thedc power supply comesfrom the ac/dc rectifiers. It feeds the DCU where the outputs come out to thefollowing equipment groups :

• the eight power amplifiers and the two F--type converters, through the poweramplifier interconnection module

• the climatic system

• the eight DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 through the DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 interconnection module

• the BCF or CBCF, the ALCO or RECAL boards and the user compartment,through the BCF or CBCF compartment

• the internal batteries

• the external batteries

The Distribution and Control Unit (DCU) houses five breakers that allow todisconnect the powering of these equipment groups. Thesebreakers areon thefrontpanel of the DCU.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2

2

2

2

2

2

2

22

2

3

Climaticsystem circuit

breaker

Fuse forindicator light

Indicator light for

ac voltage supply

Alarm return to ALCOor RECAL board

Two electrical outlets

with differential (30mA)

Main circuitbreaker

Rectifiercircuit breaker

ac voltageto climaticsystem andheaters

ac voltage connector(to rectifiers)

Filter neutral

Filter phaseLightningprotector

Ground

ac power supply

6A fuse for electrical outlets2

Ground

Groundfault

interrupter

Ground

Figure 1--129 Side view of inside of single--phase AC box, type 1 (GSM 900/1800)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2

2

2

2


breaker


Electrical outlet

Main circuitbreaker




Filter neutral


D sub

ac power supply3

Electrical outlet with differentialbreaker (6A -- 30mA)

Ground

Ground

2

Figure 1--130 Side view of inside of single--phase AC box, type 2 (GSM 900/1800)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2

2

4

2

2

2


breaker

Fuse forindicator light

Indicator light for

ac voltage supply


Two electrical outletswith incorporateddifferential cut--outs (5mA)

Main circuitbreaker



ac voltage torectifiers

Filter neutral

Filter phase 1

Lightningprotector

ac power supply

15A fuse for electrical outlets

Ground

Ground

Filter phase 2

Figure 1--133 Side view of inside split single--phase AC box, type 1 (GSM 1900)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2

Stop button

Rectifier circuit breakers

ACU breaker

Outlet

ac voltage toclimaticsystem andheaters

Alarm connector

3


32

2

L3

2

3

Ground

Filter neutral

Filter phase 1

Filter phase 2

Filter phase 3

Lightningprotector

Differential breaker

L2L1N

Figure 1--134 Side view of tri--phase AC box, type 4 (GSM 900/1800)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2

2

3

2

2

2


breaker


Two electrical outletswith incorporateddifferential cut--outs (5mA)

Main circuitbreaker



ac voltage torectifiers

Filter neutral

Filter phase 1 Lightningprotector

ac power supply

15A fuse for electrical outlets

Ground

Ground

Filter phase 2

Figure 1--135 Side view of inside of split single--phase AC box, type 2 (GSM 1900)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


AC BOX

Mains

Ground

to GIPS

AC plug kit(optional)

Electrical outlet

FaultInterrupter(differential breaker)

Figure 1--136 Side view of inside of AC box / GIPS

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference







Alarm return to the RECAL board



Ground



Figure 1--137 S8006 BTS: AC box front panel

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2

2

2


breaker


Main circuitbreaker




Filter neutral


D sub

ac power supply3

Ground

Ground

2

Figure 1--138 S8006 BTS: AC box side view (GSM 1800)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





C--PA_ICO DRX_ICO

2 poweramplifiers

2 F--typeconverters

DRXs (**)

ac input

50Abreaker

ac/dcrectifiers

10Abreaker

(time delay)

90Abreaker

(*)

15Abreaker

PCU or DCU

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 2 A

F u s e 2 A

Legend:PA--ICO : Power Amplifier interconnectionDRX--ICO : DRX (**) interconnection

Note: (*) The 90A breaker is used either for the internal battery or the external battery.(**) DRX or e--DRX.

Climaticsystem

BCF or CBCFcompartment

15Abreaker

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 A

F u s e 4 A

Internalbatteries

Batterycabinet

BCFor

CBCF

ALCOor

RECAL

User

Figure 1--139 S8000 Outdoor BTS: dc power supply diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PA--ICO DRX--ICO

6 poweramplifiers

F--type

converter 6 DRXs

ac input

50A breaker(L1 or CB1)

ac/dcrectifiers

10A delayedbreaker

(L2 or CB2)


PCU

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 2 A

F u s e 2 A

Legend:PA--ICO : Power Amplifier interconnectionDRX--ICO : DRX interconnectiondc--ICO : Power interconnection

Climatic

system(LNS--DACS)


F u s e 1 A

F u s e 4 A

CBCF RECAL

dc--ICO

F u s e 2 . 5 A

48V

output

Figure 1--140 S8006 BTS: dc power supply diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






Figure 1--141 shows the dc power supply distribution. Two filters protect the dcdistribution input against conducted emission. The dc power supply feeds the dccompartment where four outputs come out to the following equipment groups:

the eight power amplifiers and the two F--type converters, through the poweramplifier interconnection modulethe three fans, through the fan interconnection modulethe eight DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 through the DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 interconnection modulethe BCF or CBCF

the ALCO or RECAL boardThe dc compartment houses four breakers that allow to disconnect the powering of these equipment groups.

The dc distribution for each group uses three cables:+0 V dc--48 V dcground

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PA_ICO FANICO DRX_ICO

8 poweramplifiers

2 F--typeconverters

3 fans 8 DRXs (*)

dc input

50Abreaker

EMI filters

2.5Abreaker

5Abreaker

10Abreaker

dc compartment

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 8 0 0 m A

F u s e 8 0 0 m A

F u s e 8 0 0 m A

F u s e 2 A

F u s e 2 A

F u s e 4 A

Legend:PA--ICO : Power Amplifier interconnectionFAN--ICO : Fan interconnectionDRX--ICO : DRX (*) interconnection

BCFor

CBCF

ALCOor

RECAL

BCF orCBCF

Note:(*) DRX or e--DRX

Figure 1--141 S8000 Indoor BTS: dc power supply diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2 poweramplifiers

2 F--typeconverters

2 DRXs (*)

ac input

50Abreaker

ac/dcrectifiers

10Abreaker

(time delay)

50Abreaker

15Abreaker

PCU

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 2 A

F u s e 2 A

C--DACSClimaticsystem

15Abreaker

F u s e 1 0 A

F u s e 1 A

F u s e 4 A

Internalbattery

C--PA_ICO MAIN_ICO

CBCF RECAL

POWER--ICO

L1 L2 L3 L4

User


Figure 1--142 S8002 Outdoor BTS: dc power supply diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Interface between the PCU and the RECAL board

The following signals are the interface between the PCU and the RECAL board:Load1 threshold (PCU internal alarm, also sent to RECAL)PCU protective devices (PCU internal alarm, also sent to RECAL)Battery on discharge (alarm)DC fault (alarm) AC fault (alarm)over temperature (alarm).

Battery operation of boards in the cabinet

The PCU enables the cabinet to run on internal batteries.

When the SRU, for any reason, stops supplying dc voltage, the batteries are the onlypossible dc power supply.

However, battery output voltage decreases over time.

So, when the battery output voltage reaches the first Load1 threshold, the PCU cutsoff power supply to the boards in the cabinet which are connected to outputs 1 and3. An alarm signal is generated on the Load1 threshold output.

If the battery output voltage continues to decrease and reaches the second Load2

threshold, the PCU cuts off power supply to the boards in the cabinet which areconnected to outputs 2 and 4.

The Load2 threshold is the minimum permissible voltage at battery output:typical value of Load1 threshold: 45 V ( ±2%)typical value of Load2 threshold: 42 V ( ±2%)

If the SRU recovers power supply, the batteries are charging. When voltage is equalto 50.7 V, the PCU reconnects the cabinet boards with its four outputs.

Alarms

A closedloop is provided on the RECAL board. If this loop is broken (open contact),the alarm is activated

The RECAL board is used for three alarm types:Internal alarm (28), which can be used only inside the cabinet.External non protected alarms (30), which can be used outside the cabinet.External protected alarms: there are 16 external alarms that can be optionallyprotected by oneExternal Alarm Connection module. This module includes two ALPRO boards (secondary protection) and 20 lightning protections (primaryprotection), necessary to protect 16 alarms and 4 remote controls. They concernall the alarms used by the customer.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


The major internal alarms are the following:1 main breaker alarm6 rectifier 220 V/48 V alarms:

– ac alarm (individual) – dc alarm (individual) – over temperature alarm (common) – first voltage level on the battery (--45 V) – PCU breakers alarm (common) – battery on discharges alarm (common0

1 alarm for each F--Type converter (2)1 battery disconnected alarm3 alarms per VSWR (up to 6)

Note: The 3 alarms are monitored via 3 input pinsconnected to the Alarm Moduleof the BTS. The exception is BTS configuration with TX filter whereVSWR level 2 and level 3 alarms only are monitored (due to lack of inputport).

1 alarm per LNA/VGA (2)1 door alarm1 lightning protection alarm6 alarms for the user1 batteryemergency--stop alarm: this alarm is used to know whether thebatteriesare disconnected or not.• 2 alarms for the CDACS

The information returned from the sensors activates specific actions of the coolingsystems. The BTS is powered OFF if the temperature inside the cabinet is out of the0°C -- 70°C range.

1.4.3.2 C--ACMAIN power supplyTheC--ACMAIN ensure the ac distribution fromthe external ac to the rectifiers, theCDACS and the maintenance plug. It also provides EMC filtering and lightningprotections

The mains power supply of the cabinet comes from the ac box, located in the lowercompartment of the cabinet.

It supplies the rectifiers rack, the cooling system and the convenience socket of theBTS with ac power, each part being protected by integrated circuit breakers. Theac main box is European single--phase (see Figure 1--143 ) or dual--phase (seeFigure 1--144 ) .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





CBO210 A

COOLINGSYSTEM

CBO125 A

RECTIFIER

CBO316/30mA

DIFFERENTIAL BREAKER

OUTLET230V--6A

Gnd

ALARMCONNECTOR

Differentialbreaker

(6A--30mA)

C--DACS circuitbreaker (10A)

Main breaker (25A)

Alarm connector

Electricaloutlet

Ground

Figure 1--143 View of the S8002 single phase AC box

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


CBO210 A

COOLINGSYSTEM

CBO115 A

RECTIFIER

CBO316/30mA

DIFFERENTIAL BREAKER OUTLET

230V--6A

GNDPS

GENERAL OFF

ALARMCONNECTOR

Differentialbreaker

(6A--30mA)

Alarm connector

Electricaloutlet

Rectifiercircuit

breaker

(15A)

General stop button

C--DACS circuit

breaker (10A)

Ground

Figure 1--144 View of the S8002 dual phase AC box

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






Figure 1--141 shows the dc power supply distribution. Two filters protect the dcdistribution input against conducted emission. The dc power supply feeds thedc--main panel that includesonemain breaker 60A(CB01) andnine protective fuses(F1 to F9).

Then the power supply is delivered to the following equipment groups:the three power amplifiers, through a connector for each PA the two F--type convertersthe four fansthe three DRXs, through the DRX interconnection module (DRX--ICO)the CBCFthe RECAL board

The dc distribution for each group uses three cables:+0 Vdc--48 Vdcearth

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2 BOARD DESCRIPTION

2.1 Power amplifier (PA)

The Power Amplifier (PA) amplifies the GMSK signal from a low--leveltransmission unit and sends it to the transmission coupler.

HePA is compatible with e--DRX (all frequencies) and DRX ND3 (900) and withthe indoor and outdoor S8000 and S12000 cabinets. The cabinet can contain amaximum of 12 HePAs.

Three types of PA are available : PA, ePA and HePA (High Power Amplifier). TheHePA can be used mixed with PA and ePA.

PA and ePA are class 5 amplifiers, that is, they can provide power of between 20 Wand 40 W. Nominal power is 30 W.

HePA is the BTS Power Amplifier with transmit power up to 60 W in GMSK andis Edge compatible.

HePA is compatible with S8000 CBCF and S12000cabinets (indoor + outdoor) and works with eDRX and DRX ND3. HePA is not compatible with DRX.

The HePA can be mixed with PA in step coupling configurations. It can be mixed with (e)PA in a normal cell if its power is being configured with a value that iscompatible with (e)PA (lower than 30 Watt).

The range of value of the OMC parameter ”bsTxPwrMax” that sets the power of the TRX, already permits to configure power up to 60 Watts.

The HePA is differentiated at the OMC from PA and ePA; in the same way the ePA is differentiated from the PA.

It contains its own dc/dc converter and contains a microcontroller which allows itto dialogue with the low--power transmission module. This function makes itpossible to move the power amplifier to the top of the tower if necessary.

2.1.1 Amplifier alarms

The power amplifier provides several alarms:

an overtemperature alarm, whose threshold is set in the PA

an overvoltage alarm, whose threshold is set in the PA

an alarm indicating that the PA output reflected power is exceeded

This alarm is triggered when the reflect power exceeds 6W.

an alarm dedicated to the dc/dc converter

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





DA T A I / O

P OWE RI N

IOP OWE R

RF O UT

RF S A MP L E

RF I N

F U S E

1 0 A

Note: In the S8000 Indoor BTS, the front panel is invertedcompared to the figure presented

F1 Fuse10A250V time delay

Screws

Figure 2--1 S8000 BTS: Power amplifier (type 1)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





DA T A I / O

P OWE RI N

RF O UT

RF I N

Screws

Note: In the S8000 and S8003 Indoor BTSs, the front panelis inverted compared to the figure presented

Figure 2--3 S8000 and S8003 BTS: Power amplifier (type 2)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


DA T A I / O

P OWE RI N

RF O UT

RF I N

Note: In the S8000 Indoor BTS, the front panel is invertedcompared to the figure presented.

Figure 2--4 S8000 BTS: High Power Amplifier (HePA)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.1.3.1 Radio connectors

There are three radio connectors:

The radio input connector, marked “RF IN”, is a female, SMA connector.

The radio output connector, marked “RF OUT”, is a female, N--type connector.

The test connector, marked “RF SAMPLE”, is a female, SMA connector. According to to the PA type, the connector is optional.

2.1.3.2 Voltage supply connector

The --48 V supply of the PA is supplied through a male, three--pin connector. The

pin connections are as follows:

1 48 V (--)

2 GND

3 0 V

Table 2--1 Voltage supply connector

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.1.3.3 Data connector

The data input/output connector is a 20--pin connector. The pin connections are asfollows:

1 GND2 GND3 SYNC4 MEU_DATA_OUT5 Selection of PA operating mode6 SECT_SEL_0 (not used by the PA)7 MEU_DATA_IN

8 Test point9 Test point

10 Test point11 GND12 GND13 NSYNC14 NMEU_DATA_OUT15 Test point16 SECT_SEL_1 (not used by the PA)17 NMEU_DATA_IN18 Test point19 Test point20 Test point

Table 2--2 Data connector

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.2 ALCO boardThe ALCO is the alarm management unit used with the BCF Cabinet(S8000 Indoor) or the BCF Unit (S8000 Outdoor).

TheALCO board collectsand managesinternal and external BTSalarms. Theboardhas a PCM interface to allow a connection between the BCF and certaintransmission couplers.

There is one ALCO board per cabinet.

2.2.1 Functional description

The ALCO board is comprised of several function blocks (see Figure 2--5 ):The CU block is the board’s central management unit.The communication block provides a link with the CSWM board over the O&Mbus.The board groups communication interfaces with:• the BCF, by means of the internal private PCM link• the transmission coupler(s), by means of the private PCMThe alarm block manages alarms.The test block includes several test interfaces.

The power supply block converts the 48 V dc power supply distributed by theBTS to 5 V dc and 12 V dc.The identification and LEDs block identifies the cabinet number and boardversion, and controls signaling LEDs.The private PCM block is not connected to the other function blocks. It consistsof an interface between theGTWboard andcertain transmissioncouplers. It alsohas a J64 interface, using TS 25 of the first PCM.

2.2.2 Alarm management

The ALCO board manages three types of alarms:

internals alarmsunprotected external alarmsprotected external alarms

2.2.2.1 Internal alarms

The ALCO board is designed to detect up to 56 internal alarm logical signals(0/+5 V). An alarmis detectedwhenthe voltageexceedsa threshold of 2.5 V. Whenno alarm is detected, a reference zero--volt is applied to the threshold comparatorinput. These connectors are protected against power surges of less than 57 A for aperiod of 1 ms, and against power surges of less than 180 mA at all times.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


ALCOPCM interface

Identificationand LEDs

BCF/transmissioncoupler

Cabinet No., etc

BCF

Debuggingconsole, etc.

Internal andexternal alarms

48V dc

Central unit

Alarms andcommands

Tests

Communication

5V dc 12V dc

Power supplies

Figure 2--5 ALCO board functional diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.2.2.2 Unprotected external alarms

The ALCO board canmanage 32 unprotected external alarms, the same electricallyas the internal alarms. These alarms are intended to be connected inside the cabinet,or near the cabinet in a protected environment, that is, not exposed to majorelectrical power surges.

2.2.2.3 Protected external alarms

The ALCO board protects up to 16 external alarms which are 12 mA current loops. An alarm is detected when a loop opens. These inputs are protected by the ALPROboard, a special protection board inside the BTS.

2.2.2.4 Analog input channels

The ALCO board reads four analog channels (voltage 0 to 5 V) converted to digitalsignals by an eight--bit, single--pole analog--to--digital converter. These inputs areprotected against voltages of several tens of volts.

2.2.2.5 Remote controls

Four dry--contact relays are controlled by the ALCO board and protected by the ALPRO board. They are all --or--nothing relays with a maximum current of 80 mA

and a maximum voltage of 72 V dc.

2.2.3 Physical description

This section describes the front panel, the LEDs, the connectors, and the electricalcharacteristics of the ALCO board.

2.2.3.1 Front panel

The front panel of the ALCO board has the following:

one reset button

three LEDs

eight connectors

The reset button allows a hard reset of the board.

The front panel of the ALCO board is shown in Figure 2--6 .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.2.3.2 LEDs

There are three LEDs on the front panel of the ALCO board, described inTable 2--3 .

Type No. ofLEDs

Label(color) Meaning (when lit)

Board state indicators 1 BIST (yellow) The built--in self--test isrunning or is stopped with adefault result.

1 +5 V (green) The power is on.

1 RDY (green) The board is operatingnormally.

Table 2--3 LEDs on the front panel of the ALCO board

2.2.3.3 Connectors

There are eight connectors located on the front panel of the ALCO board, identifiedin Table 2--4 .

In addition, there is a debug connector located on the inside of the board.

ConnectorLabel Type Purpose

PCM 50--pin female PCM lines to and from the BCF and cabinetreference number. Wired to a connector on theinside of the board.

J64 9--pin male J64 Interface connector.

INT 62--pin female Internal alarm connector.

O&M in 25--pin male O&M connector, wired to a connector on the insideof the board.

PWR 3--pin male Power connector.

PCM out 25--pin female PCM transmission coupler control connector.

EXT. NP. 50--pin female Connector for unprotected external alarms andanalog detectors. Wired to connector on the insideof the board.

EXT. P. 50--pin female Connector for remote control protected externalalarms. Wired to connector on the inside of theboard.

Table 2--4 ALCO board connectors

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Pin connections

The pin connections and their significance of the connectors on the front panel areidentified in Table 2--5 to Table 2 --13 .

Pinno. Purpose Pin

no. Purpose Pinno. Purpose Pin

no. Purpose

1 2 26 27

3 4 MICE--1 28 29 NMICE--1

5 SY 6 MICE--0 30 NSY 31 NMICE--0

7 H4M 8 MICR--0 32 NH4M 33 NMICR--0

9 MICR--1 10 MLC 34 NMICR--1 35 MLC

11 BAIE--0 12 BAIE--1 36 NBAIE--0 37 NBAIE--1

13 BAIE--2 14 BAIE--3 38 NBAIE--2 39 NBAIE--3

15 MLC 16 MLC 40 MLC 41 MLC

17 MLC 18 MLC 42 MLC 43 MLC

19 20 44 45

21 22 46 47

23 24 48 49

25 50

Legend:-- H4M: 4 MHz clock-- MICE: Transmission PCM-- MICR: Reception PCM-- MLC: Common Logic Mass-- SY: Synchronization signal-- BAIE--n: Cabinet number n

Table 2--5 PCM PIN connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

6 NH64 1 H64

7 ML 2 ML

8 NR64 3 R649 NT64 4 T64

5

Table 2--6 J64 pin connections

Pinno. Purpose Pin

no. Purpose Pinno. Purpose

42 MLC 21 DALI87

62 DALI86 41 DALI85 20 DALI84


60 DALI80 69 DALI79 18 MLC




56 DALI69 35 DALI68 14 DALI6755 DALI66 34 MLC 13 DALI65


53 DALI61 32 DALI60 11 DALI5952 DALI58 31 DALI57 10 DALI56

51 DALI55 30 DALI54 9 DALI5350 MLC 29 DALI52 8 DALI51



47 DALI44 26 DALI43 5 DALI4246 DALI41 25 MLC 4 DALI40



43 DALI33 22 MLC 1 DALI32

Legend:-- DALI: internal alarm detection-- MLC: Common Logic Mass

Table 2--7 INT pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.2.3.4 O&M bus pin connections

Pinno. Purpose Pin

no. Purpose

14 NTX 1 PTX

15 NRZ 2 PRX

16 NVAL 3 PVAL

17 NRAZ 4 PRAZ

18 NADR0 5 PADR0

19 NADR1 6 PADR120 NADR2 7 PADR2

21 NADR3 8 PADR3

22 NADR4 9 PADR4

23 NADR5 10 PADR5

24 11

25 12

13 MLC

Table 2--8 O&M pin connections

Pinno. Purpose

1 -- 48 V

2 GND

3 + 48 V

Table 2--9 PWR pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

13 MLC

25 NSY 12 SY

24 NH4M 11 H4M

23 NMICR1 10 MICR1

22 NMICR0 9 MICR0

21 NMICE1 8 MICE1

20 NMICE0 7 MICE0

19 MLC 6 MLC18 MLC 5 MLC

17 4

16 3

15 2

14 1

Table 2--10 PCM out pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

50 33 MLC 17

49 ETC1B_ALPRO1 32 MLC 16 ETC1A_ALPRO1

48 + 5 V 31 ETC0A_ALPRO1 15 ETC0B_ALPRO147 + 5 V 30 14

46 ME_ALPRO1 29 DALE6_ALPRO1 13 DALE7_ALPRO145 ME_ALPRO1 28 DALE4_ALPRO1 12 DALE5_ALPRO1

44 ME_ALPRO1 27 DALE2_ALPRO1 11 DALE3_ALPRO1


42 ME_ALPRO1 25 9

41 MLC 24 ETC1A_ALPRO0 8 ETC1B_ALPRO0

40 MLC 23 ETC0B_ALPRO0 7 + 5 V

39 ETC0A_ALPRO0 22 6 + 5 V

38 21 DALE7_ALPRO0 5 ME_ALPRO0

37 DALE6_ALPRO0 20 DALE5_ALPRO0 4 ME_ALPRO0



34 DALE0_ALPRO0 1 ME_ALPRO0

Legend:-- DALE: External alarm detection-- ETC: Remote control emission-- ME: External Mass (isolated from logic mass)-- MLC: Common Logic Mass

Table 2--11 EXT. P. pin connections (S8000 I/O BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

50 MLC 33 DTA2 17 DTA3

49 MLC 32 DALI30 16 DALI31






43 DALI18 26 DALI16 10 DALI1742 MLC 25 DTA1 9 MLC

41 DTA0 24 DALI15 8 MLC






35 MLC 18 DALI1 2 DALI234 DALI0 1 MLC

Legend:-- DALI: Internal alarm detection-- MLC: Common Logical Mass-- DTA: Analog detection

Table 2--12 EXT. NP. pin connections

Pinno. Purpose Pin

no. Purpose

6 1 MM

7 2 RXDBG

8 3 TXDBG

9 4 RHMDBG

5 ML

Table 2--13 Debug. pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.2.4 List of connected internal alarms

Connected internal alarms are the only internal alarms that can be used. The list of alarms and the corresponding DALI pins (internal alarm detection) on the INT.connector are identified in the following tables:

Table 2--14 – S8000 Indoor BTS (base and extension cabinets)

Table 2--15 – S8000 Outdoor BTS (base and extension cabinets)

Note: An “X” in a column indicates that the alarm is not used with a particularcoupling system.

Alarm (per coupling system)Origin

D, H2D H4D D + TxFDALI

F--typeconverter

Behavior signalConverter F0



DALI32




DALI33

Doors Door alarm Door alarm Door alarm DALI34

VSWR--meter VSWR0 Level 1 fault X VSWR0 Level 1 fault DALI36

VSWR0 Level 2 fault X VSWR0 Level 2 fault DALI37





VSWR2 Level 1 fault VSWR0 Level 1 fault VSWR3Level 2 fault DALI42

VSWR2 Level 2 fault VSWR0 Level 2 fault VSWR2 Level 2 fault DALI43











8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Origin DALIAlarm (per coupling system)

Origin DALID + TxFH4DD, H2D

LNA LNA0 fault X LNA0 fault DALI54

LNA1 fault X LNA1 fault DALI55

LNA2 fault LNA0 fault VSWR3 Level 3 fault DALI56


LNA4 fault LNA1 fault LNA5 fault DALI58

LNA5 fault X VSWR7 level 3 fault DALI59

DLNA DLNA0 fault DLNA0 fault DLNA0 fault DALI60

DLNA1 fault DLNA1 fault DLNA1 fault DALI61

DLNA2 fault X DLNA2 fault DALI62




Fans Fan 0 Fan 0 Fan 0 DALI66

Fan 1 Fan 1 Fan 1 DALI67


Not used X X X DALI35

X X X DALI69

X X X DALI70to

DALI87

Table 2--14 Internal alarms and INT. connector DALIs(S8000 Indoor BTS, base and extension cabinets)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Alarm (per coupling system)Origin D, H2D H4D D + TxF DALI

Main powersupply

ac main breaker ac main breaker ac main breaker DALI32

ac/dc rectifier ac fault ac fault ac fault DALI33dc fault dc fault dc fault DALI34

Temperaturethreshold exceeded



DALI35

Voltage thresholdexceeded (load 1)



DALI36

PCU protectiondevices PCU protectiondevices PCU protectiondevices DALI37

Battery on discharges Battery on discharges Battery on discharges DALI38

F--typeconverter




DALI39




DALI40

BCF Back Converter 0 Converter 0 Converter 0 DALI41*Panel Converter 1 Converter 1 Converter 1 DALI42*

Converter 2 Converter 2 Converter 2 DALI43*

Batteries Batteriesdisconnected Batteriesdisconnected Batteriesdisconnected DALI44

Lightningarrestor

Lightning protectionfault



DALI45

VSWR--meter VSWR0 Level 1 fault X VSWR0 Level 1 fault DALI46VSWR0 Level 2 fault X VSWR0 Level 2 fault DALI47


VSWR1 Level 1 fault VSWR0 Level 1 fault VSWR1 Level 1 fault DALI49VSWR1 Level 2 fault VSWR0 Level 2 fault VSWR1 Level 2 fault DALI50


VSWR2 Level 1 fault X VSWR2 Level 2 fault DALI52VSWR2 Level 2 fault X VSWR3 Level 2 fault DALI53




8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference














LNA2 fault X VSWR2 Level 3 fault DALI66

LNA3 fault LNA1 fault LNA4 fault DALI67LNA4 fault X LNA5 fault DALI68

LNA5 fault X VSWR6 Level 3 fault DALI69

Door contact Door and hood fault Door and hood fault Door and hood fault DALI70

User User0 fault User0 fault User0 fault DALI75compartment User1 fault User1 fault User1 fault DALI76

User2 fault User2 fault User2 fault DALI77


User4 fault User4 fault User4 fault DALI79User5 fault User5 fault User5 fault DALI80



DLNA2 fault X DLNA2 fault DALI83DLNA3 fault X DLNA3 fault DALI84




X X X DALI72

X X X DALI73

X X X DALI74X X X DALI87

* DALI41, DALI42, and DALI43 are not used in the extension cabinet.

Table 2--15 List of internal alarms and INT. connector DALIs(S8000 Outdoor BTS, base and extension cabinets)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.2.5 List of unprotected external alarms

Table 2--16 identifies the DALIs that correspond to unprotected external alarmsfor the S8000 Indoor BTS.

Table 2--17 identifies the corresponding DALIs when the ACU or DACSClimactic Systems are used.

Origin Alarm DALI number

BCF Cabinet Converter 0 DALI0

Converter 1 DALI1

Converter 2 DALI2Door DALI3

Fan 0 DALI4

Fan 1 DALI5Fan 2 DALI6

Not used DALI7

Ground MLCNot used DALI9 to DALI31

Table 2--16 Unprotected external alarms

(S8000 Indoor BTS, base and extension cabinets)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






ACU0 Cooling system controller DALI6


DACS Urgent alarm (Cooling systemcontroller)

DALI6

Clogged filter (Cooling systemcontroller)

DALI13

Battery cabinet Thermal fault DALI14

Power fault DALI15

Doors DALI16

Surge protector fault DALI17

Alarm ext. 1 DALI18

Alarm ext. 2 DALI19

DACS_OR_ACU Differentiate a DACS cabinetfrom an ACU cabinet

DALI 20

Not used DALI0 to DALI5

DALI7 to DALI12

DALI21 to DALI31

Table 2--17 Unprotected external alarms(S8000 Outdoor BTS, base and extension cabinets)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.3 RECAL board


The RECAL board is the alarm management unit usedwith the CBCF. The RECAL collects external and internal alarm loops and alarms associated with OEMequipment.

A slave of the CBCF, the RECAL board sends alarms to the CBCF over a PrivatePCM link. The CBCF signals the BSC when there is an alarm.

There is one RECAL board per cabinet.

The following functional blocks of the RECAL board are shown in Figure 2--7 :

control unit

alarm interfaces

communication interfaces

power supply

2.3.1.1 Alarm management

The RECAL board collects three types of alarms:

internal alarms

unprotected external alarms

protected external alarms

Internal alarms

The RECAL board detects up to 56 internal alarms logical signals.

Internal alarms are wire loops that can only be opened or closed by dry contacts oropen collectors.

A closed loop forces a low logic level (less than 1.35 V) on the trigger output, whichindicates that there is no alarm. An open loop forces a high logic level (greater than3.15 V) on the trigger output.

The CPU runs polling sequences to recognize the alarm state.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





48VDC/5VDCConversion

5VDC/12VDCIsolated Conversion

+5Vdc +12VDCisolated

Power supply

Reset logic

LEDs

DebugPORT

CPU

io

io io

Loopbacklogic sci

@, data /irq

FlashEPROM SRAM

Memory Adressdecoding

logic

Cabinetreferencenumber

Control unit

A/D channels

Internal alarmsinterface

Remote control

External alarmsinterface

HDLCcontroller

PCMinterface

SEL[4:7]

2 PCMsfrom/toCavities

2 PCMsfrom/toCMCFs

48VDCpower supply

4 A/D inputs

4 remotecontrol outputs

88 internalalarms

16 external

alarms

Alarms interfaceCommunication

interface

Figure 2--7 RECAL board functional diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Unprotected external alarms

The RECAL board detects unprotected external alarms the same electrically as theinternal alarms, which canbe used inside the cabinet or within a few metersoutsidethe cabinet.


Indicates that specific equipment and specific software (such asspecific software in the BSC) dedicated to Railway application isusedand that therefore thefeature isnot available forall preliminaryGSM users.

Existing external useralarms

Additional external useralarms

(GSM--R specific)

S8000 Outdoor BTS 6 14

S8000 Indoor BTS -- 20

S8002 BTS 6 24

S8003 BTS -- --

Table 2--18 User alarms

Protected external alarms

The RECAL board detects up to 16 protected external alarms. These alarms can beused outside the cabinet by adding two ALPRO boards (for S8000 indoor/outdoorBTS) or one ALPRO board (for S8003 indoor BTS) which each manage 8 alarms.

A closed loop forces a low logic level (0 mA) on the optocoupler collector,

indicating that there is no alarm. An open loop forces a high logic level (5 mA) onthe optocoupler collector, indicating that there is an alarm.



8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Note that due to the absence of the battery remote controller (BRC) for the S8000Indoor BTS and the S8003 indoor BTS, the application of the battery remotemaintenance feature only consists in providing a possibility to use an externaltelecommand to switch off the main power and operate on batteries and to switchback to main power.

The operation is performed via the external remote commands (close/open relay)accessible via the ALPRO box connected to the EXT. P. connector of the RECAL board.

TheEXT. P. (external protectedalarm) connector provides pins ETC0A (pin17)andETC0B(pin18), both connected to an internal relay ETC0 within the RECAL board

(see Table 2--24 ).

2.3.1.2 Analog to digital inputs

The RECAL board reads four analog channels (voltage 0 to 5 V dc) that areconverted in digital signals by an eight--bits signal into a analog/digital converter.

2.3.1.3 Remote control outputs

Four remote control relay outputs are provided with a maximum current of 80 mA and a maximum voltage of 72 V dc.


This section describes theLEDs, connectors, and the electricalcharacteristics of theRECAL board.

2.3.2.1 Front panel

The front panel of the RECAL board has the following:

one reset button

three LEDssix connectors

The reset button allows a hard reset of the board.

The front panel of the RECAL board is shown in Figure 2--8 .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


EXT. P.

INT.

PCM OUT

PWR

RESET

BIST+5VRDY

PCM

EXT. NP.

RECAL

Screws

Figure 2--8 RECAL board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.3.2.2 LEDs

There are three LEDs on the front panel of the RECAL board.

Type No. ofLEDs

Label(color) Meaning (when lit)

Board stateindicators

1 BIST (yellow) The built--in self--test isrunning or is stopped with adefault result.


1 RDY (green) The board is operating

normally.

Table 2--19 LEDs on the front panel of the RECAL board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.3.2.3 Connectors

There are six connectors on the front panel of the RECAL board, which are wiredto corresponding connectors on left/right side of the board (see Figure 2--8 )

Additionally, there are two connectors that are accessible only from inside theboard.

The connectors are identified in Table 2 --20 .

Access No. ofconnectors Label Type Purpose

Front panel 1 PCM SCSI 50--pin female PCM lines to and from the CBCF andcabinet reference number. Wired tothe P4 connector soldered on theinside of the board. The debug port(P0) inside the board is connected tothe PCM connector.

1 PWR Sub--D 3--pin maleType 3W3

48 V dc Power supply input.

1 PCMOut

Sub--D 25--pin female PCM lines to and from cavities. Wiredto the P6 connector soldered on theinside of the board.

1 INT Sub--D high density62--pin female

56 internal alarms (32 to 87). Wiredto the P3 connector soldered on theinside of the board.

1 EXT. P. Sub--D 50--pin female 16 external protected alarms and 4remote control outputs. Wired to theP5 connector soldered on the insideof the board.

1 EXT.NP. Sub--D 50--pin female 32 internal alarms (0 to 31) and 4analog to digital conversion channels.Wired to the P2 connector solderedon the inside of the board.

Inside the

board

1 P0 Sub--D 9--pin male Debugging port (the connector is not

equipped).1 P1 10--pin male EDLP Programming port, used in thefactory to program the EDLP.

Table 2--20 RECAL board connectors

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Pin connections

The pin connections and their significance are identified in Table 2--21 toTable 2 --29 .

Pin no. Purpose Pin no. Purpose Pin no. Purpose

50 49 TXDBG

47 RXDBG 48 PCBUG0 46 GND

44 45 43 GND

41 GND 42 GND 40 GND

38 NSEL6 39 NSEL7 37 NSEL535 GND 36 NSEL4 34 NMICR1

32 NH4M 33 NMICR0 31 NMICE0

29 NMICE1 30 NSY 28

26 27 25

23 24 22

20 21 19

17 GND 18 GND 16 GND

14 SEL7 15 GND 13 SEL611 SEL4 12 SEL5 10 GND

8 MICR0 9 MICR1 7 H4M

5 SY 6 MICE0 4 MICE1

2 3 1

Legend:H4M 4 MHz clockSY Frame synchronization signalMICE Transmit PCM line

MICR Receive PCM lineGND Ground

Table 2--21 PCM pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Pin no. Purpose Pin no. Purpose

13 GND

25 NSY 12 SY

24 NH4M 11 H4M

23 NMICR1 10 MICR1

22 NMICR0 9 MICR0

21 NMICE1 8 MICE1

20 NMICE0 7 MICE0

19 GND 6 GND

18 GND 5 GND

17 NSEL7 4 SEL7

16 NSEL6 3 SEL6

15 NSEL5 2 SEL5

14 NSEL4 1 SEL4

Legend:H4M 4 MHz clockSY Frame synchronization signalMICE Transmit PCM lineMICR Receive PCM lineGND Ground

Table 2--22 PCM out pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






42 GND 21 DALI87



60 DALI80 39 DALI79 18 GND





55 DALI66 34 GND 13 DALI65





50 GND 29 DALI52 8 DALI51








Legend:DALI Internal Alarm DetectionGND Ground

Table 2--23 Int. pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

50 33 MLC 17

49 ETC1B_ALPRO1 32 MLC 16 ETC1A_ALPRO1

48 + 5 V 31 ETC0A_ALPRO1 15 ETC0B_ALPRO147 + 5 V 30 14

46 ME_ALPRO1 29 DALE6_ALPRO1 13 DALE7_ALPRO145 ME_ALPRO1 28 DALE4_ALPRO1 12 DALE5_ALPRO1



42 ME_ALPRO1 25 9

41 MLC 24 ETC1A_ALPRO0 8 ETC1B_ALPRO0

40 MLC 23 ETC0B_ALPRO0 7 + 5 V

39 ETC0A_ALPRO0 22 6 + 5 V





34 DALE0_ALPRO0 1 ME_ALPRO0

Legend:-- DALE: External alarm detection-- ETC: Remote control emission-- ME: External Mass (isolated from logic mass)-- MLC: Common Logic Mass

Table 2--24 EXT. P pin connections (S8000 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

45 30 15

44 29 14

43 28 1342 27 12

41 26 1140 25 10

39 24 9

38 23 8

37 DALE6_ALPRO0 22 7

36 DALE4_ALPRO0 21 DALE7_ALPRO0 6




32 17 2 ME_ALPRO0

31 16 1 ME_ALPRO0

Legend:-- DALE: External alarm detection

-- ME: External Mass (isolated from logic mass)

Table 2--25 EXT. P pin connections (S8003 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



50 GND 33 DTA2 17 DTA3








42 GND 25 DTA1 9 GND

41 DTA0 24 DALI15 8 GND







34 DALI0 1 GND

Legend:DALI Internal Alarm DetectionGND Ground

Table 2--26 Ext. NP. pin connections

Pin no. Purpose

1 (--) 48 V

2 GND

3 (+) 48 V


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






6 1 GND

7 2 RXDBG

8 3 TXDBG

9 4 PCBUG0

5 GND

Table 2--28 P0 (Debug) pin connections


1 TCK 2 GND

3 TDO 4 +5

5 TMS 6

7 8

9 TDI 10 GND

Table 2--29 P1 (EPLD JTAG) port pin connections

2.3.2.4 Electrical characteristics

The RECAL board is powered by a nominal 48 V dc. The nominal supply currentis approximately 600 mA.

A dc/dc converter (48 V to 5 V) on the board supplies logic circuits with +5 V dc.The +5 V dc supply is available on the EXT.P external connector (and P5 internalconnector) for the possible heating resistors mounted on the ALPRO boards.

A second dc/dc isolated stages converter (5 V to 12 V) provides external alarmdetection circuits with +12 V dc isolated supply.

A CEM filter is designed on the board between 48 V dc input and the primary stageof the dc/dc (48 V to 5 V) converter.

Its maximum consumption is 15 W.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.3.3 List of connected internal alarms

Connected internal alarms are the only internal alarms that can be used. The list of alarms and the corresponding DALI pins (internal alarm detection) on the INT0connector are identified in the following tables:

Table 2--30 – S8000 Indoor BTS (base and extension cabinets)

Table 2--31 – S8000 Outdoor BTS (base and extension cabinets)

Table 2--32 -- S8002 Outdoor BTS

Table 2--33 -- S8003 Indoor BTS

Note: An “X” in a column indicates that the alarm is not used with a particularcoupling system.



F--typeconverter




DALI32




DALI33

Doors Door alarm Door alarm Door alarm DALI34







VSWR2 Level 1 fault VSWR0 Level 1 fault VSWR3Level 2 fault DALI42








8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference







VSWR--meter VSWR4 Level 3 fault VSWR1 Level 3 fault VSWR5 Level 3 fault DALI50






LNA2 fault LNA0 fault VSWR3 Level 3 fault DALI56LNA3 fault X LNA4 fault DALI57


LNA5 fault X VSWR7 level 3 fault DALI59







Fans Fan 0 Fan 0 Fan 0 DALI66




X X X DALI69

X X X DALI70to

DALI87

Table 2--30 List of alarms and INT0 connector DALIs(S8000 Indoor BTS, base and extension cabinets)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063




Main powersupply

ac main breaker ac main breaker ac main breaker DALI32

ac/dc Rectifier ac fault ac fault ac fault DALI33dc fault dc fault dc fault DALI34




DALI35




DALI36

PCU protectiondevices



DALI37

Battery on discharges Battery on discharges Battery on discharges DALI38

F--typeconverter




DALI39




DALI40

Batteries Batteriesdisconnected

Batteriesdisconnected

Batteriesdisconnected

DALI44

Lightningarrestor




DALI45



VSWR0 Level 3 fault X VSWR0 Level 3 fault DALI48VSWR1 Level 1 fault VSWR0 Level 1 fault VSWR1 Level 1 fault DALI49


VSWR1 Level 3 fault VSWR0 Level 3 fault VSWR1 Level 3 fault DALI51VSWR2 Level 1 fault X VSWR2 Level 2 fault DALI52









8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference








LNA1 fault LNA0 fault LNA1 fault DALI65LNA2 fault X VSWR2 Level 3 fault DALI66



LNA5 fault X VSWR6 Level 3 fault DALI69Door contact Door or hood fault Door or hood fault Door or Hood fault DALI70

Usercompartment User0 fault User0 fault User0 fault DALI75

User User1 fault User1 fault User1 fault DALI76compartment User2 fault User2 fault User2 fault DALI77


User4 fault User4 fault User4 fault DALI79User5 fault User5 fault User5 fault DALI80


DLNA1 fault DLNA1 fault DLNA1 fault DALI82DLNA2 fault X DLNA2 fault DALI83


DLNA4 fault X DLNA4 fault DALI85DLNA5 fault X DLNA5 fault DALI86


X X X DALI42


X X X DALI72


X X X DALI87

* DALI41, DALI42, and DALI43 are not used in the extension cabinet.

Table 2--31 List of alarms and INT0 connector DALIs(S8000 Outdoor BTS, base and extension cabinets)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Origin DALIAlarmOrigin DALIAlarm

Not used DALI43

DALI52

DALI53

DALI54DALI55

DALI56

DALI57DALI58

DALI59

DALI60DALI61

DALI62

DALI63

DALI66DALI 67

DALI 68

DALI 69DALI71

DALI72

DALI73DALI74

DALI81

DALI82

DALI83DALI84

DALI85

DALI86DALI87

Table 2--32 List of alarms and connector DALIs (S8002 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



D, H2D D + TxFDALI

F--type Behavior signal Converter F0 Behavior signal Converter F0 DALI32converter

Behavior signal Converter F1 Behavior signal Converter F1 DALI33

Doors Door alarm Door alarm DALI34

VSWR--meter(optional)

VSWR0 Level 1 fault VSWR0 Level 1 fault DALI36






VSWR2 Level 1 fault VSWR2Level 1 fault DALI42



VSWR3 Level 1 fault VSWR4 Level 1 fault(not used)

DALI45


DALI46


DALI47


DALI48


DALI49


DALI50


DALI51

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






Origin DALID + TxFD, H2D

VSWR--meter(optional)


DALI52


DALI53

LNA LNA0 fault LNA0 fault DALI54

LNA1 fault LNA1 fault DALI55

LNA2 fault LNA2 fault(not used)

DALI56


DALI57


DALI58


DALI59

FAN0 Cabinet over temperature Cabinet over temperature DALI66

FAN1 Not used (alarm state is alwaysOK)

Not used (alarm state is alwaysOK)

DALI67

FAN2 Not used (alarm state is alwaysOK) Not used (alarm state is alwaysOK) DALI68

Not used X X DALI35

X X DALI69to

DALI87

Table 2--33 List of alarms and INT0 connector DALIs(S8003 Indoor BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



D, H2D D + TxFDALI

ALPRO board ALPRO 0/0 User defined ALPRO 0/0 User defined DALI88

ALPRO 0/1 User defined ALPRO 0/1 User defined DALI89





ALPRO 0/6 User defined ALPRO 0/6 User defined DALI94 ALPRO 0/7 User defined ALPRO 0/7 User defined DALI95

Table 2--34 List of alarms and EXT N.P. connector DALIs(S8003 Indoor BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.3.4 List of unprotected external alarms

The following pins on the INT1 connector can be used to receive up to32 unprotected external alarms:

DALI 0 to DALI7

DALI9 to DALI 31

MLC

The above pins presently are not used in the S8000 Indoor BTS.

Table 2 --35 identifies the corresponding DALIs when the ACU or DACSClimactic Systems are used in the S8000 Outdoor BTS.




DACS Urgent alarm (Cooling systemcontroller)

DALI6

Clogged filter (Cooling systemcontroller)

DALI13

Battery cabinet Thermal fault DALI14Power fault (ac) DALI15

Doors DALI16

Not used DALI17

Not used DALI18

Not used DALI19

Not used DALI 0 to DALI5

DALI 7 to DALI 12

Not used DALI 20 to DALI31

Table 2--35 Unprotected external alarms(S8000 Outdoor BTS, base and extension cabinets)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.4 ALPRO board

The ALPRO board protects up to eight external alarms and up to two remotecontrols of the ALCO or RECAL board.

2.4.1 Principle

The external alarms andremote controls are intended to be connected to equipmentoutside the cabinets. This equipment may be connected, temporarily orpermanently, to outside line conductors affected by electrical disturbances. The ALPRO board protects against these disturbances.

One ALPRO board protects half of the external interfaces available in the ALCOor RECAL board. There may therefore betwo ALPRO boards for one ALCOboard.Depending on how many external alarms are used, one or two ALPRO boards maybe installed.

Note: Depending on how many external alarms are use and what the S8000Outdoor or S8003 Indoor BTS configuration is available, one or two ALPRO boardsmay be installed.. For S8003indoor BTS, only oneALPROboard may be installed (one ALPRO board protects 8 alarms maximum).

2.4.2 Description

The ALPRO board (see Figure 2--9 presented in S8000 Outdoor configuration orin S8003 indoor configuration) provides only secondary protection. Primaryprotection devices are associated with the board to protect the lines themselves. A cable linking the board ground to a cabinet ground bar discharges energy caused byoutside disturbances.

2.4.2.1 External alarm protection circuit

The first part of the external alarm protection circuit comprises a surge arrestor andthermal resistors, which protect the board against power surges andlimit thecurrentin wires and connectors.

The second part limits the voltage and current returning to the ALCO or RECAL board. It consists of transils and thermal resistors.

2.4.2.2 Remote control protection circuit

The first part of the remote control protection circuit comprises a surge arrestor andthermal resistors, which protect the board against power surges andlimit thecurrentin wires and connectors.

The second part protects the relays and connections of the ALCO or RECAL board.It consists mainly of thermal resistors.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.4.3 S8000 Outdoor BTS environmental conditions

The ALPRO board is located in a sealed environment inside the skirting of thecabinet. It is designed to operate at temperaturesbetween --40 °C (--40 °F) and +80 °C(176°F).

Two thermoresistors supplied with +5 V prevent condensation inside thecase of the ALPRO card.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


NORTEL

Figure 2--9 ALPRO board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.4.4 S8000 Indoor BTS environmental conditions

ALPRO modules are located at the top of the radio cabinet. The precise location ispresented on the overview figure.

2.4.5 S8003 Indoor BTS environmental conditions

One ALPRO module is located at the top of the radio cabinet. The precise locationis presented on the overview figure.

2.4.6 Connectors

2.4.6.1 S8000 BTS connectors

The ALPRO board has three connectors:

A 25--pin male connector connects the ALPRO board to the ALCO or RECAL board:


14 DALE0 1 ME

15 ME 2 DALE1

16 DALE3 3 DALE2

17 DALE4 4 ME

18 ME 5 DALE5

19 DALE7 6 DALE6

20 7 ME

21 +5 V 8

22 ETC0B 9 ETC0A

23 MLC 10 +5 V

24 ETC1B 11 ETC1A

25 12 MLC

13

Legend:ETC Remote ControlDALE External Alarm Protected DetectionME External ground

Table 2--36 ALPRO 25--pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Two 10--pin connectors connect the ALPRO board to the external alarms:

Connector J1 Connector J2

1 TC0A 1 NALE4

2 TC0B 2 PALE4

3 TC1A 3 NALE3

4 TC1B 4 PALE3

5 NALE7 5 NALE2

6 PALE7 6 PALE2

7 NALE6 7 NALE1

8 PALE6 8 PALE1

9 NALE5 9 NALE010 PALE5 10 PALE0

Table 2--37 ALPRO 10--pin connections

2.4.6.2 S8003 BTS connectors

The ALPRO board has three connectors (see Table 2--38 and Table 2--39) : A 25--pin male connector connects the ALPRO board to RECAL board:

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






14 DALE0 1 ME

15 ME 2 DALE1

16 DALE3 3 DALE2

17 DALE4 4 ME

18 ME 5 DALE5

19 DALE7 6 DALE6

20 7 ME

21 8

22 9

23 10

24 11

25 12

13

Legend:DALE External Alarm Protected DetectionME External ground

Table 2--38 ALPRO 25--pin connections (S8003 BTS)

Two 10--pin connectors connect the ALPRO board to the external alarms:

Connector J1 Connector J2

1 TC0A 1 NALE4

2 TC0B 2 PALE43 TC1A 3 NALE3

4 TC1B 4 PALE35 NALE7 5 NALE2

6 PALE7 6 PALE2

7 NALE6 7 NALE1

8 PALE6 8 PALE1

9 NALE5 9 NALE0

10 PALE5 10 PALE0

Table 2--39 ALPRO 10--pin connections (S8003 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.5 F--type converter

2.5.1 Principle

The F--type converter converts a 48 V dc voltage into twopower sources, --15 V and+15 V. It powers the radio equipment such as the Low Noise Amplifiers (LNA), thevariable gain amplifiers and the VSWR measuring devices.

2.5.2 Description

The F--type converter has a switch on its front panel that can be used to disconnect

the input voltage. It also has two outputs that can be connected in parallel withidentical outputs of another F--type converter.

2.5.2.1 Input voltage

Nominal input voltage: 48 V (40.5 V to 57 V)

2.5.2.2 Output voltages

The two output voltages supplied by the converter are as follows:

Source 1:

Nominal voltage: +15 V Nominal current: 7 A

Source 2:

Nominal voltage: --15 V Nominal current: 4 A

Output voltages can be individually adjusted up to +15% and --5% of nominalvoltage.

2.5.2.3 Alarms

Several alarm signals can be generated, in the following cases:

One of the two output voltages is either lower than the Low Voltage Limit (LVL)or higher than the High Voltage Limit (HVL). These limit voltages are:

• LVL: 13.25 V ± 0.25 V

• HVL: 18.5 V ± 0.5 V

The switch on the front panel is set to ”OFF”.

The converter temperature is too high.

Finally, an event alarm is generated when there is a logic OR between the otheralarms.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.5.3 Front panel

The F--type converter front panel has several connectors and LEDs (seeFigure 2--10 ).

2.5.3.1 LEDs

Two green LEDs provide information on the status of the converter.

2.5.3.2 Connectors

Two connectors are on the front panel of the converter:

A female, Sub--D, 15--pin connector supplies output voltages and alarm signals.

A male, 3W3, Sub--D connector receives input voltages.

1 GND2 15 V alarm

3 Switch ”OFF” alarm

4 High temperature alarm

5 GND

6 --15 V alarm

7 GND

8 Event alarm

9 GND

10 GND

11 15 V

12 15 V

13 --15 V

14 --15 V15 GND

Table 2--40 Output voltages and alarm signals connector

1 --48 V

2 Mechanical ground

3 +48 V

Table 2--41 Input voltages connector

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Test points

LEDs

Switch

Power in

Powerout/alarms

Screws

--15V

--15V0V

+15V

+15V

I

O

Figure 2--10 F--type converter

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Offset Offset

Duplexer LNA--splitter

+/--

LNA

--2 dB

Ext 0

Ext 1

Int 0

Int 1

RX in

TX in

RF combiner

Power supply andthree alarms

Antenna

Envelopedetector

VSWRmeter

ToRX--splitter

FromPAs

Figure 2--11 Duplexer--only (D) RF combiner diagram (S8000 BTS and S8003 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Offset Offset


+/--

LNA

--2 dB

Ext 1

Ext 2

Int 1

Int 2

RX in

TX in

50 Ω

50 Ω

50 Ω

PA in 1

PA in 2

RF combiner

TX out


Antenna

Hybrid coupler

Envelopedetector

VSWRmeter

ToRX--splitter

Frw

ReverseForward

FromPAs

Figure 2--12 H2D RF combiner diagram (S8000 BTS and S8003 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Offset Offset


+/--

LNA

--2 dB

Ext 0

Ext 1Int 0

Int 1

RX in

TX in

50 Ω

PA in 1

PA in 2

RF combiner


Antenna

Envelopedetector

VSWRmeter

50 Ω

50 Ω

PA in 3

PA in 4

TX out

Hybridcoupler

Hybrid coupler

Hybrid coupler

ToRX--splitter

FromPAs

Figure 2--13 H4D RF combiner diagram (S8000 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





TX in

PA in 1

PA in 2

PA in 3

PA in 4

Remote tunable cavity combiner

FromPAs

PA in 5

PA in 6

PA in 7

PA in 8

Drive and controlPower supply

COAM link

Figure 2--14 Cavity combiner diagram (S8000 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.6.1.2 Reception amplifier

The reception signal amplifier, also called the LNA--splitter, has two functions:

amplifies the signal from the antenna using a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA)

splits the signal from the antenna into four signals

The LNA--splitter has the following attenuation or gain values:

The LNA has a nominal gain of 28.5dB (GSM 900) and 32 dB(GSM 1800/1900).

The two splitter stages cause attenuation less than 7 dB.

A 2dB attenuator handles differences in cable attenuation between the twoextension outputs (EXT) and the two internal outputs (INT). The two extensionoutlets, which are not used at present, will make future configuration upgradespossible.

The LNA--splitter is supplied with ± 15 V dc (± 5%) and its maximum currentconsumption is 370 mA (+ 15 V), 50 mA (-- 15 V). The module generates an alarmif LNA consumption deviates by more than 30% from the nominal value.

On the front of the LNA--splitter board, there is a 9--pin male connector whose pinconnection is as follows:

1 --15 V

2 0 V

3 Alarm

4 Not used

5 + 15 V

6 0 V

7 0 V

8 Not used

9 + 15 V

Table 2--43 Amplifier pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.6.1.3 Hybrid transmission coupling

According to the hybrid coupling type, transmission coupling consists of a singlehybrid coupler for H2D configurations or three hybrid couplers mounted in twostages for H4D configurations.

The two--way hybrid coupler (H2D) consists of:two isolators, one at each input port, which allows the protection of the Power Amplifier (PA) against reflected signals, and also permits the isolation necessarybetween transmittersa hybrid coupler, which combines two transmission signals on only one port.

This subsystem is part of the RF Combiner module (H2D, or H4D).

Themaximum attenuation is an RF Combiner moduleis dedicated to onefrequencyband.

When any transmission coupling system is requested (in the case of one TRX perantenna), the Tx--Filter (TxF) module can be used with two duplexer--only (D)modules in order to provide Rx main and diversity signals.

The Tx--Filter module is dedicated to one frequency band.

Refer to Paragraph 2.7 “Tx--Filter module” on page 2--75 for information about theTx--Filter.

2.6.1.4 VSWR--meterThe VSWR--meter can be included as an optional unit in the RF Combiner moduleor in the Tx--Filter module.

The VSWR--meter allows the signal strength of the voltage standing wave ratio(VSWR) to be monitored on the antenna connector and to verify the connectionbetween the antenna and the BTS. This module needs BTS signals transmission tobe able to switch on (no alarm with “Receive antenna” only)

The VSWR--meter receives transmitted and reflected signals sampled through twodirectional antennas located inside the duplexer unit or Tx--Filter unit.

Note: The 3 alarms are monitored via 3 input pins connnected to the AlarmModule of the BTS. The exception is BTS configuration with TX filter where VSWR level 2 and level 3 alarms only are monitored (due to lack of input port)

The transmit and receive signals are first converted into two dc voltages by usingenvelope detection. Two logarithmic amplifiers, one for transmit power signal, andone for reflected power signal, then amplify both converted signals.

The two channels are added and subtracted to obtain the stationary wave ratio. Thisvalue is compared to three thresholds (1.7:1, 2:1, and 3:1), each of which triggersan alarm if it is exceeded.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.6.1.5 Remote tunable cavity combiner

The remote tunable cavity combiner is used for the 1800 GSM frequency band. Itis only available for the S8000 Indoor BTS equipped with a CBCF module.

It consists of eight--waycavities; each of them tuned at the frequency correspondingto the transmitter connected to it.

In cavity coupling mode, the transmiter is set to work at a single frequency (thecoupler frequency). It permanently scans all FH bus links coming from the FrameProcessors. When it detects an indication that data is to be transmitted on its ownfrequency, it reads and transmits it on its radio channel. Baseband frequencyhopping requires as many transmitters as the number of frequency used. Of course,at any time the frame processor uses just one transmitter, which means that othertransmitters may be used for other frame. processors, if required.

Characteristics

Carrier spacingGuaranteed

transmit powerat antenna connector

Typicaltransmit power

at antenna connector

600 kHz 37.5 dBm 39 dBm

1.2 MHz 38 dBm 39.5 dBm

These values are valid for configurations up to 16 DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3per cell.

The following are the various components of a cavity combiner:

8 isolators (one per transmitter), to reduce intermodulation between transmitters(TXs)

8 remotely adjustable cavities (one per transmitter)

1 unit to concentrate the TX inputs to a single output (transmit antenna)

1 output filter to limit interference generated by the transmitters (only on themain coupler)

1 power converter

1 controller, responsible for the hardware and software functions of the coupler

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.6.2 RF Combiner front panels

The front panels of the RF Combiner types are shown in Figure 2--15to Figure 2--18 .

2.6.2.1 Duplexer

The duplexer connectors on the front panel of the RF Combiner are:

a female 7/16 antenna connector

a female N type transmission connector

a female, SMA type connector (Rev)

a female, SMA type connector (Fwd)

A female, SMA type reception connector is present at the rear of the duplexer.

2.6.2.2 LNA--splitter

The connectors on the LNA--splitter front panel are:

two female, SMA type, output (EXT) connectors to the RX--splitter of theextension rack

two female, SMA type, RX--splitter output (INT) connectors

a male, 9--pin power supply connector

A female, SMA type, radio signal input connector is present at the rear of theLNA--splitter.

2.6.2.3 Transmission coupling

For duplexer--only configurations, the transmission signal input connector on thefront panel is a female, N type connector (TX--in). Duplexer Tx input is describedhereafter.

For H2D configurations, the connectors on the front panel are:two female, N type, transmission signal input connectors (PA in)

a female, N type, output connector (TX--out)

a female, N type input connector (TX--in). Duplexer Tx input is describedhereafter.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


I n t _ 0 I n t _1

E x t _1

E x t _ 0

F w d

T e s t

A n t enn a

P wr /

A l ar m

T X

_i n

R ev

V S WR

l o o p

F w d

R ev

P wr /

A l ar m

Cables always providedwith VSWR meter

Screws

Figure 2--15 Duplexer--only (D) RF combiner (S8000 BTS and S8003 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





P wr / A l ar m

I n t _ 0 I n t _1

E x t _1

E x t _ 0

F w d

A n t enn a

P wr /

A l ar m

T X

_i n

P A _i n

P A _i n

T X

_ o u t

R ev

V S WR

F w d

Cables always providedwith VSWR meterR

ev

Screws

Figure 2--16 Two--way hybrid duplexer (H2D) RF combiner (S8000 BTS and S8003 BTS)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


P wr /

R ev

P wr / A l ar m

I n t _ 0 I n t _1

E x t _1

E x t _ 0

F w d

R ev

A n t enn a

T X _i n

T X

_ o u t

P A _i n

P A _i n

P A _i n

P A _i n

A l ar m

V S WR

F w d

Screws

Cables always providedwith VSWR meter

Figure 2--17 Four--way hybrid duplexer (H4D 1800/900 Mhz) RF combiner

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





P wr /

R ev

P wr / A l ar m

I n t _ 0 I n t _1

E x t _1

E x t _ 0

F w d

R ev

A n t enn a

T X _i n

T X

_ o u t

P A _i n

P A _i n

P A _i n

P A _i n

A l ar m

V S WR

F w d

Screws

Figure 2--18 Four--way hybrid duplexer (H4D 1900 Mhz) RF combiner

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


For H4D configurations, the connectors on the front panel are:

four female, N type, transmission signal input connectors (PA--in)

a female, N type, output connector (TX--out)

a female, N type, input connector (TX--in). Duplexer Tx input is describedhereafter.

2.6.2.4 VSWR--meter

The connectors on the VSWR--meter front panel are:

a female, SMA type, reflected power connector (Rev)

a female, SMA type, transmitted power connector (Fwd)

a male 9--pin, sub--D connector for power supply and alarms, with the followingpin connection:

1 -- 15 V2 0 V3 Alarm 14 Alarm 25 + 15 V6 0 V

7 0 V8 Alarm 39 + 15 V

Table 2--44 VSWR pin connections


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.6.2.5 Remote tunable cavity combiner

The front panel has the following elements (see Figure 2--19 ):20 LEDs• 8 parking: color yellow• 8 tune : color green (flashing when tuning and red when channel is faulty)• 1 autotest: color yellow• 1 local RS232: color red• 1 power: color green (red when secondary voltage is faulty)• 1 remote PCM: color green

8 TX--in connectors: N female type1 TX--out connector: N female type1 local RS232 connector: Sub--D 9 points male type1 power connector: Sub--D 3W3 male type1 remote PCM connector: Sub--D 25 points male type with the following pinconnection:

1 SEL42 SEL53 SEL6

4 SEL75 GND6 GND7 MICE08 MICE19 MICR0

10 MICR111 HAM12 SY13 GND14 NSEL4

15 NSEL516 NSEL617 NSEL718 GND19 GND20 NMICE021 NMICE122 NMICR023 NMICR124 NHAM25 NSY

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


T X --i nT X --i n

T X --i nT X --i n

T X -- o u t

T X --i n

T X --i n

T X --i n

T X --i n

L o c al R S 2 3 2

R em o t eP C M

P ow er

T e s t P ar k i n gT un e

Figure 2--19 Remote tunable cavity combiner: Front panel

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.7 Tx filter module

The purpose of the Tx--Filter (TxF) is to filter the transmitted signal and to protectthe power amplifier (PA). The TxFdoes not contain a transmission couplingsystemor a receiver filter.

The Tx--Filter module is composed of (see Figure 2--20 ):

a transceiver filter unit

a coupling system dedicated to the VSWR--meter

an optional VSWR--meter that monitors the link between the BTS and theantenna.

The Tx--Filter module is used with the duplexer--only RF Combiner (D) to extendconfigurations beyond two DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 per cell. The Tx Filterdoes not perform reception functions and must be used with the RF Combiner (D)to ensure reception distribution.

TheTx--Filter modulecanbeequipped with an optional VSWR--meter whichsharesthe same front panel so that there is only one unit to plug into the BTS rack.

With or without the optional VSWR--meter, the Tx--Filter module is half the sizeof the two--way hybrid (H2D) and duplexer--only (D) RF Combiner.

2.7.1 VSWR--meter

The function of the VSWR--meter (see Figure 2--21 ) is described in the section“RF Combiner”.

The VSWR--meter connectors on the front panel of the Tx--Filter are the same asthose of the RF Combiner and are described in the section “RF Combinerconnectors”.

Althrough the VSWR--meter delivers three alarm lines, only two are reported to theOMC--R because of COMICO constraints.

These alarm thresholds correspond to 2:1 and 3:1 VSWR values.


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


P A _I N

T e s t

l o o pF w d R ev

R ev

F w d

P wr / A l ar m

A n t enn a

Screws

Figure 2--20 Tx--Filter (TX--F) module

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





VSWR--meter

1

TX in (from PA)

2

Antenna

3 Alarms

TX

Optional

Forward Reverse

Figure 2--21 Tx--Filter (Tx--F) functional diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.8 BCF unit

The BCF performs functions common for a site.

Paragraphs 2.8.1 to 2.8.6 describe the following boards contained in the BCF Unit(S8000 Outdoor) and BCF Cabinet (S8000 Indoor):

PCMI

GTW

CSWM

DSC

SYNCBCF Converter

PSCMD

The BCF also manages its alarm management unit, the ALCO board.

2.8.1 PCMI board

The PCMI board is the PCM interface. It makes the physical link between the BSCand the BTS through the Abis interface.

The PCMI board is the interface between internal PCMs and external PCMs. Itcontrols the transmission and reception of frames.

It has two PCM junctions (that is, two external PCMs linked to two internal PCM).

The two PCM junctions of the PCMI board are controlled by a processing unit which also makes the link to the CSWM control board.

The PCMI board receives the following signals from the CSWM board:

The PCM bus carries clock and frame alignment signals, as well as transmissiondata (conversion of single--pole signals to two--pole signals).

The O&M bus is a 9600 bit/s asynchronous serial interface. It carries controlandboard addressing signals, and insures data send/receive links.

The PCMI board, over a V11 interface, sends to the CSWM board reception data(conversion of the two--pole signal to single--pole signals), and the two receptionclock signals.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.8.1.1 Functional description

The functions used by the PCMI board are coding and decoding with detection of code violations, and management of CRC code multiframes implemented by thesoftware.

Whereas transmission alignment is generated automatically, reception alignment isdone by frame alignment and multiframe alignment:

Frame alignment is lost after three consecutive incorrect words or threeconsecutive odd frames with bit 2 of time slot 0 equal to 1. This triggers the falseframe counter and sends the alarm indication signal (AIS) to the system.Re--alignment is done when a correct frame alignment word is received,

followed by the correct odd frame TS 0, followed by a correct frame alignment word.

CRC multiframe alignment is lost if frame alignment is lost. Re--alignment isdone when two correct multiframe alignments are detected separated by a timeslot of n x 2 ms.

The PCMI board uses the following alarms:

LOS: Loss of Frame Alignment

AIS: Alarm Indication Signal

NOS: NO Signal

RRA: or RAI Remote Receive Alarm or Remote Alarm IndicationSKP: SKiP indication received

CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Check error rate, for each CRC counter read

FE: Frame Error rate, for each frame error counter

2.8.1.2 Front panel

The front panel of the PCMI board has the following elements (see Figure 2--22and Figure 2--23 ):

The green +5 V LED is on to indicate that the board power supply is ON.

The yellow BIST LED is on to indicate that the self--tests are being carried out.

The green RDY LED is on to indicate that the board is operating correctly.

A RESET pushbutton is used to reset the board to zero.

Two rows of seven red LEDs display thestatus of the PCM alarm junctions, withone LED per PCM alarm.

Two eight--pin connectors select operation in either NORMAL mode (one plugin“XL”position for transmit pathand one plug in“RL” position for receive path)or in LOOPBACK mode for tests (one plug in “LP” position to connect thetransmit path to the receive path).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


RESET

PCMI E1

BIST

+5V

RDY

CRC

SKP

FE

NOS

RRA

AIS

LFAT0 T1

T0

T1

XL

LP

RL

XL

LP

RL

SW4SW5SW6SW7SW8

3 1

CS5CS4CS3CS2CS1

SW9SW10SW11SW12SW13

SW2SW3

3 2 1

P1

P3

P2

2

120 75

3 12

120 75

Monitoring LEDs

Reset button

PCM Alarm LEDs

F1 Fuse2A63V fast blow

Plug

Plug

Screw

Extractor

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

I N T 0

I N T 1

I N T 2

I N T 3

I N T 4

I N T 5

I N T 6

I N T 7

ON

OFFCA1

Figure 2--22 E1 PCMI board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





RESET

PCMI T1

BIST

+5V

RDY

CRC

SKP

FE

NOS

RRA

AIS

LFAT0 T1

T0

T1

XL

LP

RL

XL

LP

RL

SW4SW5SW6SW7SW8

3 1

CS5CS4CS3CS2CS1

SW9SW10SW11SW12SW13

SW2SW3

3 2 1

P1

P3

P2

2

120 75

3 12

120 75

Monitoring LEDs

Reset button

PCM Alarm LEDs

F1 Fuse2A63V fast blow

Plug

Plug

Screw

Extractor

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

I N T 0

I N T 1

I N T 2

I N T 3

I N T 4

I N T 5

I N T 6

I N T 7

ON

OFFCA1

Figure 2--23 T1 PCMI board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.8.1.3 Jumpers settings on the PCMI board

See Table 2 --45.

Impedance: 100 / 120 Ω Impedance: 75 Ω

Jumpers Positions Jumpers Positions

SW4 2--3 SW4 1--2SW5 2--3 SW5 1--2SW6 2--3 SW6 1--2SW7 2--3 SW7 1--2SW8 2--3 SW8 1--2SW9 2--3 SW9 1--2

SW10 2--3 SW10 1--2SW11 2--3 SW11 1--2SW12 2--3 SW12 1--2SW13 2--3 SW13 1--2

CRC configuration

Jumpers Positions

SW2 = crc0 1--2 = ON

2--3 = OFF

SW3= crc1 1--2 = ON

2--3= OFF

CS1: not fitted (clock period 125 s);



CS4: not fitted (clock period 1 ms);

CS5: fitted (clock period 2 ms).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





E1 configuration T1 configuration

SwitchCA1 Positions Switch

CA1 Positions

INT0 OFF INT0 OFF

INT1 OFF INT1 ON

INT2 OFF INT2 OFF

INT3 OFF INT3 OFF

INT4 OFF INT4 OFF

INT5 OFF INT5 OFF

INT6 OFF INT6 OFF

INT7 OFF INT7 OFF

the CA1 switches:

CA1 Use Possible settings Default setting

INT 0

INT 1

Multiframes:ESF (24 frames)or D4 (12 frames)

OFF

ONESF ;

OFF

OFFD4

OFF

ONESF

INT 2

INT 3Length of PCM cable

OFF

OFF

0--35 m;

ON

OFF

55--95 m;

OFF

ON

115--155 m;

ON

ON

175--210 m(0 -- 115 ft) (180 -- 310 ft) (375 -- 510 ft) (575 -- 690 ft)

OFF

OFF

0--35 m(0--115 ft)

INT 4 FS/DL signaling ON ; OFF OFF

INT 5 Encoding ON: AMI ; OFF: B8ZS OFF: B8ZS

INT 6 Not used

INT 7 Not used

Table 2--45 PCMI switch settings

2.8.1.4 Back--panel connectors

The board comprises several connectors on the back--panel.

The line selection is forced to line A.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.8.1.5 Front panel connectors

Connector P3

A C

1 MM MM

2 ML ML

3 +5 V +5 V

4

Connector P4

1 2

PEPCM0 NEPCM0

Connector P5

1 2

EMIC0 NEMIC0

Connector P6

1 2

RMIC0 NRMIC0

Connector P7

1 2

PRPCM0 NRPCM0

Connector P8

1 2

PEPCM1 NEPCM1

Connector P9

1 2

EMIC1 NEMIC1

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Connector P10

1 2

RMIC1 NRMIC1

Connector P11

1 2

PRPCM1 NRPCM1

Table 2--46 Connector settings

2.8.1.6 GTW Board

The GTW board is the gateway that adapts data between the BCF and the DRX ore--DRX or DRX--ND3.

Description

The GTW board includes:a central processing unit with a microprocessor with:• 512 kbytes of EPROM divided into 16 pages of 32 kbytes each• 512 kbytes of static RAM divided into 16 pages of 32 kbytes each• the serial controller of the microprocessor used for the O&M bus• the SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) of the microprocessor used for the

switch--over logic• the peripherals:

– a two--channel serial controller to manage two interfaces with the debugconsole

– a two--channel HDLC controller to manage the O&M BUS and GSMTIME channels on a PCM

– the connection matrix

– read of the GSM TIME delay – read of the GSM TIME data – the silence register and the test register – a register giving the source of a reset – a register giving the cabinet number – a dual--port RAM for activation of internal PCM drivers

a time base to supply, from the GSM TIME bus clock, the signals needed forprivate PCMs and DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3The time base has a local clock for private PCMs if the GSM TIME bus clock shouldfail.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


two FIFOs for jitter and phase adaptation of the eight internal PCMs from theBCF to the private PCMs of the gatewaya 16x16 PCM connection matrix which makes connections time slot by time slot

A silence register sends the silence code on the connection matrix for time slots which are not used. A test register is used to inject and extract a test sequence onthe PCMs. The board can loop the TS0s of each private PCM or totally loop allPCMs (reserved for testing).

a delay measurement between the GSM TIME synchronization and the GSMTIME flag present on one of the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 PCMs

an internal PCM driver activation circuit

Activation is programmable is done time slot by time slot for each internal PCM.

GTW board diagram

The GTW board receives the following signals from the BCF (see Figure 2--24 ):

eight internal PCM signals

the PCM clock signals

the O&M bus signal

the GSM TIME bus signal

It sends the following signals to the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3:

six ”private” PCM signals

the PCM clock signals

Front panel

The front panel of the GTW board has one connector and several LEDs (seeFigure 2--25 ).

LEDs

Four LEDs give information on the status of the GTW board:

The BIST LED is on to indicate that self--tests are being carried out.

The +5 V diode is on to indicate that the +5 V power supply is on.

The RDY diode is on to indicate that the board is operating correctly.

The ON diode indicates that the board is active.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





GTW

GSM TIME

Bus O&M

GSM time

Private PCMsynchronization

Jitteradaptation

O&M channeldata

O&M gatewaylink control

Defensefunction

Cross--connect

8 internalPCMs

6 privatePCMs

Data Synchronization

Figure 2--24 GTW board diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Reset

GTW

BIST

TEST

J64

BIST

+5V

RDY

ON

Monitoring LEDs

Reset button

Test Connector

Connector

P1

P3

P2

Screw

Extractor

F1 Fuse3Afast blow

Figure 2--25 GTW board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Connector

There is one connector on the GTW board front panel: the male, 9--pin TESTconnector.

A RESET pushbutton is used to reset the GTW board.

1 MM Mechanical ground

2 RX1 Data reception

3 TX1 Data transmission

4 PRES Connector presence

5 ML Logical ground6 TX2 Data transmission

7 RX2 Data reception

8

9

Table 2--47 GTW test connector

2.8.1.7 Electrical characteristicsThe GTW board power supply is 5 V ± 5%.

Consumption is 2 A, protected by a 3A fuse.

2.8.2 CSWM board

The CSWM board manages the BCF and contains the connection matrix. It isinserted in the BCF back panel.

2.8.2.1 Description

The CSWM board includes:

a central unit built around a microprocessor with:

• 8 Mbytes of 32--bit DRAM (60 ns), four Mbytes of 8--bit flash memory

• one ETHERNET interface

• one asynchronous test interface (debug port)

• one asynchronous interface for O&M bus management

• one synchronous interface for O&M bus management on the PCM channel• several internal timers for real time and timed periods

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


a watchdog inside the microprocessor

a power supply monitoring device

a device to discover the cause of the last board reset

a duplex management device (active/passive chain)

a time base which can be synchronized to one of the seven rhythms selected asinput (six are from external Abis links, and one is from a local oscillator)

a clock frequency measurement device

This measurementsystem should check that synchronization clocks and thePLL output are correct.

a 16x16 switch matrix: connection of 16 x 32 time slots to 16 x 32 time slotsa test loop device for TS0

a test juncture

a silence juncture to send the silence code on the Abis PCMs

an HDLC silence juncture to connect reception of HDLC controllers when theyare not in service

an HDLC O&M bus address juncture

an HDLC juncture to manage the HDLC O&M bus on the PCM channel

an HDLC juncture for signaling with the BSC

a J64 juncture for connection of the TIL

2.8.2.2 CSWM board diagram

The CSWM board receives six reference clocks of the three PCM boardsof the cell,and supplies the reference clock signal for all PCMs inside the cabinet (seeFigure 2--26 ).

It carries out cross--connection of the 16 internal PCM time slots, and also manages

the O&M bus. It communicates with the BSC by means of a 64 kHz interface.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.8.2.3 External interface signals

The CSWM board has the following interfaces:

• ETHERNET link: connection with the RJ45 connector• debug V28 link on the front panel with 9--pin connector

• link with the O&M bus• internal PCM links to the PCMI boards for Abis management• internal PCM links to the DSC boards for signaling concentration

• private PCM links to GTW for DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 management• BDM links to the TTL test interface

• J64 link available on the front panel• time base synchronization links to the PCMI boards

• link to the LEDs on the front panel• display of PLL synchronization links

2.8.2.4 CSWM board front panel

The front panel of the CSWM board has various connectors and LEDs (seeFigure 2--27 ).

LEDs

Several LEDs give information on the state of the board:

• the BIST LED, on when the board is being tested

• the +5 V LED, on when the +5 V power supply is on• the RDY LED, on when the downloading is correctly carried out

• the ON LED, on when the board is active• the 0&M LED flashes when the boards of the BCF are communicating with the

0&M bus• the Abis LED flashes when the communication has been established with the

BSC

• the WDG LED, on when the watchdog is armed on the board• the MRQ LED comes on when the board is ready to become master

• the MAINT LED, on when the board is in service mode (the watchdog no longerneeds to be armed for the board to switch to active mode)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


32

64 K

Controlregister 1

Statusregister 2

QUARTZ4.096 MHz

Emulator

Chaincontrol

PLLoscillator

6 clocks

S YN

IO1buffer

Testregister

Debug

O&M data

CPU

A/D BUS

RAZ

ETHERNET

O&Maddress V11/TTL

O&Maddress

HSCXB A

O&M

V11/TTLV11/TTL

HDLC16 internalPCMs

TEST O&M

BDM

FLASHEEPROM

4 Mb

DRAM8 Mb60ns

Status

register 1

Statusregister 0

Controlregister 2

Controlregister 3

Testregister

Testregister

IO0buffer

Figure 2--26 CSWM board diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





RESET

CSWM

BIST+5V

RDY

TEST

ONO&M ABISWDGMRQ

SERV

CKI

GNDCKO

J64

012

LC

TXRXLNK COL

GND

ETH

P1

P3

P2

Monitoring LEDs

Reset button

Test Connector

F1 Fuse3A

fast blow

Clock LEDs

Connector

Plug

Screw

Extractor

Figure 2--27 CSWM board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.8.2.5 Choice of clocks

TheCSWM boardselects a referenceclockout of sixdifferentpossibilities. As thereare not 6 LEDs on the display, the selected clock number is encoded in binary onthree LEDs. If no clock is selected (code 000), the LOC LED is on to indicate theswitch--over to the local clock. The state of the LEDs is controlled directly by thehardware, and it is the software that selects the clock source.

LOC H0 H1 H2

NO CLK

CLK1

CLK2CLK3

CLK4

CLK5

CLK6

Table 2--48 Clock settings

Connectors

There are four connectors on the CSWM board front panel:

the ETHERNET RJ45 8--pin connector

the J64 9--pin male connector

the 9--pin male DB9 TEST connector

the PCM test connector for clock tests (CKI, GND, CKO, GND)

A RESET pushbutton resets the board.

1 T+ outgoing pair

2 T-- outgoing pair

3 R+ incoming pair

4 Not connected

5 Not connected

6 R-- incoming pair

7

8

Table 2--49 RJ45 connector for ethernet

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





1 H64 Reception clock

2 GND

3 R64 Reception data

4 T64 Transmission data

5

6 NH64 Reception clock

7 GND

8 NR64 Reception data

9 NT64 Transmission data

Table 2--50 DB9 connector for J64

1 MM Mechanical ground

2 RXD Data reception (input)

3 TXD Data transmission (output)

4 CD1 Presence of connector

5 ML Logical ground

6 NC Not connected

7 NC Not connected

8 NC Not connected

9 NC Not connected

Table 2--51 DB9 test connector


The CSWM board power supply is 5 V ± 5%.

Consumption is 2.5 A (3.5 A max). Protection is by means of a 3.5 A CMS fuse.

Metal parts of the board are connected to the mechanical ground.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.8.3 DSC board

TheDSC boardconcentrates (or deconcentrates) up to 15 LAPD signalingchannelsto (or from) a single signaling link between the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 andthe BSC by way of the CSWM.

The DSC board can be configured in several ways. Here are some examples:

one 14--to--1 concentrator

two 4--to--1 concentrators

three 4--to--1 concentrators

The DSC board has a +5 V power supply and is protected by a 2A fuse.

2.8.3.1 Description

In addition to the processor, the DSC board has the following interfaces:

Sixteen HDLC controllers are connected to the PCM bus on the back--panel.Each HDLC channel is allocated one TS of the PCM. The 16 TSs used areconsecutive.

The O&M interface is available on the back--panel. Through this interface, theDSC board is the slave of the CSWM board.

A test connector, available on the front panel, is connected to a V11 serialinterface.

There is also a reset logic which allows reinitialization for the following threecauses:

power supply turned on

front panel pushbutton pressed

reset command given over the O&M bus

2.8.3.2 Front panel

The front panel of the DSC has the following elements (see Figure 2--28 ).

The yellow BIST LED is on to indicate that self--tests are being carried out.

The green +5 V LED is on to indicate that the board power supply is on.

The green RDY LED is on to indicate that the board is operating correctly.

The RESET pushbutton resets the board to zero.

The TEST connector is a nine--pin female connector.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





RESET

DSC

BIST+5V

RDY

TEST

Monitoring LEDs

Reset button

Test Connector

F1 Fuse2.5Afast blow

P1

P3

P2

Screw

Extractor

Figure 2--28 DSC board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.8.3.3 Back--panel signals

Four types of signals are available on the back--panel.

2.8.3.4 Front panel test connector

1 0VL

2 NDCD

3 TXDT

4 RXDT

5 MM6 NTCK

7 TCK

8 NTXDT

9 NRXDT

Table 2--52 Test panel pin connections

2.8.4 SYNC board

This board provides GSM time.

2.8.4.1 Architecture

Each unit is connected to the following:

the GSM TIME bus

a CSWM processor that supplies the reference time

the O&M busits counterpart board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.8.4.2 Operation

Processor functions

The processor does the following:controls the frequency--locked loop (FLL)manages switch over proceduresenables communication with the CSWMmanages GSM time

FLL management

The reference time is generated by the external frequency 4096 kHz reference, a

VCXO oscillator, frequency dividers, and frequency--locked loop (FLL).The processor emulates a high--gain filter (wideband) in the locking phase to ensurerapid convergence. When theFLL is locked, gain isreduced (narrowband) to obtainthe stability specified in GSM recommendations.

When the processor detects a loss of reference time, it stops the FLL and lockdetection functions and controls the VCXO using the last correct value. Frequencyis then matched to the VCXO value.

When the 4096 kHz reference time is regained, lock detection and the FLL functionare reactivated in the narrow or wide band, depending on the nominal frequencydeviation.

If there is no 4096 kHz reference at start-up time, the processor sets the controlvoltage in the middle of the accepted range and stabilizes the frequency by movinginto the narrow band.

Alarms

To avoid untimely master/slave switch over, alarms are managed on front edge.

This, status changing and event reports only occur on front edge. There are twotypes of alarms:

direct alarms, switching directly master/slave:•

SW fail: when a software stop due to watch dog control isdetected (directly to exchange logic)• Clock fail: when the frequency clock generated by timing

source built--in VCXO has failed (directly to exchange logic)software alarms, demanding a master/slave switching provided the slave ispresent without alarm:• H4M fail: loss of the 4096 kHz signal coming from CSWM• ALTBUS: hardware alarm on the GSM TIME bus• TIMEDATA: software alarm concerning the value of the GSM TIME

These two last alarms are bounded.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Inter--board signal exchanges

There are two types of signal:

synchronization signals used to synchronize master and slave counters

switch over signals

2.8.4.3 GSM TIME bus

This bus connects the SYNC card to the GTW unit. It carries data defining the BTS“local time”.

It distributes three signals (differential pairs):

a 577--µs signal

a transfer clock signal

a serial data signal

The master SYNC can read and write on the GSM TIME bus.

It reads back the previously written data at regular intervals and compares the twovalues to detect malfunctions. In case of mismatch, the processor triggers switchover.

The slave SYNC can only read the GSM time bus and uses it to synchronize its owncounters on the master time.

2.8.4.4 CSWM interface

The CSWM supplies the reference time at 4096 kHz. The SYNC board detectsreference time loss and informs the CSWM via the O&M bus. GSM time continuesto be generated using a fixed VCXO voltage.

2.8.4.5 O&M bus interface

It is used by the CSWM master and the two SYNC boards for communication. Thefollowing messages are exchanged:

Status request

The CSWM sends status requests when self--tests are run. The SYNC board sendsback its status (master or slave), self--test results (BIST), alarms, and faults.

Events

When faultsor alarmsaredetected, theSYNC boardgenerates unsolicited messagesand forwards them to the CSWM.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Switchover request

The CSWMcan request the master SYNC to switch over and operate in slave mode.The master checks before switching over that its counterpart is present and that noalarm conditions exist. Depending on the results, switchover may or may not betriggered.

Two responses are possible:

Master and slave have switched over.

Master and slave have not switched over because of an alarm condition on thecounterpart SYNC board.

GSM time request

When CSWM sends time requests, two responses are possible:

GSM time, especially: T1, T2, T3, and TN (GSM 05.02 recommendation),

• T1: hyperframe counter, 11 bits on two bytes:

0 0 0 0 0 T1 T1 T1T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1

• T2: module 26 counter, 5 bits on one byte,

0 0 0 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2

• T3: module 51 counter, 6 bits on one byte,

0 0 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3

• TN: module 8 counter, 3 bits on one byte.

0 0 0 0 0 TN TN TN

A flag is added (7E in hexadecimal) to detect a possible serial link loss.

no results available. The synchronization board that waspolled is not the master.

Version request

The CSWM can request the version reference and the SYNC returns the relevantnumber.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





13 MHz

SYNC

UNLOCK

ALARM

MASTER

P1

P3

P2

Screw

Extractor

Figure 2--29 SYNC board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.8.5 BCF converter

2.8.5.1 Principle

The BCF converter is a dc/dc converter located in the BCF cabinet subrack.

2.8.5.2 Description

Input voltage

Nominal input voltage: 48 V or 60 V (40 V to 72 V).

Output voltage

Nominal output voltage: Un = 5.2 V ± 2%.

Nominal output current: In = 12 A.

Parallel mode

The converter outputs are wired in parallel with the outputs of another, identicalconverter (in N+1 redundancy). In this way, a fault on one of the converters onlyreduces the available output current.

Protections

Input circuit

The ON/OFF switch on the converter front panel cuts off the input voltage. Theconverter is also protected against inversion of the input voltage.

Output circuit

The converter is protected against output short--circuits and against overvoltage.

When the output voltage reaches (120 ± 4%) of nominal voltage, the output voltagepasses to 0 V. Manual reinitialization by means of the ON/OFF switch on the frontpanel is necessary to return to a voltage close to the nominal voltage (if the sourceof the fault has disappeared).

Alarms

Two alarm loops can generate a signal in the following cases:

The output voltage is less than [Un -- (10 ± 4)%].

The output voltage is greater than [Un + (20 ± 4)%].

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.8.5.3 Test points

There are four test points on the front panel of the converter (see Figure 2--30 ):

two connectors, protected against short--circuits, for output voltagemeasurement

two connectors, protected against short--circuits, for measurement of a voltageproportional to the current delivered by the converter.

Connectors

The BCF converter has a back panel 12--pin connector and a 96--pin connector,female.

0 V Positive polarity of input voltage

--48 V Negative polarity of input voltage

MM Mechanical ground

NC No connection

+5 V Positive polarity of output voltage

0 VL Negative polarity of output voltage

DTEL, RTEL Remote control loop

DAL1, RAL1 Alarm loop No. 1DAL2, RAL2 Alarm loop No. 2

Table 2--53 BCF Converter 12--pin connector

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


F4A

48V/60V

5V--12A

I

O

V

I

P1

P3

F1 Fuse4A250V time delay

Screw

Extractor

Figure 2--30 BCF converter

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.8.6 PSCMD board

2.8.6.1 Principle

The PSCMD board controls simultaneous energization of the three 48 V/5 V--BCFconverters. To do so, it uses the remote control inputs of the BCF convertersreceived through a three--pole switch.

The BCF converters must be in the “ON” position before the switch on the PSCMDboard is set to the ”ON” position.

There are four jumpers, TYAL0 to TYAL3, on the side of the PSCMD board. They

are used to set the TEI.

2.8.6.2 Front panel

The front panel of the PSCMD board has a three--pole switch and three LEDs, oneper BCF converter (see Figure 2--31 ).

2.8.6.3 Physical characteristics

The power supply voltage is 5 V, with a tolerance of ± 5%.

2.8.6.4 BCF TEI configuration

BCF TEI numbering rule

The BCF TEI number (Terminal Equipment Identifier) depends on the BTS rank within the network configuration.

The commissioner must know the type of the configuration (star, chain, loop) as well as the location of the BTS in this configuration:

star configuration: all BTSs have the same TEI value

chain and loop configurations: Increasing TEI values are assigned to the BTSsaccording to their positions in the chain or the loop.

By convention the TEI value 0 is allotted to the BTSs in star configuration and tothe first ranking BTS in chain or loop configuration.

BCF shelf number

The BCF shelf number is obtained by calculating the 2’s complement of the fourlow--order bits of the BCF TEI number (in binary logic exclusive--OR with value1111).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PSCMD

PSU0

I

O

PSU1

PSU2

PS

U0

PS

U1

PSU2

P1

0

1

TYAL0 TYAL1

Screw

Extractor

Figure 2--31 PSCMD board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





BCF shelf number configuration

The BCF shelf number is defined at site installation.

It is defined by the four jumpers (TYAL0 to TYAL3) mentioned above (seeTable 2 --54 ).

The value defined is given in hexadecimal notation over 4bits (from its binarybreakdown). According to the position of the jumpers, the following table gives theBCF shelf number.

Jumperse num er

TYAL3 TYAL2 TYAL1 TYAL0

0 f 1 1 1 1

1 e 1 1 1 0

2 d 1 1 0 1

3 c 1 1 0 0

4 b 1 0 1 1

5 a 1 0 1 0

6 9 1 0 0 1

7 8 1 0 0 08 7 0 1 1 1

9 6 0 1 1 0

10 5 0 1 0 1

11 4 0 1 0 0

12 3 0 0 1 1

13 2 0 0 1 0

14 1 0 0 0 1

15 0 0 0 0 0

TEI values not used for T1 external PCMs

Table 2--54 TYAL jumper settings

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.9 Compact BCF (CBCF) module

This section provides a functional and physical description of the CBCF Moduleand of the following CBCF Module boards:

CPCMI

CMCF

BCFICO

CBP

POWER ICO


The CBCF Module performs functions common for a site and also manages itsalarm management unit, the RECAL board.

A S8000 BTS contains either a BCF (Unit or Cabinet) or a CBCF Module.

A S8003 BTS contains a CBCF module only.

The base common functions of the BTS are performed by two main CBCF Moduleboards: the CMCF and the CPCMI.

The CMCF board performs the concentration, switching, and synchronizationfunctions of the BTS. The CPCMI board ensures the interface between the externalPCMs of the Abis interface and the internal private PCMs.

PrivatePCMlinks connect theCBCF (viathe CMCF)to theother BTScomponents.The CBCF also uses private PCMs for internal communication between CBCFboards.

The boards and their functions are identified in Table 2--55 .

Board* Function Quantity

CPCMI ABIS double PCM link interface 1 to 3

CMCF Concentration, routing, and synchronization 1 or 2

BCFICO Interconnection between the CPCMI, CMCF boards andexternal communication links

1

CBP Interconnection between CPCMI, CMCF, and BCFICOboards

1

* Legend:CPCMI Compact PCM Interface CMCF Compact Main Common FunctionsBCFICO Base Common Functions Interconnection CBP CBCF Back Panel

Table 2--55 CBCF module boards

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.9.2 Mapping of BCF functions to CBCF functions

A BTS contains

either a BCF unit or a CBCF Module (for S8000 Indoor BTS and S8000 OutdoorBTS)

a CBCF Module (for S8003 Indoor BTS)

Refer to Table 2 --56 for a summary of the mapping between the functions andboards of the BCF and CBCF.

Function BCF Board CBCF

BoardBSC or BTS Interface (via PCM link) PCMI CPCMI

Module management and switching CSWM CMCF

Synchronization of site equipment and GSM Timedistribution

SYNCGTW

CMCF

Concentration of signalling channels DSC CMCF

Manages the alarm management unit, a slave of theBCF or CBCF. *

CSWM CMCF

Power conversion BCFConverter

All CBCFboards

* Note:The ALCO board is alarm management unit used with the BCF and the RECALboard is used with the CBCF.

Table 2--56 Table mapping of BCF and CBCF boards and functions


Although the CBCF Module boards are fitted into a compact module, the CMCF,CPCMI, and BCFICO boards can be accessed from the front panel and replaced.The aim is to reduce the number of boards, to take advantage of the newtechnologiesand to reach a high levelof integrationto allowsoftware updatingfromOMC without any intervention on the site.

Figure 2--32 and Figure 2--33 show the CBCF module front panel .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Figure 2--32 S8006 BTS: CBCF module

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.9.4 CPCMI Board

2.9.4.1 S8000/S8002 CPCMI board

Dependingon the requirements, the CBCF Module cancontain one to three CPCMIboards.

This Compact PCM interface board handles two PCMs. Both PCMscan be usedforthe system Clock of the BTS.


The CPCMI board ensures the interface between the external PCMs of the Abisinterface and the internal private PCMs. This interfacing task corresponds to anelectrical level translation and a frame format conversion depending on the kind of Abis link (PCM E1/T1 or HDSL).

There are two types of CPCMI boards available used in accordance with the typeof Abis interface:

CPCMI--E1

CPCMI--T1

Note: The CPCMI--E1 type applies to the only S8003 Indoor BTS.

The core of each board is generic and common to all, but each uses a different lineinterface.

The CPCMI uses the n+1 redundancy scheme depending on:

the number of required TSs

the drop and insert scheme

the number of CPCMIs present in the package (three maximum)

secured loop feature is activated or not

The functional characteristics of the E1 and T1 boards are summarized inTable 2--57 .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





The functional diagram of the CPCMI is shown in Figure 2--34 .

Function CPCMI-- E1 CPCMI--T1

Reception gain adaptation X X

Extraction of the binary rate for transmission tothe CMCF

X X

Reception and transmission buffer on twoframes to allow frame alignment

X X

Transmission alignment on the CMCF clock X X

Management of frame loss or doubling X X

Management of alarms, signalling, and loopcontrol

X X

Switch configuration for 120 Ohms or 75 Ohms X

Compliant with Recommendation G703 (HDB3line coding)

X

Compliant with the G823--G824 standard (jitterpermitted)

X

CRC4 Management X

Adaptation of transmission to the cable length X

Compliant with ANSI T1.403 and T1.102 (B8ZScoding)

X

Management of frame format (SF or ESF) X

CRC6 Management (for ESF) X

Alignment of external T1 PCM rate and internalE1 PCM rate

X

Table 2--57 Functions of CPCMI--E1 and CPCMI--T1 boards

Synchronization

The timing signal is extracted from the PCM clock and sent to the CMCF (RCLK).The local time is sent to the CMCF if there is no PCM timing signal (RCLK =HLOC).

The CMCF selects one signal from the six received (one per PCM link) andredistributes it as a reference for all Abis transmissions (TCLK). This signal is alsothe long term reference used to create the H4M timing reference.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Line interface Transceiver Drivers

HDLC controllerEPLD

FEPROM

SRAM

Interface LEDs

Configurationswitch

TransceiverLine interface

Processingunit

Reset logic

TEI register

Debuginterface

E1/T1

Drivers

TEI

CMCFA--bis

Transmission clock

Transmission clock

PCM0 receptionclock

Local clock

PCM1 receptionclockLocal clock

PrivatePCM0

PrivatePCM1

PCM1E1 or T1

PCM0E1 or T1

Figure 2--34 CPCMI board functional diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.9.4.3 Physical description

Processing Unit

The CPCMI processing unit has a rate of 4 MHz derived from a 16 MHz externaloscillator. It has a 128 Kbyte RAM capacity and a 16 Mb FEPROM capacity.

O&M communication occurs using a LAPD on TS0 of the private PCM MIC0.

Front panel

The front panel contains the following:

one Reset buttonten LEDs

eight connectors

The CPCMI board is shown in Figure 2--35 .

LEDs

The LEDsused onthe frontpanel of the CPCMI boardare described in Table 2--58 .

Type No. of

LEDsLabel(color) Meaning (when lit)

Board stateindicators

1 BIST (yellow) The built--in self--test isrunning or is stopped with adefault result.


1 RDY (green) The board is operatingnormally.

State indicators of the external PCM

1 SKP (red) The FIFO skip indicator iscommon to both PCMs.

link (Abis)2 LFA (red) The frame alignment is lost.One LFA per PCM link.

2 RRA (red) The receive remote alarm.One RRA per PCM link.

2 NOS (red) There is no signal. One NOSper PCM link.

Table 2--58 LEDs on the front panel of the CPCMI board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Screw

P13

P11

P10

P9

S2

S1

S3

Figure 2--35 CPCMI board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





The next table defines the relation between the PCM alarms and the front LEDstatus.

According to the priority order, when the simultaneousalarms are detected, only thealarm with the highest priority is declared active.

PCM alarms CPCMI LEDs

Definition Priority NOS RRA LFA

LOS:Loss Of Signal 1 (high) ON OFF OFF

AIS: Alarm Indication Signal 2 ON ON ON

LFA:Loss of Frame Alignment 3 OFF OFF ON

FE:Frame Error 4 ON ON OFF

CRC:loss of multi--frame

alignment5 OFF ON ON

RAI: Remote AlarmIndication

6 (low) OFF ON OFF

2.9.4.4 Switches

The switches are used to configure the board characteristics defined hereafter:

cable length

line build out

line coding mode

framing mode

Fs/dl feature

The position of each switch is shown on Figure 2--36

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


P10

ON (1)

CRC/RES

P9

AMI/B8ZSFSDLLS2LS1LS0

MT1MT0

PCM1

OFF (0)S2

CRC/RES AMI/B8ZSFSDLLS2LS1LS0

MT1MT0

PCM0

OFF (0)S1ON (1)

120 Ω

S3

01234

567

75 ΩP13

P11

Figure 2--36 CPCMI board: hardware switches

The next tables summarize the settings of each switch of CPCMI board.S3 switch:

S3 switch T1 type E1 type

(0:3) -- =120: PCM1 120 Ω=75: PCM1 75 Ω

(4:7) -- =120: PCM0 120 Ω=75: PCM0 75 Ω

Table 2--59 CPCMI board: S3 switch

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





S1 and S2 switches:

S1 and S2 switches T1 board E1 board

MT1 MT0 Framingmode CRC mode Framing

modeCRC

mode

0 0 F4not available -- -- --

0 1 SF (or D4)frame none single frame none

1 0 ESF frame seeCRC/RES multi--frame CRC4

1 1 F72

not available -- -- --

S1 and S2 switches T1 board E1 boardLS2 LS1 LS0 Cable length Line Build Out

0 0 0 0 to 133 feet / 0dB(0 to 40.58 meters) --

0 0 1 133 to 266 feet(40.58 to 81.08 meters) --

0 1 0 266 to 399 feet(81.08 to 121.61 meters) 75 Ω



1 0 1 --7.5 dB --1 1 0 --15.0 dB 120 Ω

1 1 1 --22.5 dB --

S1 and S2 switches T1 board E1 board

FSDL =0 : FS/DL disabled=1 : FS/DL enabled --

AMI/B8ZS =0 : AMI line coding=1 : B8ZS line coding --

CRC/RES

=0 : CRC decodingdisabled

=1 : CRC decodingenabled

--

Table 2--60 CPCMI board: S1 and S2 switches

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.9.4.5 Connectors

The CPCMI uses 12 connectors accessed from the following locations:

on the front panel (8)

inside the board (4)

The connectors are identified in the table below.

Access No. ofconnectors Label Type Purpose

Front panel 2 XL0 Transmission connectors for PCM0.

(0) LP0 A closed loop connection used fortesting is attained by using one XL0and one RL0 connectors.

2 RL0 Reception connectors for PCM0.

2 XL1 Transmission connectors for PCM1

(0) LP1 A closed loop connection used fortesting is attained by using one XL1and one RL1 connectors.

2 RL1 Reception connectors for PCM1.

Inside theboard 1 P10(Debug) Sub--D 9--pin male Debugging connector that is onlyavailable during tests.

1 P9 (JTAG) HE10 10--pin male JTAG programming port used toprogram the EPLP prior to productdelivery.

1 P11 Millipack1 60--pinfemale

Used for signals during nominaloperation. This connector is pluggedinto the CBP.

1 P13(POWER)

Millipack 1 Power supply input. In this five--rowconnector, only rows A, C, and E areequipped with a power signal. Therows are staggered to allow theground connection. This connector isplugged into the CBP.

Table 2--61 CPCMI board connectors

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Pin connections

The pin connections and their significance for the CPCMI connectors are identifiedin Table 2 --62 to Table 2 --65 .

Pinno.

Row EPurpose

Pinno.

Row DPurpose

Pinno.

Row CPurpose

Pinno.

Row BPurpose

Pinno.

Row APurpose

12 H4M 12 MICE0 12 MICR0 12 MICE1 12 MICR1

11 NH4M 11 NMICE0 11 NMICR0 11 NMICE1 11 NMICR1

10 SY 10 HLOC 10 10 10

9 NSY 9 NLOC 9 PSYT0 9 PSYT1 9 TCLK 8 8 8 NSYT0 8 NSYT1 8 NTCLK

7 CONFIG0 7 CONFIG1 7 7 7

6 NCONFIG0 6 NCONFIG1 6 T1E1 6 TEI1 6 TEI0

5 GND 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4 4 4 4 4

3 PRPCM0 3 NRPCM0 3 3 PRPCMI1 3 NRPCM1

2 2 2 2 2

1 PEPCM0 1 NEPCM0 1 1 PEPCMI 1 NEPCM1

Legend:H4M, NH4M (V11, in) 4.096 MHz Clock received from the CMCFSY, NSY (V11, in) Synchro frame of Private PCMs from the CMCFHLOC, NHLOC (V11, in) Local clock (1.544 MHz or 2.048 MHz) from the CMCFMICE, NMICE (V11, in) Private PCM transmission toward the CMCFMICR, NMCIR (V11, in) External PCM reception from the CMCFTCLK, NTCLK (V11, in) External PCM transmission clock from the CMCFCONFIG, NCONFIG (V11, in) Configuration to the CMCFT1E1 (TTL, out) T1 or E1 toward the CMCFTEI (TTL, in) Position of the board in the shelf received from the CBPPRPCM, NRPCM (in) External PCM receptionPEPCM, NEPCM (out) External PCM transmission

Table 2--62 Pin connections of the P11 connector

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Pinno.

Row EPurpose

Pinno.

Row DPurpose

Pinno.

Row CPurpose

Pinno.

Row BPurpose

Pinno.

Row APurpose

6 GND 6 6 +48 V 6 6 --48 V

5 GND 5 5 +48 V 5 5 --48 V

4 GND 4 4 +48 V 4 4 --48 V

3 GND 3 3 +48 V 3 3 --48 V

2 GND 2 2 +48 V 2 2 --48 V

1 GND 1 1 +48 V 1 1 --48 V

Legend:

GND Common logical ground

Table 2--63 Pin connections of the P13 connector (Power)

Pinno. Purpose Pin

no. Purpose

6 1 GND

7 2 RXDBG

8 3 TXDBG9 4 PCBUG0

5 GND

Legend:RXDBG (RS232, in) Reception DebugTXDBG (RS232, out) Transmission DebugPCBUG0 (TTL, in) Console presence

Table 2--64 Pin connections of the P10 connector (Debug)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

1 TCK 2 GND

3 TDO 4

5 TMS 6

7 8

9 TDI 10 GND

Legend:TCK (in) ISP Programming signal

TDO (out) ISP Programming signalTMS (in) ISP Programming signalTDI (in) ISP Programming signal

Table 2--65 Pin connections of the P9 connector (JTAG)

Electrical characteristics

The CPCMI board is powered by a nominal --48 V dc supply.

A10 W converter on the board supplies the +5 V at a maximum level of 1 A.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.9.5 CMCF board

The CBCF Module contains one or two CMCF boards. One CMCF board allowsoperation in simplex mode, while two CMCF boards provide fully redundantduplex operations.


The CMCF Board performs the following functions:

synchronization of the BTS, through

• selection of PCM clock

• PCM link frequency measurement• input of external clock

• generation of the reference frequency for the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3

• generation of GSM Time

switching

signalling concentration

communication with the BSC and with O&M slaves (e.g. DRX, e--DRX,DRX--ND3, CPCMI, RECAL)

Each CMCF board contains two dc--dc converters that perform the functionsperformed by the BCF Converter and the PSCMD board in the BCF.

2.9.5.2 Synchronization (SYN)

An oscillator provides the SYN function. The slave CMCF operates in aphase--locked loop so that its H4M clock is in phase with the master CMCF. Thisensures that synchronization is maintained during a CMCF switchover.

GSM Time

The processing unit writes the GSM time (72 bits) every 60 ms and the value isstored in the matrix at a rate of one bit per frame. Both the master and slave CMCFre--read the information in the matrix of the master CMCF, which ensures that GSMtime is synchronized on both CMCF boards.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






The CMCF board contains the following parts:

a master processing unit (33 MHz) that manages

• 8 Mbytes DRAM

• 4 Mbytes FLASH

• one Ethernet link

• one watchdog

• 32 64 Kb/s HDLC links on one PCM

• one RS232 test link

• PCM switching matrix

• one EPLD with configuration registers

• I/O ports

a slave processing unit (33 MHz) that manages

• one RS232 provisional link

• 32 64Kb HDLC links on one PCM

• one inter--CMCF 64 Kb/s HDLC link• I/O ports

dc--dc converters with filters that provide 5 V, 12 V, and 3.3 V

a SYN function that synchronizes itself on one of the six signals received fromthe CPCMI

a system that synchronizes thePCMclocks andswitchover of both CMCFboards

a system that allows the synchronous transmission of GSM time on both CMCFboards

a system that measure the frequency of clock inputsa 16 x 16 PCM switching matrix

a “silence” juncture to emit the Abis silence code

a test system that allows the verification of PCM time slots

a 4--bit TEI register

an 8--bit register that encodes the position of 4 mini--switches (WDEnable/Disable, Normal/Maintenance, etc.)

a chain switchover system

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Electrical characteristics

The CMCF board receives a 48 V dc power supply and generates other requiredvoltages from this single source.

Two dc--dc converters in each CMCF board perform the following conversions:

48 V to 5 V48 V to 12 V

5 V to 3.3 V

The 5 V power supply is required for most CMCF components, including bothprocessing units. It has an 8 W power consumption.

The oscillator and DAC parts of the CMCF board require a 12 V power supply. Theoscillator consumes1 W during maintenance and up to 10 W in itspreheating phase.

The 3.3 V power supply is used strictly for the DRAM.

Synchronization

The CMCF provides synchronization for the radio part of the BTS.

The CMCF hardware allows the selection of a clock from the following sources:

six clock signals taken from external PCM links (from the CPCMI)CMCF master clock

The long term stability of the external PCM link clock ensures the accuracy andstability required.

A frequency meter function on the CMCF board measures the clocks to determinetheir validity.

GSM Time channel

The SYN function generates and distributes the GSM--time channel on the PrivatePCM. TheGSM--timeis thelocal BTStime, sothecounters arearbitrarilyset to zeroafter turning on the CMCF.

The GSM time channel emission is dedicated to a special hardware system.

Synchronization between master and slave processing units

The master processing unit fully synchronizes the slave processing unit.

Fully synchronous GSM--time emission is performed through a pulse signal sentfrom the Master GSM--time generation hardware system to the slave system.

External synchronization connection

An external synchronization interface is provided directly on the SYN part of theCMCF. The software selects the synchronization origin.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Front panel

The front panel of the CMCF contains the following:

a Reset button

16 LEDs

two connectors

The Reset button allows a hard reset of the board.

The front panel of the CMCF board is shown in Figure 2--37 .

LEDs

Table 2 --66 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the CMCF board.

Type LED (color) Meaning (when lit)

Board state indicators BIST (yellow) The built--in self--test is running or is stopped witha default result.

ON (green) The board is operating and is providing a PCMclock.

ABIS (green) The Abis link is setup.

+5 V (green) The power is on.RDY (green) The board is ready to become operational.

RUN (green) The applicative software is mounted.

State indicators of the external OVEN (yellow) The OVCXO is in its preheating phase.PCM link (Abis)

LOCKED (vert) The SYN function is synchronized.

HLDVR (red) The SYN function is operating on a local clock.

CLK0 (green) Indicates the clock source.



LNK (green) The Ethernet link is established.

TX (yellow) There is a transmission on the Ethernet link.

State indicators of the external COL (red) There is a collision on the Ethernet link.PCM link (Abis)

RX (yellow) There is a reception on the Ethernet link.

Table 2--66 LEDs on the front panel of the CMCF Board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


P3

P1

P2

Screw

J3BDM

J4JTAG

P4

Figure 2--37 CMCF board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.9.5.4 Connectors

The CMCF uses eight connectors accessed from the following locations:

on the front panel (two)

inside the board (six)

Access Connector Type Purpose

Front panel TEST Sub--D 15--pin male, high density Connector used for debugging, RACEaccess, BDM, test clocks, andOCVCXO.

ETH RJ45 Connector used to connect theEthernet link.

Inside the J3 BDM HE10 10--pin maleboard

J4 JTAG HE10 10--pin male Connector used to program theEPLD.

P1 60--pin male Connector that plugs into the CBP.



P4 (power) 10--pin Power supply connector, whichconnects to the CBP.

Table 2--67 CMCF board connectors

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Board description Nortel Networks Confidential2--132

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Pin connections

The pin connections and their significance for the CMCF connectors are identifiedin Table 2 --68 to Table 2--75 .

Pinno. Purpose Pin

no. Purpose Pinno. Purpose

1 NRESETH 6 NDS 11 NBERR

2 FREEZE 7 BKPT 12 IFETCH

3 GND 8 IPIPE0 13 CLKREFIN

4 TX 9 RX 14 TCLK

5 VCO 10 PRESCONS 15 H4M

Legend:NRESETH Used for the BDMFREEZE Used for BDMGND GroundTX Debug and RACE VCO OCVCXO Voltage controlNDS Used for BDMBKPT Used for BDMIPIPE0 Used for debug and RACERX Debug (Console presence)RX Used for BDMPRESCONS Used for BDMCLKREFIN Selected reference clockTCLK PCM transmission clockH4M Private PCM clock

Table 2--68 Pin connections of the TEST connector

Pin no. Purpose Used for

1 T+ Output pair +2 T-- Output pair --

3 R+ Input pair +

4 R-- Input pair --

Table 2--69 Pin connections of the ETH connector

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Pinno.

Row APurpose

Pinno.

Row BPurpose

Pinno.

Row CPurpose

Pinno.

Row DPurpose

Pinno.

Row EPurpose


11 RS232TX 11 11 P5 V 11 11 RS232RX

10 RS232SP1 10 RS232SP2 10 E1T1 10 RS232SP3 10 RE232SP4

9 9 9 GND 9 9

8 GPSCLK 8 NGPSCLK 8 GND 8 8

7 PSYT00 7 NSYT00 7 TCLK 7 CONFIG00 7 NCONFIG00

6 PSYT10 6 NSYT10 6 NTCLK 6 CONFIG10 6 NCONFIG10

5 PSYT01 5 NSYT01 5 SY 5 CONFIG01 5 NCONFIG014 PSYT11 4 NSYT11 4 NSY 4 CONFIG11 4 NCONFIG11

3 PSYT02 3 NSYT02 3 H4M 3 CONFIG02 3 NCONFIG02

2 PSYT12 2 NSYT12 2 NH4M 2 CONFIG12 2 NCONFIG12

1 PLUG2 1 GND 1 GND 1 GND 1 PLUG3


Pinno.

Row APurpose

Pinno.

Row BPurpose

Pinno.

Row CPurpose

Pinno.

Row DPurpose

Pinno.

Row EPurpose

12 MICE0 12 NMICE0 12 SY0 12 MICR0 12 NMICR0

11 MICE1 11 NMICE1 11 NSY0 11 MICR1 11 NMICR1

10 MICE2 10 NMICE2 10 H4M0 10 MICR2 10 NMICR2

9 MICE3 9 NMICE3 9 NH4M0 9 MICR3 9 NMICR3










8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Board descriptionNortel Networks Confidential 2--135



Pinno.

Row APurpose

Pinno.

Row BPurpose

Pinno.

Row CPurpose

Pinno.

Row DPurpose

Pinno.

Row EPurpose

12 PLUG0 12 GND 12 GND 12 GND 12 PLUG1

11 SCOUT 11 11 SCIN 11 11 CMCFOUT

10 NSCOUT 10 10 NSCIN 10 10 NCMCFOUT

9 GND 9 GND 9 CMCFIN 9 GND 9 GND

8 RXD 8 NRXD 8 NCMCFIN 8 RXCLK 8 NRXCLK

7 TXD 7 NTXD 7 7 TXCLK 7 NTXCLK

6 6 6 6 6

5 5 5 5 54 GSMIN 4 NGSMIN 4 4 GSMOUT 4 NGSMOUT

3 GSMSYIN 3 NGSMSYIN 3 GND 3 GSMSYOUT 3 NGSMSYOUT

2 TWI0 2 TEI1 2 AOUB 2 TEI2 2 TEI3



Pinno.

Row APurpose

Pinno.

Row BPurpose

Pinno.

Row CPurpose

Pinno.

Row DPurpose

Pinno.

Row EPurpose

1 GND 1 1 0 V 1 1 --48 V

2 GND 2 2 0 V 2 2 --48 V

Legend:GND Common logical ground

Table 2--75 Pin connections of the p4 (Power) connector


The CMCF is powered by a nominal dc --48 V power supply. The acceptable rangeis from 36 V to 72 V.

The maximum power consumption of the board is 0.7 A.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.9.6 BCFICO board


The BCFICO board allows the reception and transmission of external signalstowards the CMCF and CPCMI boards.

The coding of TEI signals can be set using the switched pull--down resistor insidethe BCFICO board.


The BCFICO contains the following:

six connectors on the front panelfour connectors inside the board

one switch register inside the board

The BCFICO board is shown in Figure 2--38 .

The connectors are identified in Table 2 --76 and the register is described in theSection “Switch register”.

Access Connector Type Purpose

Front panel PCM0/1 Sub--D, 25--pin female Connectors used for Private PCM links 0 and1. Connected to J8 on the inside of theboard.

PCM2/3 Sub--D, 25--pin female Connectors used for Private PCM links 2 and3. Connected to J8 on the inside of theboard

PCM4/5 Sub--D, 25--pin female Connectors used for Private PCM links 4 and5. Connected to J5 on the inside of theboard

ABIS Sub--D 25--pin male Connected to J5 on the inside of the board.

PWR Sub--D, 3--pin male +48 V dc power supply connector.

Connected to the J3 connector on the insideof the board.RS232 Sub--D, 9--pin male Connected to the J1 connector on the inside

of the board.Inside theboard

J2 10--pin female Power supply connector, which is pluggedinto the CBP.

J4 60--pin female Connecter that is plugged into the CBP.J6 60--pin female Connecter that is plugged into the CBP.

J7 60--pin female Connecter that is plugged into the CBP.

Table 2--76 BCFICO board connectors

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





J2

J7

J6

J4

234

TEI0 1ON

TEI1TEI2TEI3

S1

10

Figure 2--38 BCFICO board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.9.6.3 Pin connections

The pin connections of the BCFICO connectors are identified in Table 2 --77 toTable 2--86 .

Pinno. Purpose Pin

no. Purpose

1 SEL4 14 NSEL4

2 SEL5 15 NSEL5

3 SEL6 16 NSEL6

4 SEL7 17 NSEL75 GND 18 GND

6 GND 19 GND

7 MICE0 20 NMICE0

8 MICE1 21 NMICE1

9 MICR0 22 NMICR0

10 MICR1 23 NMICR1

11 PH40 24 NH40

12 PSY0 25 NSY0

13 GND

Table 2--77 PCM0/1 pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

1 SEL14 14 NSEL14

2 SEL15 15 NSEL15

3 SEL16 16 NSEL164 SEL17 17 NSEL17

5 GND 18 GND6 GND 19 GND

7 MICE2 20 NMICE2

8 MICE3 21 NMICE3

9 MICR2 22 NMICR2

10 MICR3 23 NMICR3

11 PH41 24 NH41

12 PSY1 25 NSY1

13 GND


Pinno. Purpose Pin

no. Purpose

1 SEL24 14 NSEL24

2 SEL25 15 NSEL25

3 SEL26 16 NSEL26

4 SEL27 17 NSEL27

5 GND 18 GND

6 GND 19 GND

7 MICE4 20 NMICE48 MICE5 21 NMICE5

9 MICR4 22 NMICR4

10 MICR5 23 NMICR5

11 PH42 24 NH42

12 PSY2 25 NSY2

13 GND


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Pinno. Purpose

Pinno. Purpose

1 EHDB0 14 EHDB3

2 NEHDB0 15 NEHDB3

3 RHDB0 16 RHDB3

4 NRHDB0 17 NRHDB3

5 EHDB1 18 EHDB4

6 NEHDB1 19 NEHDB4

7 RHDB1 20 RHDB4

8 NRHDB1 21 NRHDB49 EHDB2 22 EHDB5

10 NEHDB2 23 NEHDB5

11 RHDB2 24 RHDB5

12 NRHDB2 25 NRHDB5

13

Table 2--80 ABIS pin connections

Pinno. Purpose

1 (--)48 V

2 GND

3 (+)48 V


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Pinno. Purpose

1 RS232SP2

2 RS232RX

3 RS232TX

4 RS232SP1

5 GND

6 RS232SP3

7 RS232SP4

8 GPSCLK 9 NGPSCLK

Table 2--82 RS232 pin connections

A B C D E

1 (--)48 V (+)48 V GND

2 (--)48 V (+)48 V GND3 (--)48 V (+)48 V GND

4 (--)48 V (+)48 V GND

5 (--)48 V (+)48 V GND

6 (--)48 V (+)48 V GND


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


A B C D E

12

11 NRHDB1 RHDB1 NRHDB0 RHDB0

10

9 NEHDB1 EHDB1 NEHDB0 EHDB0

8


6


4


2



A B C D E

12 GND GND +5 V GND GND

11 RS232RX RS232SP3 GND RS232SP2 RS232TX

10 RS232SP4 NGPSCLK GND GPSCLK RS232SP1

9 TEI3 TEI2 TEI1 TEI0 TEI20

8 TEI00 TEI01 NAOUB TEI11

7 GND GND GND NHLOC HLOC

6 NCONFIG00 CONFIG00 TCLK NSYT00 PSYT00

5 NCONFIG10 CONFIG10 NTCLK NSYT10 PSYT10

4 NCONFIG01 CONFIG01 PSY NSYT01 PSYT01

3 NCONFIG11 CONFIG11 NSY NSYT11 PSYT11

2 NCONFIG02 CONFIG02 PH4 NSYT02 PSYT02

1 NCONFIG12 CONFIG12 NH4 NSYT12 PSYT12


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





A B C D E

12 NMICR0 MICR0 PSY0 NMICE0 MICE0

11 NMICR1 MICR1 NSY0 NMICE1 MICE1

10 NMICR2 MICR2 PH40 NMICE2 MICE2

9 NMICR3 MICR3 NH40 NMICE3 MICE3



6 PH41 NMICE6 MICE6

5 NH41 NMICE7 MICE7

4 PSY2 NMICE8 MICE8

3 NSY2 NMICE9 MICE9

2 PH42 NMICE10 MICE10

1 NH42 NMICE11 MICE11


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.9.6.4 Switch resistor

The TEI signals can be configured by setting the switch pull --down register insideinside the BCFICO in the positions indicated in Table 2 --87 .

Signalname Link Connector pin termination Logical

code

TEI00TEI01

to CPCMI0to CPCMI0

grounded on CBPgrounded on CBP

00

TEI10TEI11

to CPCMI1to CPCMI1

left unconnectedgrounded on CBP

10

TEI20TEI21

to CPCMI2to CPCMI2

grounded on CBPleft unconnected

01

TEI0TEI1TEI2TEI3

to 2 CMCFto 2 CMCFto 2 CMCFto 2 CMCF

pull--down serial mounted with a switch onBCFICOpull--down serial mounted with a switch onBCFICOpull--down serial mounted with a switch onBCFICOpull--down serial mounted with a switch onBCFICO

0 or 10 or 10 or 10 or 1

AOUBNAOUB

to CMCF_Ato CMCF_B

left unconnected.grounded on CBP

10

Table 2--87 TEI Resistor coding on the switch register

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.9.6.5 TEI configuration

WIth the TEI0 to TEI3 (S1) switches of the CBCICOboard (voir Figure 2--38 )youcan update the TEI configuration as described in the following table :

TEI number TEI0switch

TEI1switch

TEI2switch

TEI3switch

0 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 0

2 1 1 0 13 1 1 0 0

4 1 0 1 1

5 1 0 1 0

6 1 0 0 1

7 1 0 0 0

8 0 1 1 1

9 0 1 1 0

10 0 1 0 111 0 1 0 0

12 0 0 1 1

13 0 0 1 0

14 0 0 0 1

15 0 0 0 0

Key:

0 : Indicates that the switch is in the “ON“ position1 : Indicates that the switch is in the “OFF“ position

Note: The gray line indicates the factory setting.

Table 2--88 TEI configuration

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.9.6.6 Interfaces specifications

The 48 V power supply is connected to the MAINICO board via power terminalsscrew:

M1 Mechanical ground connected to the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 PUPSoutput ground.

M2 --48 V supply

M3 0 V supply

Each 48 V DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 power connector is protected by a 2A fuse.

2.9.7 CBCF Back Panel (CBP)


The CBCF Back Panel (CBP) provides the interconnection between the followingCBCF Module boards:

two CMCFs

three CPCMIs

one BCFICO


The CBP contains the following six connectors:

two CMCF signal connectors

• CMCF_A

• CMCF_B

three CPCMI signal connectors

• CPCMI_0• CPCMI_1

• CPCMI_2

one BCFICO connector

The CBP board and its connectors are shown in Figure 2--39 .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





S I G N 1 C

S I G N 2 C

S I G N 1 B

S I G N 2 B

S I G N 1 A

S I G N 2 A

A L 1

A L 2

A L 3

A L 4

A L 5

A L 6

S I G N 6 A

S I G N 6 B

S I G N 6 C

ABCDE

CMCF_Bconnectors

BCFICOconnectors

CPCMI_2connectors

CMCF_Aconnectors

CPCMI_0connectors

CPCMI_1connectors

ACE ACE

ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE

ACE ACE ACE ACE

ABCDE ABCDE ABCDESIGN3 SIGN4 SIGN5

Figure 2--39 CBP board

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.9.7.3 Pin connections

The pin connections of the CBP connectors are identified in Table 2--89 toTable 2--101 .

A B C D E

12 PLUGA0 GND GND GND PLUGA0

11 CMCFAB SCBA SCAB

10 NCMCFAB NSCBA NSCAB

9 GND GND CMCFBA GND GND

8 NCLKBA CLKBA NCMCFBA NDATBA DATBA7 NCLKAB CLKAB NDATAB DATAB

6

5

4 NGSMAB GSMAB NGSMBA GSMBA

3 NGSMSYAB GSMSYAB GND NGSMSYBA GSMSYBA

2 TEI3 TEI2 AOUB TEI1 TEI0

1 GND GND GND GND GND

Table 2--89 CMCF_A (Sign1A) pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





A B C D E













Table 2--90 CMCF_A (Sign1B) pin connections

A B C D E


11 RS232RX +5 V RS232TX

10 RS232SP4 RS232SP3 E1T1 RS232SP2 RS232SP1

9 HLOC

8 NHLOC NGPSCLK GPSCLK







1 PLUGA1 GND GND GND PLUGA1

Table 2--91 CMCF_A (Sign1C) pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


A B C D E

12 PLUGB0 GND GND GND PLUGB0

11 CMCFBA SCAB SCBA

10 NCMCFBA NSCAB NSCBA

9 GND GND CMCFAB GND GND

8 NCLKAB CLKAB NCMCFAB NDATAB DATAB

7 NCLKBA CLKBA NDATBA DATBA

6

5

4 NGSMBA GSMBA NGSMAB GSMAB

3 NGSMSYBA GSMSYBA GND NGSMSYAB GSMSYAB

2 TEI3 TEI2 NAOUB TEI1 TEI0


Table 2--92 CMCF_B (Sign2A) pin connections

A B C D E













Table 2--93 CMCF_B (Sign2B) pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





A B C D E


11 RS232RX +5 V RS232TX

10 RS232SP4 RS232SP3 E1T1 RS232SP2 RS232SP1

9 HLOC

8 NHLOC NGPSCLK GPSCLK







1 PLUGB1 GND GND GND PLUGB1

Table 2--94 CMCF_B (Sign2C) pin connections

A B C D E


2


4


6 TEI01 TEI00 E1T1 NCONFIG10 NCONFIG00

7 CONFIG10 CONFIG00

8 NTCLK NSYT10 NSYT00

9 TCLK PSYT10 PSYT00 NHLOC NSY

10 HLOC PSY

11 NMICR7 NMICE7 NMICR6 NMICE6 NH4

12 MICR7 MICE7 MICR6 MICE6 PH4

Table 2--95 CPCMI_0 (Sign3) pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


A B C D E


2


4



7 CONFIG11 CONFIG01



10 HLOC PSY



Table 2--96 CPCMI_1 (Sign 4) pin connections

A B C D E


2


4



7 CONFIG12 CONFIG02



10 HLOC PSY



Table 2--97 CPCMI_2 (Sign 5) pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





A B C D E







6 PH41 NMICE6 MICE6

5 NH41 NMICE7 MICE7

4 PSY2 NMICE8 MICE8

3 NSY2 NMICE9 MICE9

2 PH42 NMICE10 MICE10

1 NH42 NMICE11 MICE11

Table 2--98 BCFICO (Sign6A) pin connections

A B C D E

12 GND GND +5 V GND GND

11 RS232RX RS232SP3 GND RS232SP2 RS232TX

10 RS232SP4 NGPSCLK GND GPSCLK RS232SP1

9 TEI3 TEI2 TEI1 TEI0 TEI20

8 TEI00 TEI01 NAOUB TEI11

7 GND GND GND NHLOC HLOC







Table 2--99 BCFICO (Sign6B) pin connections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


A B C D E

12


10


8


6


4


2


Table 2--100 BCFICO (Sign6C) pin connections

A B C D E1 --48 V +48 V GND

2 --48 V +48 V GND

3 --48 V +48 V GND

4 --48 V +48 V GND

5 --48 V +48 V GND

6 --48 V +48 V GND

Table 2--101 AL1, AL2, AL3, AL4, AL5, AL6 pin connections(Power voltage connectors)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.10 DRX, e--DRX, DRX--ND3 module

Themoduleprocesses receptionand transmission signals. The modulehasa receivesensitivity of --110 dBm or --108 dBm.

The Network Identification of BTS equipment feature consists in finding a way todifferentiatefroma system point of view e--DRXand DRX--ND3for DRX; ePA andHePA for PA; CMCF phase 1 for CMCF phase 2 EDGE feature implementation.

This feature also allows the addition of new equipment: e--DRX, DRX--ND3, ePA and HePA on sites without any modification of the configRef (DLU).


From a radio point of view, the DRX--ND3 is not able to support EDGE 8PSK modulation. The DRX--ND3 is not an EDGE ready hardware.


2.10.1 DRX front panel

The DRX front panel has the following elements (see Figure 2--40 ):

a 26--pin power supply connector (PWR)

a 66--pin connector for the private PCM (FH--PCM)

a 50--pin test connector (TEST)a transmission signal output (TX OUT)a diversity reception signal input (RXD IN)a main reception signal input (RXM IN)

12 LEDs:

• +5 V: Power supply

• RES1: (Reserved)

• ALA: Alarm

• DRX (or e--DRX): DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 general status• AMNU: AMNU status

• SPU: SPU or RX status

• BDT: BDT status

• TX: TX status

• LI: Ethernet connection OK

• CL: Ethernet collision

• TX: Ethernet transmission

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


• RX: Ethernet reception

The LEDsfor the AMNU, SPU, BDT, and TX can be in flashing mode while thecorresponding software is being downloaded.

For further information about the status of LEDs, refer to NTP< 48 > S8000/S8003 maintenance manual.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





ALADRXSPUTXCLRX

+5VRES1

AMNUBDT

LITX

RESET

TEST

FH--PCM

PWR

TX OUT

RXD IN

RXM IN

Legend : Red LEDGreen LED Yellow LED

Screws

Figure 2--40 DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 module

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.10.2 e--DRX front panel

The e--DRX front panel has the following elements (see Figure 2--41 ):

a 26--pin power supply connector (PWR)

a 66--pin connector for the private PCM (FH--PCM)

a 50--pin test connector (TEST)a transmission signal output (TX)a diversity reception signal input (RXD IN)a main reception signal input (RXM IN)

8 LEDs:

• FWR: TBD

• SPU: SPU status

• DRX (or e--DRX): DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 general status

• ALA: Alarm

• BIST: TBD

• LI: Ethernet connection OK

• TX: Ethernet transmission

• RX: Ethernet reception• RESET: TBD

For further information about the status of LEDs, refer to NTP < 48 >.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





SPUDRX ALABIST

LITX

RESET

TEST

FH--PCM

PWR

TX OUT

RXD IN

RXM IN

Legend : Red LEDGreen LED Yellow LED

Screws

RX

FWR

Figure 2--41 e--DRX module

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.11 RX--splitter

The RX--splitter amplifies a reception signal and splits it into several signals thatit sends to the receivers.

2.11.1 Principle

The RX--splitter consists of the following elements (see Figure 2--42 ):

A two--stage, four--channel splitter splits the signal from the LNA--splitter intofour identical signals.

Four Low--Noise Amplifiers (LNA) each amplify one channel.

Four resistive attenuators adjust the gain to the required value on each LNA channel.

A remote amplifier controlling the power of the incoming signal. The DRX ore--DRX or DRX--ND3 supervises the amplifier and sends the information to theBSC.

Each channel of the RX--splitter is connected to a different receiver. The receiversupplies the LNA of the channel to which it is connected by means of the RF cable.The four channels are therefore supplied independently of one another.

Channels which are not connected to any receiver are not supplied with power, andso need not be adapted by a 50 Ω termination.

Nominal gain on the four outputs is + 9.2 dBm (GSM 900/850), + 8 dBm (GSM1800/1900).

2.11.2 Consumption

The RX--splitter is supplied with +12 V dc + 5% or +5.5 V dc + 5% (GSM1800/1900). Its maximum consumption is 40 mA (GSM 1800/1900) 50 mA forGSM 900and GSM 850. The receivers to which it is connected trip an alarm if thislimit is exceeded.

2.11.3 RX--splitter front panel

The front panel of the RX--splitter has the following elements (see Figure 2--43 ):

Four RX connectors each supply a signal to a receiver which supplies them withvoltage.

An IN connector is used by the RX--splitter to receive the reception signal.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





RX--splitter

RX0LNA

RF combiner

RX1

RX2

RX3

LNA

LNA

LNA

Power supplyregulation




Figure 2--42 RX--splitter diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


RX0 RX1 IN RX2 RX3

Figure 2--43 RX--splitter

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.12 Power system

There are four types of power systems:

the Energy Supply Module (ESM) (for the S8000 Indoor BTS only)

the six--rectifier type Power System

the seven--rectifier type Power System

the GIPS

2.12.1 Energy Supply Module (ESM) (five--rectifier type)

The Energy Supply Module (ESM) is an energy distribution system that suppliespower to the different modules of the S8000 Indoor BTS. It is powered with singlephase 220--240 V ac from the mains, and delivers a --48 V dc to the S8000 Indoor.

The ESM is composed of a Power Controller Unit (PCU), 5 680W rectifiers (onefor redundancy), a climatic unit, and a battery pack. A common ac supply powersall the rectifiers through backplane connectors. The climatic unit is situated abovethe rectifiers and is composed of fans, a fan power board and air filters. Theseprevent the module from overheating.

The ESM can be installed underneath, on the side of or at a distance from the S8000Indoor. Two cables are situated on the right of the ESM, one from the mains, whichpowers the ESM, and one which is connected to the ALPRO board of the BTS, which reports the ESM alarms. The cable on the left of the ESM powers the BTS with --48 V dc.

2.12.1.1 PCU Description

The PCU contains the following outputs which supply the modules of the cabinet:

Output 1, which supplies the power amplifiers and F--type converters

Output 2, which is unused

Output 3, which supplies the climatic units

Output 4, which is unused

One common 0 V output

PCU Protections

The PCU outputs are protected by the following circuit--breakers:

• Output current 1: breaker L1 (50 A), (supplies BTS)

• Output current 2: breaker L2 (unused)

• Output current 3: breaker L3 (15 A), (supplies climatic unit)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


• Output current 4: breaker L4 (unused)

When circuit--breakers L1 or L3 are tripped, an alarm signal is generated.

The power supply can also be cut off manually on either of the outputs. This is doneusing the circuit breakers on the front panel of the PCU.

Alarms

Various alarms are provided in the PCU to detect the following situations:

acfault: whenthe acsupplyis interruptedor isoutside of the 172 V -- 276 V range(single alarm for all five rectifiers)

dc fault: when the dc output supply is outside of the 40 V -- 58 V ( ± 0,5 V) range(single alarm for all five rectifiers) or if a temperature sensor is not properlylinked to the PCU

excessive temperature: the rectifier switches off when the maximum operatingtemperature is exceeded, and then starts again when the temperature has droppedback to normal (single alarm for all five rectifiers)

discharged batteries: local power cut trips an alarm

climatic unit fault

battery circuit--breaker fault

lightening protector fault

All Alarms are supervised through the ALPRO module, which is situated at the topof the S8000 Indoor. A cable on the right of the ESM connects the ESM alarms aretherefore reported to the OMC as external alarms. The allocation of these alarmsis defined by the client.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Alarm Connector

This is a male 15--point Sub--D connector (see table below). Each alarm correspondsto a point on the Sub--D connector.

1 Alarm Module

2 ac fault alarm

3 dc fault alarm

4 NC

5 excessive temperature alarm6 NC

7 discharged battery alarm8 climatic unit alarm

9 lightening protector

10 battery circuit--breaker alarm11 alarm common

12 NC

13 NC

14 NC

15 NC

NC = not connected

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


RectifierOn

I

RectifierOn

I

RectifierFiller

RectifierOn

I

RectifierOn

I

RectifierOn

I

ONOFF

Power Control UnitClimatic

UnitBatteries

48V

Rectifiers

PCU breakerL3

PCU breakerL1

Figure 2--44 Front view of ESM

2.12.1.2 680 W Rectifier

The 680W Rectifier for the ESM is a forced air convection rectifier with powerfactor correction. It operates on a single phase 220 V ac input voltage and providesa -- 48 V dc output. Modification of any system settings is done through DIPswitches on the controller module. These allow the user to limit the output powerto 600W.

An LED indicates the status of the rectifier:‘PWR ON’ LED indicates that the rectifier is functioning normally.

An ’ON/OFF’ switch on the front allows the user to control the rectifier manually.

The LED on the front of the rectifier is illustrated in Figure 2--45 . The table belowdetails the LED signification.

LED Designation Color Description

PWR ON / RFA Green/OFF Rectifier functioning normally/ RectifierFault

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Rectifier

On

I

Figure 2--45 Front view of rectifier

2.12.1.3 Batteries

The battery pack used in the ESM contains four 12 V batteries providing a total of 48V dc. These providea back--up in case of any short--term power cuts in the sector.

The batteries typically provide the following back--up times in the followingconfigurations:

Configurations Minimum Back--up Times

S332 5 min.

S222 8 min.

S111 15 min.

O1 30 min.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.12.2 Power system (six--rectifier type)

This system is made up of a Power Controller Unit (PCU) and a Set of RectifierUnits (SRU), 6 rectifiers of 600 W each (one is for redundancy) for the S8000 BTS,3 rectifiers of 600 W for the S8002 BTS and five for S8006 BTS. This system andthe batteries constitute the dc energydistribution system used to supply the variousmodules of the cabinet. The Power System delivers a 54.6 V dc voltage which itgenerates from the Mains voltage for a 25 °C temperature (77 °F) of the probe underthe batteries.

2.12.2.1 PCU description

The PCU has the four following separate outputs which supply the modules of thecabinet:

output 1 (--) to the power amplifiers and F--type converters

output 2 (--) to the climatic system fans

output 3 (--) to the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 units

output4 (--) to theBCF (orCBCF), theuser optionalaccessory, and theALCO (orRECAL) board

The PCU also provides a common 0 V output.

PCU protections

The PCU outputs are protected by these breakers:

output current 1: breaker L1 (50 A)

output current 2: breaker L2 (10 A, time delay)



When circuit--breakers L1 or L3 are tripped, an alarm signal is generated.

A manual power supply cut--off is provided on all four outputs by circuit--breakerson the front panel of the PCU.

Alarms

Several alarms are provided in the PCU, in order to detect the following situations:

ac fault: when the ac supply is interrupted or is outside the voltage range (singlealarm for all six rectifiers)

dc fault: when the dc supply is interrupted or is outside the 40V to58 V ( ± 0.5V)range (single alarm forall six rectifiers) or if a temperature sensor is not properlylinked to the PCU or if a local bias fails.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





excessive temperature: The rectifier is switched off when the maximumoperating temperature is exceeded, and then starts again when the temperaturehas dropped back to normal (single alarm for all six rectifiers).

batteries on discharge (except for S8006 BTS)

PCU protection device

Load1 threshold

Alarm connector

This is a male 15--point Sub--D connector:

1 ac fault alarm

2 dc fault alarm

3 NC

4 Alarm common

5 Load1 threshold alarm

6 NC

7 Over temperature alarm

8 PCU protection alarm

9 Battery on discharge10 NC

11 NC

12 NC

13 NC

14 NC

15 NC

Note: Only alarms sent back to the ALCO orRECAL board are mentionned.

Table 2--102 Alarm connector

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Monitoring connector

This is a female 15--point Sub--D connector:

1 Alarm common

2 Alarm common

3 NC

4 NC

5 NC

6 NC

7 NC8 CEATS 1a

9 CEATS 1b

10 NC

11 NC

12 Mechanical ground


14 NC

15 NC

Note: NC = not connected

Table 2--103 Monitoring connector

2.12.2.2 PCU Front panel

The front panel includes the following (see Figure 2--46 and Figure 2 --47) :

four manual circuit breakers (PA, FAN,DRXor e--DRXor DRX--ND3andBCF)test points:

• two points for type1 (PROBE1 and PROBE2)• one point for type2 (PROBE1 only)a terminal for connection with the battery cablessix lights emitting LEDs• The green LED (ON) indicates that the PCU is operating normally.• The red LED (AL) indicates that there is a fault in the temperature sensor

circuit of the batteries or in the PCU.• Four other green LEDs indicates that the four outputs of the PCU are

operational.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.12.2.3 PCU Top panel

The top panel includes alarm and monitoring connectors. The alarm connector (J4)is a male type, while the control connector (J5) is a female type.

LEDs

The LEDs give information on the status of the PCU rectifier:

The green LED (ON) indicates that the PCU is operating normally.

The red LED (AL) indicates that there is a fault in the temperature sensor circuitof the batteries or in the PCU local bias system.

Four other greenLEDs indicates that the four outputs of the PCU are operational.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


J4

J5

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*) Rectifiers removed for S8002 BTS.(**) Rectifier removed for S8000 BTS.

(**)

1

J4

J5

Figure 2--46 Power system (six--rectifier type 1)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





J4

J5

(*)

(*)

(*)

(*) Rectifiers removed for S8002 BTS.(**) Rectifier removed for S8006 BTS.

(**)

1

J4

J5

Figure 2--47 Power system (six--rectifier type 2)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.12.2.4 SRU description

Input voltage

Nominal 230 V ac

Range: 176 V ac to 264 V ac

Output characteristics

Nominal output voltage is 54.6 V ± 0.2 V.

The output voltage range is 40 V to 58 V ± 0.5 V.

Protection against power surges is 59.5 V (+0 V, --1 V).

Nominal current is 11A minimum for Vout = 54.6 V. The output power is constant(600W) for output voltages between 40 V and 58 V.

Alarms


overtemperature

missing module

ac input voltage interrupted or not within 176 V--264 V thresholdsdc output voltage not within 40 V--58 V thresholds ( ± 0.5 V)

An ac alarm leads to a dc alarm, but a dc alarm does not necessarily lead to an acalarm.

Floating voltage control

The floating voltage leaving the rectifiers is automatically adjusted in inverse ratioto battery temperature. This floating voltage is necessary for an optimum batteryservice life.

2.12.2.5 SRU Front panel

The front panel includes the following (see Figure 2--46 ):

a manual circuit switch

two voltage test points

two LEDs

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





The LEDs give information on the status of the rectifier:

The green LED (ON) is on to indicate that the rectifier is in normal operatingmode, that is, the ac supply is within the appropriate voltage range and a dcvoltage is supplied at the rectifier output.

The red LED (AL) is on to indicate that the ac supply is within the appropriatevoltage range but rectifier temperature is too high.

2.12.3 Power system (seven--rectifier type)

This system must be powered with singlephase220V ac with a connectorizedcableassembly (ac cable with locking plug) exiting from the right front on the powershelf. A common ac feed powers all the rectifiers through backplane connectors.

This system is an integrated power plant located within a single shelf (seeFigure 2--48 ) that includes, from the left to the right side, the following:

a Distribution Module

a set of 500 W rectifiers

a Controller Module

Rated until 3500 Watts, including n+1 redundancy, the power system will supportup to seven rectifiers.

2.12.3.1 Distribution Module

The Distribution Module is a forced convection cooled distribution/disconnectmodule rated at 65A capacity.

Two sets of test points are provided for individual load current measurements. Load1 testpointsprovide a measurement of the SUMMATION OF CURRENTS IN CB1+ CB3. Similarly Load 2 test points for SUMMATION OF CB2 + CB4.

Front panelThe Distribution Module (see Figure 2--49 ) has the following on its front panel:

four manual circuit breakers (CB1 to CB4)

two sets of tests points (L1 and L2)

Connectors

Two mini sub--D connectors, located on the left hand side of the module, connectcontrol and alarm signals. The alarm connector J4 is a male connector while J5, thecontrol connector, is a female connector.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PWR ON/RFA

AC failPWR ON/RFA

AC fail

RECT #1 RECT #2

PWR ON/RFA AC fail

PWR ON/RFA AC fail

PWR ON/RFA AC fail

PWR ON/RFA AC fail

PWR ON/RFA AC fail

RECT #3 RECT #4 RECT #5 RECT #6 RECT #7

LVDBOD

FA

LVHICURCTRLTHSD

TP (VOLT)

TP (0.025V/AMP)

TP (COM)

+

--

L1

+

--

L2

0 1

0 1

0 1

0 1

CB1

CB2

CB3

CB4

1

2

65A loadDistribution

Module

7 x (500W Rectifier) ControllerModule

AC cableScrews

Figure 2--48 Power system (seven--rectifier type)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Table 2--104 a nd Table 2--105 describe all the control and alarms present at theinterface connectors J4 and J5.

1 ac fault alarm

2 dc fault alarm

3 NC

4 Alarm common

5 Load1 threshold alarm

6 NC

7 Over temperature alarm

8 PCU protection alarm

9 Battery on discharge

10 NC

11 NC

12 NC

13 NC

14 NC

15 NC

Note: Only alarms sent back to the ALCO orRECAL board are mentionned.

Table 2--104 Table: J4 connector

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


1 Alarm common

2 Alarm common

3 NC

4 NC

5 NC

6 NC

7 NC

8 CEATS 1a

9 CEATS 1b

10 NC

11 NC



14 NC

15 NC


Table 2--105 Table: J5 connector

All dc cabling is done directly to the Distribution Module. Figure 2--49 . illustratesthe connection locations for the battery string and output loadcabling. This isa viewafter removal of the Distribution Module cover.

The load outputs are protected by the following breakers:

Output 1: breaker CB1 (50A)




8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





OF F

OF F

OF F

OF F

0 1

0 1

0 1

0 1

CB1

CB2

CB3

CB4

TB1

1 2MODE

SW1

C1

E1

E3

E10

B A T --

B A T +

L OA DRE T URN

( + )

Load 1Test points

Load 2Test points

Screw no. 1Battery (--)

Screw no. 1Battery (+)

Output 1

Output 2

Output 3

Output 4

Outputreturns

Screw no. 3Ground

Screwno. 2

(--)

Screwno. 2(+)

Battery (--)

Battery (+)

Ground

(--)

(+)

Figure 2--49 DC cable termination load output protections

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.12.3.2 500 W rectifier

The rectifier is a 500W forced air convection cooled rectifier with power factorcorrection. It is a plug--in module and operates on a single phase 220 V ac inputvoltage, providing a -- 54.6 V dc output .Modification of any system settings is donethrough DIP switches on the controller module.

The following visual alarm status indicator LED is provided by the rectifier:

‘PWR ON’ LED indicates that the rectifier is working GREEN, or a rectifier failcondition ‘OFF’

Front panel

Figure 2--48 illustrates the Rectifier Module front panel status indicator LEDs.

Table 2--106 describes system indicator signification

LAMP DESIGNATION COLOR DESCRIPTION

PWR ON / RFA Green/OFF Rectifier Good / Rectifier Fail

Table 2--106 Table system indicators

2.12.3.3 Controller module

The Controller Module, in tandem with the interface module, provides the system with control and alarm functions.

The standard control functions include the following:

rectifier float level adjustment

four selectable temperature compensation (TC) slopes

five selectable battery charge control levels

remote low voltage disconnect (REM LVD)remote low voltage reconnect (REM LVR)

remote high voltage shutdown reset (REM HVSDR)

remote temporary release (TR)

The standard visual and extended alarms include the following:

low voltage disconnect (LVD) with adjustable levels

low voltage (LV)

battery on discharge (BOD)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





battery high temperature (BAT)thermal shutdown (THSD)system high current alarm (HICUR)fuse alarm (FA)control fail alarm (CTRL)

The additional alarms available only through the extended relay contacts are thefollowing:

high voltage shutdown (HVSD)rectifier minor and major alarms (RFA MIN and RFA MAJ)

ac fail alarm (ACF)Front panel

Figure 2--48 illustrates the Controller Module front panel status indicator LEDs.

Table 2--107 describes system indicator signification.

LAMP DESIGNATION COLOR DESCRIPTION

LVD Red Low Voltage DisconnectLV Red Low Voltage

BOD Yellow Battery on DischargeHI CUR Yellow High Current AlarmCTRL Red Controller Fail

FA Red Fuse Fail AlarmBAT Red Battery High Temperature Alarm

THSD Red Thermal Shutdown

Table 2--107 Table system indicators

Configuration

Level adjustments can be achieved with a DIP switch that is front accessible. Otherconfiguration parameters can also be set to pre--programmed levels through DIPswitches which are only accessible when the front panel is removed.

2.12.4 GSM Integrated Power System (GIPS)

This system is made up of a DC Distribution and Control Unit (DCU), a Set of Rectifier Units, rectifiers of 680 W each (one is for redundancy) for the S8000outdoor BTS, and a AC Distribution Unit (ADU). This GIPS and the batteriesconstitute the dc energy distribution system used to supply the various modules of the cabinet. The Power System delivers a 54.6 V dc voltage which it generates fromthe Mains voltage for a 25 °C temperature (77 °F) of the probe under the batteries.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.12.4.1 DCU description

The DCU has the four following separate outputs which supply the modules of thecabinet:

output PA (--) to the power amplifiers and F--type converters

output DACS (--) to the climatic system fans

output DRX (--) to the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 units

output BCF (--) to the BCF (CBCF/USER/RECAL)

The DCU also provides a common 0 V output.

DCU protections

The DCU outputs are protected by the following breakers:

output current PA: breaker CB1 (50 A)

output current DACS: breaker CB2 (10 A)

output current DRX: breaker CB3 (15 A)

output current BCF: breaker CB4 (15 A)

output current BATTERY: breaker CB5 (90A)

When circuit--breakers CB1 or CB3 are tripped, an alarm signal is generated.

A manual power supply cut--off is provided on all five outputs by circuit--breakerson the front panel of the DCU.

Alarms

Several alarms are provided to the RECAL board by the power system:

AC fault: when the ac supply is interrupted or is outside the voltage range (singlealarm for all five rectifiers)

DCfault: whenthe dcsupply is interrupted or is outside the 172 V to176 V range

(single alarm for all five rectifiers) or if a temperature sensor is not properlylinked to the DCU or if a local bias fails.

DCU protection device

Load1 threshold

Main breaker fault

Lightning arrestor fault

Alarm connector

This is a male 15--point Sub--D connector placed on the top of the DCU.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





1 Alarm AC OR

2 Alarm DC OR

3 Alarm load1 threshold

4 Common alarms

5 Remote Control a

6 Remote Control b

7 CEATS1

8 CEATS2

9 NC

10 Mains breaker

11 PCU Protective Devices

12 Battery breaker

13 Lightning Arrestor

14 Common Alarm

15 NC


Table 2--108 Alarm connector

2.12.4.2 DCU Front panel

The front panel includes the following:

five manual circuit breakers (BAT, PA, DRX, DACS, and BCF)

a battery temperature probe connector

four green LEDs

• The four green LEDs ON indicate that the DCU is operating normally.

• A green LED OFF indicates that the corresponding module is not powered.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.12.4.3 DCU Top panel

The top panel includes an alarm interface connector. The alarm connector is male15--point Sub--D connector.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Figure 2--50 GIPS

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Figure 2--51 DCU module

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





2.12.4.4 Rectifier description

Input voltage

Nominal 230 V ac

Range: 176 V ac to 264 V ac

Output characteristics

Nominal output voltage is 54.6 V ± 0.2 V.

The output voltage range is 40 V to 58.3 V ± 0.1 %.

Protection against power surges is 59.7 V.

Nominal current is 12.45 A minimum for Vout = 54.6 V. The output power isconstant (680W) for output voltages between 40 V and 58 V.

Alarms


overtemperature

ac input voltage interrupted or not within 176 V--264 V thresholdsdc output voltage not within 40 V to 58.3 V ± 0.1 %.

An ac alarm leads to a dc alarm, but a dc alarm does not necessarily lead to an acalarm.

Floating voltage control

The floating voltage leaving the rectifiers is automatically adjusted in inverse ratioto battery temperature. This floating voltage is necessary for an optimum batteryservice life.

2.12.4.5 Rectifier front panel

The front panel includes the following:

a manual circuit switch

a green LED

The LED gives information on the status of the rectifier. The green LED is on toindicate that the rectifier is in normal operating mode, that isa dcvoltage is suppliedat the rectifier output.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.12.4.6 ADU description

The ADU provides:

the AC input cable

surge protection

a system level circuit breaker for rectifiers power on/off and overload protection

a circuit breaker for DACS power on/off and overload protection

EMI filtering

a connector for the DACS

2.12.4.7 ADU panel

The front panel includes the following (see Figure 2--52 ):

three mains circuit breakers:

• rectifiers 1, 3, 5 Load Circuit Breaker

• rectifier 2, 4 Load Circuit Breaker

• DACS Load Circuit Breaker

Mains cable

The right panel of the ADU includes the DACS cable connection.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Figure 2--52 ADU module

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


2.13 Battery Remote Controller



The battery remote controller (BRC) is requested to:switch off the BTS rectifier. This operation will first check that the batteries areoperational in order to avoid any loss of service.

switch the BTS rectifier back on, when a safety non adjustable low voltagethreshold has been reached or upon a remote command from the RECAL board(relay open).

The BRC controlled by the RECAL board, offers two new features forS8000/S8002 BTS equipped with CBCF module only:

the battery remote maintenance

the battery status monitoring (will be available for GSM--R phase3)

2.13.1 Battery remote maintenance

The aim of this feature is to increase the battery life by performing periodicdischarges. To realize theoperation, the BTSrectifiersareswitched offand theBTSis forced to operate on batteries. Then, when a given low voltage threshold isreached, the rectifiers are automatically switched back on.

2.13.2 Battery status monitoringThis feature will be available for GSM--R phase 3.

2.13.3 Location

Due to the fact that the BRC is located in a rectifier shelf (see Figure 2--53 ),maximum number of rectifiers on a S8000 Outdoor BTS is limited to five. In order,to respect rectifiers N+1 redundancy, the configurations are limited to six DRX ore--DRX or DRX--ND3 per cabinet.

For S8002 BTS, the maximum number of rectifiers is three (N+1 redundancy).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Rectifiers for S8000 Outdoor BTS

BRC

0 1 2 3 4 5

Rectifiers for S8002 Outdoor BTS

BRC

0 1 2 3 4 5

Figure 2--53 BRC location


For the battery remote maintenance function, the BRC is controlled through theETC0 relay of the RECAL board (see Figure 2--54 ) and switches on/off thebatteriesaccording to OMC--R commands. Thereturn onmain power supply isdoneautomatically by the BRC if the string voltage is equal or below a secured voltagethreshold.

Those measurements are coded and sent to the Analog Digital Converter (ADC) of the RECAL board (DTA0 to DTA3).

One alarm may be sent by the BRC board to the RECAL board:

maintenance on/off alarm (batteries on/off)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


RECALDTA0

BRC

DTA1

DTA2

DTA3

DALI 26

DALI 27

DALI 25

ETC0A

ETC0BETC0relay

Output externalnon protectedalarmsconnectorP2

V unbalance 1

E x t . N P c o n n e c t o r /

V unbalance 2

V unbalance 3 or 4

V global

Ground reference

Maintenance ON/OFF alarm

String no.4 switching alarm

BRC absence alarm

Ground

E x t . P c o n n e c t o r

Externalprotected alarmsconnectorP3

Rectifierconnector

On/off rectifiercommand

(--)

(+)

V string

0V battery

ground

V middle pt string 1




ConnectorbatteriesP1

Maintenance led

Battery strings

Back side rackconnector

0V battery

V string

Figure 2--54 Battery remote controller diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


ArchitectureNortel Networks Confidential 3--1



3 ARCHITECTURE

3.1 Physical architecture

3.1.1 Introduction

This chapter provides an overview of the BTS physical architecture. BTScomponents are described in detail in Chapters 1 to 5.

The EDGE link quality measurement (LQM) of the uplink is performed at the BTS.

E--DRX and E--PA are necessary on the BTS to utilize the EDGE features.

BSCe3 is required to utilize the EDGE features.

3.1.2 Subsystems

The BTS contains three main subsystems (see Figure 3--1 and Figure 3--2 ):

one BCF (Cabinet or Unit) or one CBCF Module

one TRX subsystem

one coupling system

The content of each subsystem is listed in Table 3--1 .

3.1.3 Internal buses

Thefollowing buses, which connect BTS components, are describedin this section:

Frequency hopping (FH) bus

Private PCM

GSM Time bus

Internal PCM bus

O&M bus

Note: The GSM Time bus, Internal PCM bus, and O&M bus are only used withthe BCF Unit.

Figure 3--1 shows the internal buses used with the BCF Unit and Figure 3--2shows the buses used with the CBCF Module.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Architecture Nortel Networks Confidential3--2

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Subsystem Contents*

Base Common Function (BCF)Cabinet or Unit **

• Control and Switching Module (CSWM)• Data Signalling Concentration board (DSC)• PCM Interface board (PCMI)• Synchronization board (SYNC)• Alarm Collecting board (ALCO)• Gateway (GTW)

Compact BCF (CBCF) Module ** • Compact PCM Interface board (CPCMI)• Compact Main Common Function board

(CMCF)• Remote Control Alarm (RECAL) board• BCF Interconnection board (BCFICO)• CBCF Back Panel (CBP)

TRX • Driver and Receiver unit (DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3)

• Power Amplifier (PA)Coupling system • RF Combiner Module(s) of the following

types:-- Duplexer (D)-- Hybrid Two--way (H2D)-- Hybrid Four--way (H4D)-- Tx Filter(s) (TxF)-- eight--way cavity combiner (CC8)

• Rx Splitter(s)• LNA Splitter

* The number of boards or modules are not indicated and depend on theconfiguration of a site.

** The BTS contains a BCF or a CBCF.

Table 3--1 BTS subsystems

3.1.3.1 FH bus

The FH bus links together all logical DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3

The FH bus and the transmitters connected to it ensure the function of frequencyhopping and the filling of the BCCH frequency.

The FH bus is a V11 (series) bus. It is one-way and carries the signals according tothe RS485 standard.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





GTW

CSWM

PCMIDSCSYNCALCO

FH bus

GATEWAY

InternalPCM bus

O&M bus

GSMTIMEbus

BCF

PADRX Logic

part

TRX

DRX Radiopart

DRX (*)

Transmitter couplersubsystem

Reception couplersubsystem

Private PCMs

Private PCMsNote: (*) DRX or e--DRX.

Figure 3--1 Subsystem architecture with BCF

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


PA

TRX

DRX (**)

DRX Logic

part

CPCMI CMCF

CBCF (*)

Private PCM

RECAL

DRX Radio

part

PrivatePCMs

Note: (*) The two interconnection boards of the CBCF module (BCFICO and CBP) are not shown.(**) DRX or e--DRX.

FH bus

Private PCMs

External PCMs

Transmitter coupler

subsystem

Reception couplersubsystem

Figure 3--2 Subsystem architecture with CBCF

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Each message is transmitted in synchronization with the 4Fbit clock and includesthe following:

the system time in six bytes (flag included)the address of the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 that transmits the informationin one bytethe code of the send frequency on 10 bitsthe send power commands in one bytethe NRZ message of the send data in 19 bytes

Up to 16 transmitters can be connected to this bus.

For multi--cell sites, all the cells can be connected onto a single FH bus or there maybe one FH bus per cell, depending on the capacity of the site.

3.1.3.2 Private PCM

Up to six private PCMs transport data between the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3and the BCF unit or CBCF module. Each Private PCM supports up to four DRX ore--DRX or DRX--ND3. Each Private PCM has a 64 kbit/s time slot (TS) distributedto all DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 and carries the GSM TIME signal (TS31).

Each private PCM allocates the following time slots (TS) for each DRX or e--DRXor DRX--ND3:

three TSs (64 kbit/s logical channels) of transparent data (traffic/signaling)one TS (64 kbit/s logical channel) processed by the gateway for the O&Mchannel, an adaptation of the O&M bus of the CSWM card

A group of six TSs, three of which are used, is allocated to each DRX or e--DRXor DRX--ND3, as follows:

Traffic Traffic O&M TXOML/RSL

1 2 3 4 5 6

TS 0 of the Private PCM is reserved for tests and supports no transmission channel.

A 4.096 MHz clock, slaved to the 4Fbit clock of the synchronization board, is usedfor bit synchronization of the Private PCM.

The O&M channel

The O&M channel, not availabale with the COAM version of the BTS, is carriedby a TS of the private PCM and supports O&M data of the TXs. It is a duplextwo--way channel. Each TX has its own O&M channel, present on the only privatePCM that links the TX to the gateway.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


The private PCM TS number of the O&M channel of a DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 is unvarying in a given gateway configuration. This TS number acts asthe DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 address for the gateway/DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 link.

O&M data are sent only on the O&M channel of the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3selected on the bus. Only the data received on this O&M channel are redirected tothe O&M bus.

The GSM TIME channel

This one--way logical channel transports the GSM time signal to each DRX or

e--DRX or DRX--ND3. It is carried by bit 7 of TS 31 of the private PCM. Thetransmission speed of the resulting transmission channel is 8 kbit/s.

A correction value is sent to each DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 over the OML linkof the private PCM. This value corresponds to the delays caused by propagation.Each DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 can therefore locally regenerate a synchronousGSM TIME bus with the BCF subsystem bus.

The refresh period must be a multiple of an occurrence between theGSM time base(577 µs) and the PCM time base (125 µs). The selected refresh period is 60 ms.

Such a 60--ms frame contains three parts:

Synchronization flag Useful data Filler bits

3.1.3.3 GSM TIME bus

Principle

The GSM Time bus is a V11 serial bus used in the BCF Unit to link the SYNC and

GTW boards.The data it conveys define the “local BTS time”. The serial format includes a flagto detect any break in the link. Moreover it provides a “strobe” every 577 µs thataccurately matches the start of each time slot.

Interface signals

The GSM TIME bus supports three types of signals. These three signals, which aregenerated by the synchronization unit, are transmitted in differential mode.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





3.1.3.4 Internal PCM bus

Principle

The V11 bus is located between the switching matrix and the following units:

PCM Interface units (PCMI)

Data Signaling Concentration units (DSC)

GaTeWays (GTW)

The 16 internal PCMs are synchronous links at 2 Mbit/s on which the data areorganized in 125-- µs frames divided into 32 time slots of eight bits each. A PCM

is a time division multiplexed link that supports 32 channels with a throughput of 64 kbit/s.

Interface signals

The signals used are the following:

• MICR : Receive PCM in master--to--slave direction

• MICE : Transmit PCM in slave--to--master direction

• SY : 8 kHz negative frame synchronization pulse

• H4M : 4.096 MHz timing clock

3.1.3.5 O&M bus

Principle

The O&M bus is a V11 asynchronous master--slave type bus that is subject tophysical addressing. It interconnects all units of the BCF subsystem and the TXsthrough the private PCM between the GTW and the DRXs. The CSWM acts asmaster.

The bus enables users to do the following:

set up the initial configuration and reset it

measure and control system status

retrieve alarms

force each bus subscriber to “RESET” status

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Interface signals

The O&M bus is used in the BCF and originates from the CSWM card. Due to itslow rate (9600 bit/s), this bus is not matched.

The O&M bus contains ten logical signals:

from master to slave:

– TX : asynchronous data transmitted by the master

– ADR[5..0 ] : six address lines giving the selected slave address from 00to 63

– VAL : validation pulse, during which the address must be valid(negative pulse)

– RAZ : initialization if this reset is pulsed during VAL pulse,inhibition if the VAL is pulsed during the RAZ (active atlow level)

from slave to master:

– RX : asynchronous data received by the master

Each slave receives from the back--panel six signals, NUC [5..0], that allows it todetermine its address and to compare to the ADR [5..0] address.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





3.2 BCF functional architecture

Depending on the BCF physical architecture, the following functions are enabled(see Figure 3--3):

control and switching

data channel concentrator

dual trunk interface

synchronization

alarm regrouping

3.2.1 BCF control, switching and management (CSWM)

3.2.1.1 Functions

The CSWM unit is duplicated for safety reasons, giving CSWMA and CSWMB.

The CSWM unit is the master BCF unit. It enables communication with the BSC,organizes, storesand broadcasts all thedata it receivesfromtheBSC, supervisesanduses defense action on the equipment it controls. It must do the following (seeFigure 3--4 ):

set up communication with the BSC

manage BTS synchronizationmanage the switching matrix

manage the FH bus

manage slave units (DSC, PCMI, ALCO, SYNC, GTW, and the TX part of theTRX). Only the defense actions on slave processors is discussed below.

enable duplex operations

3.2.1.2 Setting up communication with the BSC

When the CSWM is activated, it must connect to the BSC to work. A link is set upon an external PCM. Since a number of PCM links unite the BTS and BSC,individual PCM links are frequently polled. If connection attempts fail on all theavailable PCM, the CSWM resets.

3.2.1.3 Downloading

When the call has been set up with the BSC, the CSWM reports its status. The BSCdownloads the BTS if CSW code has not already been downloaded. The set of theBCF downloadable files is formed by two catalogue files (BOOT & LOAD andDLU), containing the list of the files, a configuration file and a file containingCSWcode.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


GTW

PCMI

DSC

ALCO

CSWMBCSWMA

BCF

SYNC

External PCMlinks to BSC

Power suppliesCabinetsSite

Inter CSWM link

Internal PCM link

O&M bus

2 MHz clock

4 MHz clock

Private PCM

to DRX

Note: (*) DRX or e--DRX

Figure 3--3 BCF architecture

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





BSC

CSWM

FH BUSMANAGE-

MENT

TRANSMIT-TER

MANAG.

CONCENTRATORMANAGEMENT

ALARMUNIT

MANAG.

PCMINTERFACE

UNITMANAGEMENT

PCMSYNCHRONIZATION

SWITCHINGMATRIX

TRANSMITTERS

CONCENTRATOR

ALARM BOARD

PCMMANAGEMENT

BOARD

SYNCHRONIZATIONBOARD

SYNCHRONIZATIONMANAGEMENT

SWITCHINGMATRIX

MANAGEMENT

CSWMSUPERVISION

DOWNLOADINGMANAGEMENT

DUPLEXMANAGEMENT

Other CSWM

GATEWAY

GATEWAYMANAGE-

MENT

Figure 3--4 Organization of CSWM functions

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.2.1.4 Synchronization management

At start--up, the CSWM chooses the first correct clock from among six. DuringLAPD connection, the BTS forces the clock on the PCM carrying the LAPD.

3.2.1.5 Switching matrix management

The switching matrix management includes the following:

initialization

configuration

monitoring/defense

The switching matrix has 16 PCM links. Each PCM link has the following:

transmission test interface

reception test interface

idle interface

All 2n PCM time slots are connected to 2n+ 1 PCM time slots to allow PCM linksto be routed when the BTS are chained together (drop and insert technique).

Initialization

The 0 time slot on each PCM link is looped back on itself by the transmission testinterface,which isa hardwaredevicethat connects thePCM 0 time slot transmissionand reception on the reception interface.

The frames received and transmitted ineachTS0 overeachPCM link are frequentlycompared to allow the switching matrix to be tested at start--up time and itsperformance to be monitored.

Configuration

The switching matrix is configured when the BSC requests the BCF to set up or

release a signaling or traffic channel.Signaling channels are set up (or broken off) between an DRX signaling time slotand a non--concentrated link on a signaling concentrator unit. This may entail(dis)connection between a concentrated link on a signaling concentrator unit anda PCM link time slot on a PCM interface.

Traffic channels are set up (or broken off) between a DRX traffic time slot and aPCM link time slot on a PCM interface.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Monitoring/defense

The switching matrix is monitored by endless loops that are activated during theinitialization phase.

If a fault occurs, the switching matrix is designated as faulty and switch over istriggered.

The cause can be pinpointed from among the following:switching matrixinternal PCM busidle interface

transmission test interfacereception test interface

3.2.1.6 FH bus management

The FH bus is connected to various DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 units.

Configuration

FH bus management becomes involved when the BSC sends cell configuration orradio transmission configuration messages.

The CSWM uses the cell configuration message to construct the internal tablesneeded for FH bus management.The radio transmission configuration message is used to send monitoring masks totransmitters used to check for frequency collisions and the flags on FH input

Monitoring/defense

FH bus management receives the frequency collision and no FH bus flag messagessent by transmitters on the O&M bus.

Frequency collision messagescause an event report to be sent to the BSC(messagesare correlated to avoid repetition).

No FH bus flag messages result in the following:a DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 fault when all the DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 detect the same eventa DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 fault when one event is detected

3.2.1.7 Transmitter--oriented CSWM defense actions

TheCSWM undertakes defenseactionwhen it receivesalarm messagesor when thescanner no longer detects transmitter activity.

If the faultytransmitter wasconfigured (BCCH), theBTSsends anevent reportwithimpact to the BSC; otherwise, the event report is without impact.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.2.1.8 DSC--oriented defense actions

The CSWM undertakes defense action when the DSC sends an event report on theO&M bus or when the scanner no longer detects DSC activity.

The following faults can occur:

hardware fault

The DSC is faulty if any of its connections fail. Then the DSC is reset, andexternal tests are run.

unexpected frames or queue overflow

The CSWM sends an event report to the BSC which takes the appropriate action.

loss on the O&M busThe CSWM triggers defense action, the DSC is reset, and external tests are run.

A DSC is initialized by a reset command on the O&M bus. Start--up tests are run.If the external test resultsare fault--free the DSC can bereturned to the list ofuseableunits. If not, the unit must be replaced.

CSWM defense actions are determined in terms of equipment redundancy:

If there is no redundant DSC:• if the DSC that is down supported O&M communication with the BSC. The

CSWM must isolate the faulty DSC by breaking off connections on theswitching matrix. The switching matrix restores communication with theBSC on the same PCM as before. When communication is restored, theCSWM informs the BSC that all communication previously established viathat DSC is lost and cannot be recovered. The BSC then takes the appropriateaction ;

• if the lost DSC did not support O&M communication with the BSC, theCSWM must inform the BSC that all communications passing through thisDSC were lost and cannot be recovered. The next actions are determined bythe BSC.

If a redundant DSC is available, the CSWM breaks off faulty DSC connectionson the switching matrix and reconnects the redundant DSC to match the faultyone. All the communication previously established via that DSC is restored andan event report is sent to the BSC.

3.2.1.9 PCMI--oriented defense actions

In the event of a PCMI hardware fault, the CSWM activates self--tests by sendingthe appropriate commands via the O&M bus. If the results of the self tests arefault--free, the PCMI returns to operational status and the BSC is informed.

If the quality of transmission is the cause, the PCMI feeds back the information tothe BSC, whether it has been able to restore communication or not.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





3.2.1.10 ALCO board--oriented defense actions

If there is an ALCO card hardware failure, the CSWM restarts self--tests by meansof the commands available on the O&M bus. If the self--tests are successful, the ALCO card is considered operational again and the BSC is informed.

3.2.1.11 Gateway switchover management

If there is a gateway failure, the gateways themselves determine state change(passive ⇔ active). Then the fault signal is transferred to the CSWM via the O&Mbus.

Eachgateway can send itsstatus to the CSWM, either after a queryfrom the CSWMor spontaneously after switchover.

3.2.1.12 Duplex operation between CSWMs

The duplex function manages CSWM equipment redundancy in the BCF. The BSConly perceives one CSWM at a time.

Redundancy is operated in passive/dynamic mode with hot restart:The standby processor does not execute the same algorithms as the activeprocessor and does not receive the same message flow.The active CSWM sends stable status information to the standby side. If aproblem arises on the active side, the standby CSWM takes over BCF control.Switchover time includes the time needed to locate the fault, return to a stablestatus, and restart processing.

Causes of switchover

Switchover may be triggered by hardware or software resetting. The watchdogtriggers hardware resetting, and software is reset by a software init message.

Hardware resetting may be triggered by the following:a major hardware fault (CPU, memory units, etc.)a serious software fault (address error)

Software resetting may be triggered by the following:a minor hardware fault (switching matrix, internal PCM bus, O&M bus drivers)a system software fault (dynamic memory overfilling)

Switchover procedure

The switchover procedure can only be performed in a stable system status. In theevent of switchover, the CSWM tries to return to the last stable condition. It checksthat its database (last stable state) and slave processor states (alarm units,synchronization units, concentrator units, PCM interface units and transmitterunits) are consistent and may reconfigure them.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Standby CSWM updating

The standby side is brought up to date in the following steps:

asynchronous software downloading

asynchronous data updating

synchronous data updating

The active CSWM side downloads standby CSWM software asynchronously without disturbing operations on the active side.

Asynchronous data updating is performed in the following phases:

The active CSWM instructs the standby CSWM to reinitialize its database.

The active CSWM copies the database and sends it to standby side.

The active CSWM stores status transitions that occur during updating and sendsat the end of the sequence. It then starts synchronous updating.

Synchronous updating is performed each time the BSC sends configuration data or when the CSWM performs defense actions.

The active CSWM sends one or more update messages to the standby side beforesending an acknowledgement or event report to the BSC.

3.2.2 Data Signaling Concentration unit (DSC)The DSC is controlled by the CSWM. It communicates with the CSWM via theO&M bus. It serves channel multiplexing, demultiplexing, and Operations andMaintenance (O&M) functions.

3.2.2.1 Multiplexing and demultiplexing

The CSWM uses the DSC to set up communication between the BSC and the otherentities that make up the BTS. The LAPD protocol ignores the DSC that servesconcentrator and routing functions.

The DSC reads level 2 addresses (TEI) contained in LAPD frames and, using arouting table, sends the information onto another time slot. The time slot may beconcentrated (a number of TEI arrive) or not (single TEI).

3.2.2.2 Operations and Maintenance (O&M) functions

Configuration

The CSWM sends the following to the DSC:

overall configuration

connect and disconnect configurations

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Overall configuration data includes the following:

the size of message queues

two queue overflow thresholds

the period defining the moment observation messages are sent

A connection configuration connects a TEI in a single time slot to a secondconcentrated time slot.

Disconnecting may affect a TEI in a single time slot or in a concentrated time slot.

Disconnecting a concentrated time slot automatically triggers disconnection of

the concentrated TEI it contained.

Observations

The DSC returns its status to the CSWM as requested. The status report containsoverload alarms and hardware failures.

The DSC sends regular observation messages to the CSWM that contain thefollowing for the last traffic period and per time slot and TEI:

queue size

the maximum size reached by the queue

number of messages handled since the last status request

Tests

The DSC constantly tests unused time slots. It performs external loop tests onCSWM request.

The results of unused time slot tests are returned to the CSWM in regular statusmessages.

The CSWM may request the DSC to perform external tests. The DSC checks that

links are free and accepts (or refuses) start--up. The DSC returns the results of thesetests as requested.

Monitoring

The DSC supervises its own equipment parts and issues one the following faultmessages:

queue overload

receipt of unexpected frames

PCM link hardware malfunction

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Fault detection

The DSC receives two threshold values from the CSWM that give the overloadsituation in message transmission queues. When queue thresholds are reached, theDSC issues start and end--of--alarm messages to the CSWM on the O&M bus.

3.2.3 PCM Interface (PCMI)

The PCMI interfaces and synchronizes incoming and outgoing PCM links. Itconverts the external PCM coming from the BSC into internal PCM used by theBSC, and vice versa.

Each PCMI handles one external PCM link. A PCMI unit does the following:

converts external PCM links into internal PCM for BTS use

verifies link quality using error detection codes

matches impedance on the type of PCM link used by the operator

3.2.3.1 Configuration

The PCMI can operate without CSWM involvement. However, the CSWM sendsa configuration message on the O&M bus that contains the following:

thenumber of erroneous seconds, which defines a window used to evaluatePCM

alarmsthreshold M1 for frame alignment error counters

threshold M2 for the CRC error counter

threshold M3 for coding type error counters

3.2.3.2 Monitoring

The PCMI monitors its own equipment and PCM links, and issues fault messagesconcerning hardware alarms or PCM alarms.

3.2.3.3 PCM alarm management

Managing PCM alarm involves frame, multiframe, submultiframe, zero time slot,and frame alignment; CRC is not managed yet.

A frame interval is 125 µs.

The duration of a multiframe is 2 ms, representing the time of 16 frames.

The length of a submultiframe is 1 ms.

TheTS0is set aside for the frame alignmentsignal, multiframealignment bits,CRCbits, and alarm sending.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Frame alignment

Frame alignment is operated by the frame alignment byte occupying the TS0 inevery other frame.

Upon loss of frame alignment the alarm bit is set to 1 and the frame alignmentcounter is increased.

The PCM alarms

Each PCM alarm corresponds to the detection of one anomaly type on the PCMreception.

A seriously erroneous second is a second in which an NOS, SIA, RRA, or LOS

alarm condition occurred or an FE or CRC counter was overrun.These alarms are indicated by LEDs on the front of the DTI board.

LOS: frame lock loss signal (LFA LED)

Frame lock is considered lost when three consecutive lock signals are received with errors. This is also the case when bit 2 of TS 0 in frames that contain nolocking signal is received three times in a row with errors.

AIS: Alarm indication signal (AIS LED). Not used in the GSM 1900 frequencyband.

RRA or RAI: Remote Receive Alarm signal or Remote Alarm Indicator (RRA

LED).NOS: no frame signal (NOS LED)

Upon detecting the beginning of an NOS fault signal, a 64--kbit/s SIA isgenerated on each TS of the associated internal PCM link, an RRA is sent on theexternal PCM link, and the application associates an NOS error to the erroredsecond, bringing on the NOS LED.

FE: Frame error (FE LED).Used in case of 2 Mbit/s external PCM link. Error detection is effected only inoperation without CRC. The application counts the incorrect frame lock words

received, and compares them with the upper and lower thresholds(programmable).SKP: hop indication reception. Not used.

CRC: CRC error signal (CRC LED). Not used in the GSM 1900 frequencyband.The quest for CRC multiframe lock is associated with that for frame lock, toensure that the frame lock word found does indeed correspond to a single lock word to which one can lock permanently.

The alarm LEDs on the front of the board are the LFA, AIS, RRA, NOS, FE, SKP,and CRC. Each alarm event turns on the associated LED for a minimum timeof 200 ms.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


One cause is associated with each seriously erroneous second. The alarm cause isdefined in the following descending order of severity: NOS, AIS, LOS, RRA, FE,CRC, and SKP.

When the number of seriously erroneous consecutive seconds reaches the numberof erroneous seconds (NBSEC) defined in the configuration message, the PCM isdesignated in fault condition and a message is sent to the CSW.

The end--of--fault condition is the number NBSEC of consecutive seconds withouterrors and the end--of--fault message is sent to the CSW.

3.2.4 Synchronization (SYNC)

The synchronization unit must synchronize the DRXs on a single reference time,GSM time. It supervises the different defense stages. There are two identicalsynchronization units, that have the same software (see Figure 3--5 ).

Frame alignment

Frame alignment is operated by the frame alignment byte occupying TS0 in everyother frame.

Upon loss of frame alignment, the alarm bit is set to 1 and the frame alignmentcounter is incremented.

The GPRS interface uses asynchronous frame principles in both transmit andreceive direction between PCU and BTS. A Joker channel is used when the size of the frame exceeds the size of the main channel.

3.2.4.1 GSM time

The network supplies the reference time via three PCMI units. The CSWM selectsone of the six clocks and sends it to the synchronization unit. The clock selectedmust have good long--term accuracy because it is used by the synchronizationmodule to generate reference time for the radio interface with an accuracy of

5 x l0--8.If the external reference signal is absent, the CSWM selects a local clock derivedfrom the SYNC module active in “free running” mode.

3.2.4.2 Monitoring

The synchronization unit is monitored by its own control and monitoringmechanisms, which check that the unit is operating correctly and GSM time isavailable on the GSM TIME bus.

Alarms are as follows:

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





SYNO unit outage

CSWM clock failure

reference clock failure

The last two events are fed back to the CSWM. Defense actions are covered insection dedicated to the CSWM.

In case of a synchronization unit fault, the synchronization units make theswitchover decision (active <=> standby). The fault is then fed back to the CSWMover the O&M bus.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


(CSWM) (SYNC)

(SYNC)

GTW

Synchronizationunit

Clockselection

InternalPCMs

Switchoverlogic

Synchronizationunit

GSM TIMEchannel

Private PCM

Local clock

Figure 3--5 GSM time bus synchronization

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





3.2.5 Alarm collecting function (ALCO)

3.2.5.1 Functions

The alarm collecting board (ALCO), located outside the BCF, collects internal andexternal BTS alarms.

Internal alarms concern equipment parts on which the BCF does not use anyparticular detection action, while external alarms are site--dependent.

These alarms are sent via the O&M bus to the BCF control unit, which redirectsthem to the BSC.

The board also allows equipment located outside the BTS to be activated (futureuse).

3.2.6 BCF/DRX gateway (GTW)

The gateway (GTW) carries out the following functions (see Figure 3--6 ):

adaptation of the frequency between the radio interface and the Abis interface

adaptation of the GSM TIME bus to the GSM TIME channel

adaptation of the O&M bus to the O&M channel for the TXs

management of the O&M protocol for the gateway as an O&M slavemanagement of part of the defense system

management of part of the switchover logic

initialization of the gateway board

3.2.6.1 Adaptation of the GSM TIME bus to the GSM TIME channel

This function consists in entering the GSM time on the GSM TIME bus, thenmaking calculations and carrying out formating to send the GSM time to the DRXsby means of the GSM TIME channel.

3.2.6.2 Adaptation of the O&M bus to the O&M channel

This function consists in decoding the validation on the O&M bus of a dialoguebetween the CSWM and the TX, and formating the characters sent and received onthe bus and the O&M channel.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


T

1

T

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 27 28 29 30 31

OML/ RSL

T

1

T

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3120 21 22 23 24

GSMtime

O&M/ TX

T T T O&M /TX

CSWM

O&M bus GSM TIME bus

Internal PCMs(up to 8)

Private PCMs

(up to 6)

OML/ RSL

T

1st DRX (*) 3rd DRX (*)

1st DRX (*) 4th DRX (*)2nd DRX (*)

O&Mconversion

GSM timeconversion

SYNC

BCF

DRX(*)

TKey:

GTW

19

= traffic time slot

= unused time slot

0

0

SYN

SYN


Figure 3--6 BCF/DRX Gateway (GTW)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





3.2.6.3 Management of the O&M protocol

This function provides the level 2 and 3 layers of the O&M protocol concerningCSWM/gateway dialogue. The gateway is fully an O&M slave. It manages alevel--3 message dictionary.

3.2.6.4 Management of the defense

The software part of the gateway defense system essentially concerns detection of minor andmajor faultswhich lead, respectively, to a ”light” software reset of certainfunctions or passage to HALT state. A software watchdog system is also active.

3.2.6.5 Switchover management

The software’s role in switchover management is to send command codes to ahardware logic circuit which controls gateway activation and de--activation.

3.2.6.6 Initialization

Initialization consists of configuring all peripherals present on the gateway board,the communication controllers, the position of the GSM TIME channel, thecross--connect matrix, and the transfer of certain initialization data from the PROMto the RAM.

3.2.6.7 Multitasking organization

Most of the functions are not related to one another and therefore operatecompletely asynchronously. In order for these functions to take placesimultaneously for theexternal environment, an internal function, transparent to theoutside, is needed to manage multitasking, hierarchized organization.

3.2.7 BCF configurations

The BCF exists in simplex or duplex configuration.

The following table gives the number of boards in every configuration.

Boards Simplex BCF Duplex BCF

CSWM 1 2 (1 active/1 passive)

PCMI 1 1 to 3

DSC 1 1 to 4

SYNC 1 2 (1 active/1 passive)

GTW 1 2 (1 active/1 passive)

Table 3--2 BCF configurations

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.3 CBCF functional architecture

The CBCF performs the following functions:

switching, synchronization, and concentration

control of the alarm management unit

PCM Interface

The CMCF board performs the concentration, synchronization, and switchingfunctions. The CMCF also controls the alarm management unit (the RECAL board), which is located outside the CBCF Module.

The CMCF board allows operation in duplex mode and in simplex mode.The CPCMI board is the interface between the external PCM links (A--bis) and thePrivate PCMs in the CBCF.

CBCF modes

The CBCF can be used in simplex mode with only one CMCF board in slot 0 or 1running in active mode. Simplex/Duplexmode is managed by a microswitch on theCMCF board. From duplex to simplex, the transaction in never automatic, it alwaysfollows a configuration. From simplex to duplex mode, there is no automatic

transition when the active board detects the connection with the passive one.

3.3.1 Switching, synchronization, and concentration

The CMCF board is duplicated in the CBCF Module to provide redundancy (seeFigure 3--7 ).

One CMCF central processor manages the switching matrix and thesynchronization. The main processor and slave processor share the concentrationand routing tasks as described below.

3.3.1.1 Switching

The two switching matrices in the CMCF receive and distribute the traffic of external PCMs as follows:

up to six PCMs communicate with the CPCMI boards

up to six PCMs communicate with the DRXs

two PCMs communicate with the processing units

one PCM to communicate GSM time

one PCM for tests

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





1/256

1/193

H8M SY H4M

SYNFLL

E1/T1

+ 5 V

1/256

1/193

H8M SY H4M

E1

+ 5 V

MASTER CMCF

SLAVE CMCF

PLL : Phase--locked loopFLL : Frequency locked loop

SYNPLL

SIXCLOCKS

SIXCLOCKS

Figure 3--7 CMCF board synchronization (full configuration)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.3.1.2 Synchronization

The CMCF provides synchronization to the radio part of the BTS.Synchronizationis obtained through a temperature--controlledoscillator thatallowsthe selection of timing signal from seven signals (six from the external PCMs, onefrom an external source, and one from the CMCF master).

The selected clock signal is routed to a digital phase comparator that authorizessynchronization operations in a frequency locked loop (CMCF master) or in a phaselocked loop (CMCF slave).

The CMCF slave operates in a phase locked loop so that its H4M clock issynchronized with that of the CMCF master. This ensures that phase hopping does

not occur during a CMCF switchover.GSM Time

The processing unit transmits the GSM Time every 60 ms. The GSM Time istransmitted to the switching matrices of the CMCF master. The CMCF slave readsthe GSM Time in the CMCF master, which allows the synchronization of GSMTime on both CMCFs.Figure 3--7 shows the synchronization process on the CMCF board.

Switchover

A switchover occurs in synchronization with the H4M clock. Since the master

CMCF and the slave CMCF are synchronized (H4M and GSM Time), theswitchover does not cause a timing disruption.

The switchover sequence is as follows:active CMCF becomes inactiveinactive CMCF detects the inactivityinactive CMCF becomes active

A CMCF processor becomes inactive in the following circumstances:H16M clock state is NOK and there is dual chain operationthe master request is disabledmaster board is not properly connected to the back panelthe active processor is reset while in dual chain operation

Defence and redundancy management

A switchoverfrom one CMCFboard to the other in the event of an error on the activeCMCF board ensures redundancy. The hardware supports duplex and simplexmodes.

A redundancy channel between both CMCF boards ensures the exchange of databetween the boards in the event of a switchover.

The defense connectivity is shown in Figure 3--8 .

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





MASTER CMCF

SLAVE CMCF

CPCMI

Six PrivatePCMsSix PCMs

Six Clocks M / S l o g i c w i t c h

D u p l e x s y n c

R e d u n d a n c y l i n k

Figure 3--8 Defense connectivity between the CMCF boards (full confguration)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.3.1.3 Concentration and routing

The concentration and routing functionality is performed by the master and slaveprocessing units. The master processing unit manages the board ressources. Theslave processing unit, which operates synchronously with the master unit, managesone PCM, one HDLC link (for master--slave communication), and one RS232 link.

The master processing unit receives a external clock signal at 4.096 MHz andgeneratesa 33 MHz reference frequency. This frequency issuppliedto theslaveunitso that it can be synchronous with the master unit.

3.3.2 Control of the alarm management unit

The CMCF manages the alarm management unit, the RECAL board, locatedoutside the CBCF Module.

The RECAL board collects internal and external alarms and routes them to theCMCF, which routes to the BSC.

The communication between the CMCF and the RECAL is done using a LAPDprotocol link that uses a channel supported by time slot 25 of PCM0.

3.3.3 PCM Interface

Up to three CPCMI boards provide the interface between six external PCM links

(A--bis) and six Private PCMs used inside the CBCF Module.The interface tasks corresponds to an electrical level translation and a frame formatconversion depending on the type of external PCM link (PCM E1, PCM T1, orHDSL).

The external PCM interface has functional blocs that perform the followingfunctions:

conversion of analog signals on the A--bis interface and the logical signals of theFramer part of the PCMImanagement of the synchronization clock

transposition between the A--bis and the Private PCMs signals

3.3.3.1 Signalling interfaces

The CPCMI board uses the PCM and HDSL interfaces described below.

PCM A--bis interface

The E1 interface is compatible with the G703 Recommendation. Its impedance is120 (two pairs of bidirectional symmetrical links) or 75 Ohms (coaxial cables).

The T1 interface is compatible with ANSI T1.403 and T1.102. Its impedance is100 Ohms (two pairs of bidirectional symmetrical links).

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





HDSL A--bis interface

The HDSL--E1 format (2B1Q) is on one single twisted copper pair where thetransmission rate is 2320 kbps for a full E1 frame. This rate is compatible with theETSI ETR 152 RTR/TM--06002 standard.

The HDSL--T1 format (2B1Q) is on one single twisted copper pair where thetransmission rate is 1552 kbps for a full T1 frame. This rate is not standardized andis considered a proprietary link.

Private PCMs

One CPCMI board is connected to two Private PCM links (PCM0 and PCM1). TheO&M communication is done through an HDLC link using TS0 of PCM0.

E1/T1

Three bits supplied to the CMCF indicate whether the board is an E1 or T1.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.4 DRX functional architecture

The DRX board has a digital part, a radio part and a power supply board(Figure 3--9 ).

3.4.1 DRX digital part

The DRX digital part consists of four units:

the Advanced MaNagement Unit (AMNU) which manages the DRX

the Digital Control Unit for eight chanels (DCU8) which is the signal processingunit

the Time Base Unit (BDT) which manages the GSM_TIME for the DRX

TX logic which is the interface with the transmission part in the DRX Radioboard

3.4.1.1 AMNU unit

The AMNU unit manages the DRX. It manages the eight time slots of an TDMA frame, and the radio signaling functions.

These functions can be broken down into communication functions (RSL), on the

one hand, and operating and maintenance functions (O&M), on the other (seeFigure 3--10 ).

Communication functions

Communication functions include:

routing functions

concentration functions

Routing functions

The TDMA frame management unit routes messages from the BSC. The messagesarrive on the RSL and can be broken down into two categories:

messages concerning processing of a single time slot

messages concerning all the time slots in the TDMA frame

Concentration functions

There are two types of messages:

transparent messages

non--transparent messages

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





AMNU

DCU8

RX

Test Ethernet

BDT

DRX digital

FHbus

Privte PCM

Radio DRX

Logical TX

TX

Powersupplyboard

+ 5.4V+ 12V-- 12V

+ 48Vdc

Frequencyreference unit

Figure 3--9 DRX board: functional block diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


SPU

AMNU

BSC

O&M

Communicationfunction (RSL):-- routing-- concentration

Level 1 radio access

Level 1 radio

Level 2 radio management

Radioresources

management

Radiomeasurementsmanagement

Operations &Maintenance

functions (O&M)

Level 3 radio

Level 1 wires

Level 2 wires

Figure 3--10 AMNU functions

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Transparent messages are simply concentrated on a time slot of the internal PCM.

Non--transparent messages are:

radio measurement messages of the mobile

interference measurement messages on the inactive channels

load messages on the RACH channel

load messages on the PCH channel

Non--transparent messages are transcoded, averaged and grouped in a singlemessage to the BSC. This message is sent to the same time slot as the transparentmessages.

Operation & Maintenance functions

The following Operation & Maintenance functions are processed by the Framemanagement unit (AMNU):

start--up, downloading, initialization

configuration

monitoring/defense

Start--up/Downloading/Initialization

The AMNU is started by a hardware reset or a reinitialization message sent by theBSC. It causes configuration of the LAPD and establishment of the OML link withthe BSC.

The DRX subsystem can be downloaded only after that the BCF is downloaded andthat the units of site management of cell management and of Abis signaling of theDRXs have been configured.

The BSC systematically initiates a downloading phase of the catalogue files and of the following software units:

AMNUSPU

DLU

BOOT

TX

BDT

BIST of the SPUs

Follows a re--flashing of the units for which the software versions are different.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Configuration

The DRX is configured by the BSC by means of an OML link on the Abis interface.

Configuration can be broken down into:

a general configuration:

• configuration of the TDMA frame

time slot configurations:

• configuration of radio time slots

• configuration of the frequency hop

The Network Identification of the BTS equipment featureconsists in finding a wayto differentiate from a system point of view e--DRX and DRX--ND3 for DRX; ePA and HePA for PA; CMCF phase 1 and CMCF phase 2 Edge featureimplementation.

This feature also allows the addition of new equipment: e--DRX, DRX--ND3, ePA and HePA on sites without any modification of the configRef (DLU).


From a radio point of view, the DRX--ND3 is not able to support edge 8PSK modulation. The DRX--ND3 is not an edge ready hardware.


Configuration of the TDMA frame provides the DRX with parameters shared bythe whole cell, such as:

cell identity (BSIC)

BCCH frequency

indication of frequency hopping implementation

cell type (normal or extended)

and with parameters specific to the DRX:

the frequency of the TDMA frame if there is no frequency hoppingindication of implentation of diversity in reception

The TDMA frame cannot be dynamically configured. A change of configurationrequires re--start of the downloaded software.

The configuration of the radio time slot specifies the type of logical channel to usefor a time slot.

The configuration of the frequency hopping specifies, for a time slot, the list of frequencies to use, as well as sequencing. This configuration is optional and onlyappears if the frequency hopping was requested in the TDMA frame configuration.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Monitoring

The BSC regularly sends status requests to the DRX to detect any problems on theOML link.

LAPD break

The LAPD, OML and RSL linksare monitored by a timer. If level 2 loss is detected,the BSC and the AMNU try to reconnect. If connection has not been made by theend of the time--out, the AMNU is reinitialized.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Event reports

The AMNU collects all events detected by the DRX equipment. It performsfiltration, and error reports to the BSC. Transmission error reports, and faultmanagement on RX--splitters alarms are sent through the BCF or CBCF.

The AMNU filters to prevent repetitionof non--transient events, which means it cansend the BSC a single indication.

The AMNU sends errors to the BSC by sending ”event report” messages. There aretwo types of these messages:

transient messages which are not acknowledged by the BSCnon--transient messageswhich must be acknowledged by the BSCand which arerepeated by AMNU until they are acknowledged.

Radio signaling function

The radio signaling function supports two Signal Processing Units (SPU). EachSPU manages one time slot.

Two versions of the SPU software are available. One corresponds to propagationconditions in rural area and the other to propagation conditions in urban area. Forthe rural areas, the algorithm parameter equals zero where as it is set at the value0.5 for urban areas. In this later case, the interferer cancellation algorithm is active.

The radio signaling functions can be broken down into four groups of functions:level 1 radio accesslevel 2 radio management of LAPDm signalinglevel 3 radio management, which is made up of two functions:• radio resources management• radio measurements managementoperation & maintenance

Level 1 radio access

Level 1 radio access makes it possible to manage dialogue between the AMNUsignaling function and the SPU processors which are connected to the AMNU. Itoffers:

configuration of operating modes for each SPUSPU controltransmission and reception of data on the radio channel, respecting methods forslaving to the radio frequency.

Level 2 radio management

Level 2 radio management manages the LAPDm level 2 signaling on the radiochannels.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Radio resources management (radio level 3)

Radio level 3 provides the following functions:

level 2 management on the common channels

control of level 2 functions on dedicated channels

activation of the common channels

organization of the Common Control CHannel (CCCH), including chaining andrepetition of paging messages and transmission of dedicated channel allocationmessages

activation or deactivation of dedicated channels, implementation of encryption

and channel mode changesproviding SPU processors with system information on the SAACH and BCCHchannels

detection of ”random access” and ”handover access”

detection of paging channel (PCH) load

detection of radio link attenuation (monitoring of the upstream SACCHchannel), verifiable by the OMC

sending of the mobile transmission power change

Radio measurements management (level 3 radio)

This provides the following functions:

return of interference measurements carried out by the SPU processors on theinactive dedicated channels and transmission of these measurements to the AMNU

concatenation of measurements made by the SPUs on the active dedicatedchannels and those transferred by the mobile over the same period

Operation & maintenance functions (O&M)

These functions provide configuration and deconfiguration of the time slots andfrequency hopping functions.

3.4.1.2 DCU8 unit

The DCU8 unit consists of two signaling processing chains, A and B, as shown inFigure 3--11 . Each chain handles four calls in full--rate voice mode and eight callsin half--rate voice mode. Chain A and chain B are connected to a subassembly, theBB_FILT ASIC, which is the interface with the radio part and filters receptionsamples before sending them to the two chains. A second subassembly, the CHIF, which is associated with the BB_FILT ASIC, calculates encryption and decryptionmasks.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Chain A processes even radio reception time slots and odd radio transmission timeslots. Conversely, chain B processes odd radio reception time slots and even radiotransmission time slots.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





BB_FILTCHIF

RAM

AMNU

DSP DECOD DSP DECOD RAM

DSP TRANS DSP TRANSRAM RAM

Receivers

FH bus

GSM TIME bus

SPU (A Chain) SPU (B Chain)

DSP EGAL

DPRAM DPRAM

Figure 3--11 DCU8 unit diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


The DCU8 unit has five DSPs:

one EGAL DSP, which equalizes the reception signal

two DECOD DSPs, which handle reception signal decoding, and level 1sequencing

two TRANS DSPs, which handle transmission signal processing, encoding, andthe interface with the remote transcoder

There is one DECOD DSP and one TRANS DSP in each chain.

SPU

The SPU carries out processing associated with the transmission layer, and to thisend, it executes a certain number of functions, such as: (see Figure 3--12 andFigure 3--13 ):

demodulation of GMSK signal at reception

ciphering/deciphering of sent and received data

encoding/decoding and interleaving/de--interleaving of data from the variouschannels

encoding/decoding of voice and data (from 13 kbit/s to 16 kbit/s and vice--versa)transfer of discontinuous transmission (DTX) signal

control of transmitters (GSMK--8PSK) and receivers

processing of radio measurements

Demodulation function

Demodulation consists of extracting, from the GMSK signal received, the binarydata transmitted, that is 144 bits for a normal burst and 36 bits for an access burst.This is done for the eight time slots of the radio channel.

The demodulation principle selected takes into account the inter--symbolinterference resulting from smoothing of the transmission phase transitions(limitation of the transmitted spectrum), multiple path phenomena, and distorsionintroduced by the channel filter upon reception.

Implementation of this type of demodulator requires modification of thetransmission channel as concerns pulse response, frequency deviation, andreception times. Determining theseparametersis part of the jobof thedemodulationfunction.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





AMNU

SPU

Demodulation

Deciphering (optional)

De--interleaving

Decoding

Speech/dataor signaling

Speech/data

08.60 format codingSignaling

Receivermanagement

DRX radio

Figure 3--12 SPU reception functions

SPU

AMNU

08.60 formatdecoding

Transmittermanagement

Coding

Interleaving

Ciphering (optional)

Signaling Speech/data

DRX radio

Figure 3--13 SPU transmission functions

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


The receiver has the spacediversity function. Both received channels are combinedin an equalizer which carries out joint equalization.For each of these channels, the pulse response as well as the C/I+N ratio areestimated. These ratios are used to weight the predictions and samples of eachchannel.

The symbols from the equalizer are then decrypted, de--interleaved and decoded torestore the control messages and traffic sent by the mobile.

Ciphering/deciphering function

The fluxes of binary symbols sent and received on each time slot on the TCH or

SDCCH are encrypted one bit at a time, in compliance with theciphering/deciphering algorithm.

The ciphering or deciphering operation protects confidentiality of voice andsignaling. It consists of adding binary bits, one by one, between sent and receiveddata and a binary train (the cipheringsequence), generatedfrom a ciphering keyandthe TDMA frame number of the time slot.

Encoding/decoding and interleaving/de--interleaving functions

All traffic and control logic channels are encoded to protect useful informationagainst transmission errors. Each channel has its own encoding scheme, usuallyincluding the following steps for each block:

protection of data bits with parity bits or a block code

encoding of the ”data bits + check bits” unit with a convolutional code; thisoperation gives encoded bits

rearrangement and interleaving of the encoded bits

burst formating

For data, the encoding procedure depends on the rate: the interleaving level ishigher for data than for voice.

Some channels do not use the encoding schemes described above, in particular theRACH, FCCH and SCH channels, for which the notion of interleaving on severaltimes slots does not exist.

Mobile transmission timing advance function

The BTS must measure the delay on the received signal when the mobile stationmakes itself known.

This measurement, knownas timingadvance, is forwarded in the dedicatedchannelassignment message (immediate assignment) to the MS, which uses this parameterto anticipate its transmission timing.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





During the call establishment, the BTS computes the timing advance value andsends it within CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC. If this value is abovethe threshold, then the BSC rejects the call establishment.

In ongoing call conditions, the timing advance is calculated at regular intervalsandsent to the MS over the downlink SACCH channel.

The calculation is based on the following:

other measurements taken during demodulation

the timing advance used by the mobile station that is returned in the layer 1header of the uplink SACCH

Discontinuous transmission (DTX)Discontinuous transmission allows signals to be sent over the radio channel alone when a speech signal is present. This limits interference and MS powerconsumption. For each call, the MSC indicates whether the BSS “does not use” or“may use” the DTX.

The principle behind discontinuous transmission is as follows:

The base or mobile vocoder has a Voice Activity Detector (VAD) that detects if theframe constructed every 20 milliseconds contains speech. If the frame does notcontain speech, thevocoder constructs a special frame called the SIlenceDescriptor

(SID) that contains all thebackground noisedescriptionelements. This frame issentto produce a comfort noise at the far end, and radio transmission stops.

The vocoder periodically reassesses the ambient noise and reconstructs the SIDframe. The frame produced in this way is sent in step with the SACCH (once everyfour 26-frame multiframes (480 milliseconds)).

When the vocoder detects new speech activity, a special SID frame indicating theEnd Of Silence (EOS) is sent, and normal speech frame sending resumes.

On the receive end, additional processing sequences interpret the incoming trafficframe types (speech,SID,FACCH, nothing) using therelated flags(BFI, SID, TAF)and perform the appropriate operations.

The DTX is allowed for data in non-transparent mode.

BCCH filling

The BCCH frequency must be transmitted continuously so mobile stations canperform field strength measurements in neighbouring cells.

Continuous transmission is accomplished in the following ways:

When frequency hopping is not used, the TRX uses the BCCH frequency as thecarrier frequency for all the channels it supports. The TRX sends fillers on theBCCH frequency although it may have nothing to send in a given time slot.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


When frequency hopping is being used, one of the following occurs:

• Thehopping laws authorizepermanentBCCH transmission, andall theTRXshelp fill operations.

• The hopping laws do not authorize permanent transmission and a transmitteris required to enable BCCH “filling” independently and take over when thehopping laws step down.

Note: That the laws that enables permanent transmission on BCCH are onlyaccepted by cavity coupling.

Transmitter and receiver controlThe SPU controls a transmitter and a receiver. It calculates the frequency hoppinglaw and determines the frequencies to synthesize.

The transmitter is controlled by the FH bus. The SPU sends the following to thetransmitter:

the power and frequency to use

the bits to send

the time synchronization signal

The SPU sends the following to the receiver:the frequency to use for the following time slot

the synchronization clock signal

the GSM TIME synchronization signal

The SPU receives the following from the receiver:

digitized samples from the reception channel

the scale factor (gain)

the receiver alarms

Radio measurement processing

TheRadioMeasurement Processing performedby theBTS ensures that thenetworkandthemobiles can communicate with each other with minimum interference at thelowest possible transmission power and with the best transmission quality.

Measurements processed by the BTS include signal strength andsignal quality. Themobile takes measurements in the downlink direction (BTS --> MS), while the BTStakes them in the uplink direction (MS → BTS). Other measurements include signalstrength on the BCCH frequency of the surrounding cells and the MS_BS distance.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





The BTS averages these measurements for each connection. The averagedmeasurements are then used as the basis for a decision--making process for thefollowing:

power controlcall clearinginter--cell handoverintra--cell handover

The BTS cyclically sends to the BSC the interferences measures done on theinactive channels.

BB--FILT ASICThe BB_FILT ASIC constitutes the interface between the signal processing unit(SPU) of the DRX and the radio RX module on the one hand, and the enciphering ASIC on the other hand. It carries out the band--pass filtering of the digital samplesoutput by the radio RX module, and generates the FH bus.

A single BB_FILT ASIC processes all eight TSs of the radio frame.

The functions provided by this ASIC include:GSM time reception interface providing the synchronization of the DSPs on theradio frame

on transmission:• recording of the TX parameters and of the ciphering key, supplied by the DSP

EGAL • transfer of the ciphering key to the CHIF ASIC• reading of the ciphering template from CHIF ASIC• ciphering of the parameters and transmission on the FH buson reception:• recording of the RX parameters and of the ciphering key, supplied by the DSP

EGAL • programming of RX hopping synthesizers• generation of channel andsamplingfrequencyselection signals for theanalog

to digital converter• base--band filtering of the digital samples delivered by the a dc converter• selection of the best gain for each channel (normal and diversity)• transfer of these selected filtered samples to the DSP EGAL • transfer of the deciphering key to the CHIF ASIC• reading of the deciphering template from CHIF ASIC, and transfer of the

template to the DSP EGAL

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.4.1.3 BDT unit

The BDT (time base) unit regenerates GSM TIME signals. The GSM time isdistributed to the BDT unit of each DRX by means of the GSM TIME channel of the private PCM, every 60 ms.

The value of the propagation delay is sent to the DRX by means of the OML linkof the private PCM. From these two data, each DRX makes the necessarycorrections and regenerates the GSM TIME bus.

If, for any reason, the GSM time is not distributed on the BDT unit, the BDT unitlocally maintains the GSM TIME bus signals and continues to provide the GSMtime to the DRX units.

The BDT unit is made up of a logic block and a calculation block.

Digital block

The BDT unit receivesa 26MHz clock signalderived from the radio unit clock.Thisclock signal has the same stability properties as the 4Fbit clock signal provided bythe BCF synchronization board and is more stable in the short term. The digitalblock generates the following signals:

H4M (4.096 MHz)

STRTM (recurrent pulse at 577 microseconds)

TIME_DATA (containing T1, T2, T3 and TN)

Calculation block

The calculation block synchronizes the H4M and STRTM signals with thesynchronization unit signals of the BCF. In addition, it updates the values T1, T2,T3 and TN.

The synchronization principle consistsof forcing a divider--by--24 counter to divideby 23 (if the BDT is slow) or by 25 (if it is fast). This way, every 23 or 25 periodsof 26 MHz (depending on whether the slow BDT is accelerated or the fast BDT isslowed down), the BDT corrects a period of 26 MHz.

3.4.1.4 TX logic unit

The main role of the TX logic unit is to control the radio subassembly in real time.It receives the BCF configuration commands from the AMNU. It carries out theprocessing and sends back reports.

Once configured, the TX logic unit reads, on each time slot, the data present on theFH bus. Then it calculates the frequency code and the power code to be used withthe radio interface.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Transmission power

In general, radio power is determined by two inputs. One controls the maximumstatic power and the other gives the dynamic attenuation at each time slot.

The static power is given by the BCF or CBCF in the CONFIG message. The TXcalculates attenuation to compensate for cable loss between the TX--driver and thepower amplifier.

The dynamic power is provided by the ASIC of the TX logical unit. Its softwarereads the value and commands the TX--driver accordingly.

In the case of a BCCH filler, the additional attenuation introduced is always zero.

The power values that the TX and the mobile have to use are fixed by the BTSaccording to a control algorithm using the measurements results that it makes andthe thresholds stockpiled in the OMC. The mobile and the BTS power control canbe inhibited by the OMC.

The power control aim is to minimize the interferences, ensure good transmissionquality and save mobile’s batteries.

Power slaving

The setpoint value is slaved to compensate for gain variations of the transmissionchain.

Two slaving loops are used to compensate for attenuation in the gain chain (seeFigure 3--14 ).

DRX

TX LOGIC

External loop

GMSK Modulation

Internal loop

Radio Frequency

Antenna

TX DRIVER

Control bus PA or LPA

Figure 3--14 Power slaving diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


These loops may be in the following states:Open: This state isused for calibration of the internal loop with the external loop.Initialization: This state is used for loop start--up.Error: A loop is in error whenit isnot longer in correspondence with the setpoint.Closed: A loop is closed when it is in slow slaved mode.

3.4.2 DRX radio part

The DRX radio part is composed of a power supply board and of the DRX radioboard.

The power supply is converting common -48 V to specific +5 V/ ± 12 V power

supply signals for the DRX radio board.The DRX radio board is composed of three units:

the Frequency reference (Fref) unitthe receiver unit (RX)the transmitter unit (TX)

3.4.2.1 Frequency reference unit

The reference frequency for all local oscillators is derived from the Fref frequencysupplied by the VCXO, itself derived from the 4.096 MHz signal provided by theDRX digital part (BCF or CBCF).

It provides a very steady and spurious--free reference clock for the RX/TX hoppingand fixed synthetizers (13 MHz signal).

3.4.2.2 Receiver unit (RX)

The receiver unit (RX) has four main functions. Slot --to--slot frequency hopping isachieved with a dual synthetizer arrangement (one is active while the other one issetting to the following frequency):

signal down conversion from radio frequency band to Intermediate Frequency(IF) then to base band frequencychannel filtering (in IF)

RX--level dynamic managementdigitization of the base band signal

The base band signal is then sent in binary form with its scale factor to the DRXdigital part. Thereceiver unit isworking aswell onsignal GMSK that signal8--PSK.

Receiver configuration

The receiver configuration is done by the DRX digital part, which sends:the reception frequency to be used for the following time slotthe synchronization clock signalthe GSM time synchronization signal

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Receiver monitoring

The receiver monitors internal equipment: microprocessor and Phase Lock Loops(PLL).

If there is a failure or other problem, it generates an alarm:

microprocessor fault

frequency range not respected (if the frequency to synthesize as requested by theDRX digital part is incorrect)

PLL loss of alignment (if one of the receiver PLLs is not aligned)

3.4.2.3 Transmitter unit (TX)

The Transmitter unit has two main parts:

IF and RF chains

gain control loop (or Automatic Level Control)

IF and RF Chain

An I/Q modulator with a Local Oscillator (LO) phase--locked on a referencefrequency transposes the two baseband I/Q signals into the IF chain.

This 125 MHzlocal oscillator (LO_IF) phase--lockedon a 13 MHz signal translatesthe baseband signals into an intermediate frequency. (The IF is 125 MHz inGSM 900, 286 MHz in GSM 1800 and 299 MHz in GSM 1900).

The second LO is used for up conversion from IF to RF.

The up--conversion is followed by bandwidth filter, amplifier stages, variablevoltage attenuators, and digital attenuators.

The Transmitter unit is working as well on GMSK signal that 8--PSK signal.

Gain Control Loop (or Automatic Level Control)

The driver transmit chain upholds the accuracy of the transmission powercompatible with the GSM recommendations against time.

The control dynamics use two components: one voltage variation attenuator (VVA)and a step--by--step digital attenuator taking target attenuation into account andcompensating for it.

The Automatic Level Control also includes the PA.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.4.3 DRX shutting down

3.4.3.1 DRX soft blocking

The DRX soft blocking consists in setting a DRX “out of service” without stoppingthe calls established on this DRX. If possible, an intra--cell handover is performedfor those calls to release the DRX more quickly. Otherwise, the DRX will bereleased after the normal completion of the calls.

3.4.3.2 DRX soft blocking coupled with a forced handover

To speed up the DRX shutting down, the DRX soft blocking can be coupled witha forced handover. The calls will be handed over a neighbour cell if the signalstrength is over the handover threshold for that cell.

3.4.3.3 Hint

The two actions mentionned above can be performed into a unique command to abetter efficiency of the DRX shutting down.

3.4.4 Power supply board

The power supply card provides a dc voltage between 40.5 V and 57 V, to beconverted into +5 V, +12 V and --12 V. The 48 V voltage is sent first to the logicalDRX unit converter, then, after filtering, to the logical DRX unit and the radio DRXunit converter.

The power supply of the board varies according to the DRX types and on thefrequencies.

The mechanical and electrical grounds are linked to the common reference zerovolts.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





3.5 e--DRX functional architecture

The e--DRX board consist of (see Figure 3--15 ):

an eLDRX digital board including a dc/dc converter, a frame processor TX logic(GMSK and 8--PSK modulation), and a local time base, working for allfrequency bands

an eRDRX radio board including a dc/dc converter, a low power driverand a dualreceiver

3.5.1 Modifications between the DRX and e--DRX

This chapter describes the modificationsbetween the current DRX and the e--DRX.The main features of the e--DRX are the following:

signal processing capacity improvement

8--PSK modulation compatibility

receive dynamic extension

TX output power dynamic reduction

packet backhaul readiness

3.5.1.1 eLDRX board modificationsThe main modifications concerning the eLDRX board are the following:

the migration of BDT, AMNU, and TX into a single FPGA

the use of one PowerQuicc

the introduction of the 52 MHz frequency reference function

the use of two DSP

the extension of the memory capacity (8 Mb for SDRAM, 4 Mb for flash and2 Mb for SRAM)

the size reduction and integration of the dc/dc converter on the eLDRX boardthe lower power consumption (<15W)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


RX

Ethernet

e--LDRX digital board

FHbus

Private PCM

e--RDRX radio board

TXDC/DCconverter

DC/DCconverter

Debug

Radioreception

Radiotransmission

Power

supply

Figure 3--15 e--DRX board: functional block diagram

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





3.5.1.2 eRDRX board modifications

The main modifications concerning the eRDRX board are the following:

the removal of the 104 MHz frequency reference

the use of RXIC2 module (IF => BF transposition)

the RX dynamic extension provided by an AGC (--13 to --110 dBm)

the TX output power dynamic reduction

the integration of the dc/dc converter on the eRDRX board

the lower power consumption (<15W)

3.5.1.3 e--DRX mechanical/electrical modifications

The main mechanical and electrical modificationsapplied on thee--DRX consist in:

RF shielding provided by a single cover

new cooling method: direct forced convection for Digital board

CMS connectors between eLDRX and eRDRX

new RF connectors (long thread)

Radio and Digital DC/DC converters are mounted respectively on eRDRX andeLDRX.

CMS DC/DC converters+5V output eRDRX DC/DC converter coupled with --5V and +12V discreteDC/DC converter.

dual tunable output +3.3V/+2.5V or +1.8V eLDRX DC/DC converter coupled with +5V discrete DC/DC converter

3.5.2 Main external connections

3.5.2.1 Private PCM

A private internal PCM is used to link the e--DRX to the BCF. The proprietaryinterface has thesame definition as the previous internal PCM, except that the clockis fully synchronous with the radio interface.

This bus carries the following informations:

Radio Signaling Link (RSL) and local Operation and Maintenance (OML) onone time slot

Traffic links on two, three, four, six or eight time slot

GSM_TIME channel on a separate time slot

The feature allows the e--DRX to be remotely controlled.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


3.5.2.2 FH bus

The FH bus has been defined for the S4000 BTS is used, allowing frequencyhopping and S4000 BTS compatibility. HDLC bus is no more supported on thee--DRX.

3.5.2.3 PA Control

an asynchronous bi--directional serial link operating in duplex mode carrying ateach RF time slot the mean RF output power of the associated PA, itstemperature, and PA internal alarmes (temperature, current, VSWR)

a discrete burst synchronisation signal. The e--DRX PA Control interface iscompatible either with the standard PA, the ePA or the HePA.

3.5.2.4 Power Supply

The e--DRX is powered by a --48V dc supply and the typical consumption is 25W.

3.5.2.5 Test links

The e--DRX has an Ethernet 10/100 baseT port and an asynchronous serial port. Italso has serial lines for emulator connections, and real time trace facilities.

3.5.2.6 RF interfaces

The e--DRX unit provides RF reception with diversity and RF transmission at lowlevel.

Low level GMSK RF Output ( --3dBm typical / 50 Ohms)

RF Input Main and RF Input diversity (--84 dBm to 0 dBm / 50 Ohms RF inputsmultiplexed with provisional +12V dc. Supply for RF devices (splitters).

3.5.3 e--DRX functional description

This chapter describes the functional architectureof the e--DRX, but does not detaileach part. The aim is to give enough information to approach easily the mainfeatures.

3.5.3.1 Logic unit (eLDRX)

The logic unit (eLDRX) contains (see Figure 3--16 ):

a FPGA unit which provides:• a control and switching matrix management function• a time base function• a synchronization function

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





a management unit (AMNU) which processes the following functions:

• start--up, downloading, initialization

• configuration

• monitoring

• LAPD break

• event reports

a transmission unit which provides:

• a radio signaling function

• a signal processing function• a power regulation function

• a RX logic function

• a TX logic function

FPGA unit

Control and switching management function

Setting up by setup of DRX for AMNU, transmission.... functions.

When the BTS is activated, it must be connected to the BSC towork. A link issetup on an external PCM link.

Downloading

Whencommunicationshavebeenset upwith the BSC, the BTS reports itsstatus.The BSC downloads, if necessary, the software to the BTS.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


RX logic function TX logic function

Transmissionunit

FPGA unit

Logic unit (e--LDRX)

Processing signalfunction(SPU)

Radio signalingfunction

Power regulationfunction

Management unit (AMNU)

Synchronizationfunction

Control and switchingmanagement function Time base

Radio unit (e--RDRX)

Figure 3--16 Logic unit (eLDRX): functional architecture

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Synchronization management

At the start--up, the BTS selects the clock. During LAPD connection, the BTSforces the clock onto the PCM carrying the LAPD.

Switching matrix management

Each PCM link managed by the switching matrix has a transmission testinterface, reception test interface, and an idle interface

The switching matrix is configured when the BSC requests to set up or to releasea signaling or traffic channel from the BTS.

Signaling channels are set up (or broken) between a transmission signaling TS

and a non--concentrated link. This operation mayentail (dis)connection betweena a concentrated link TS coming from the BTS and a PCM link TS on the PCMinterface.

Traffic channels are set up (or broken) between a transmission traffic TS and aPCM link TS on the PCM interface.

Data signaling concentration function

The BTS usesthis function toset upthe communication between the BSC and theother entities that make up the BTS. This function is implemented with theLAPD protocol that serves concentrator and routing functions.

Time base

The time base regenerates the GSM_TIME bus with information issued from theGSM_TIME channel.

If, for any reason, the GSM time is not distributed to the time base, this onemaintains the GSM_TIME bus signals locally and continues to provide the GSMtime to the logic unit.

Synchronization function

The synchronization function must synchronize the transmissions on a singlereference time: GSM _TIME.

The network provides a radio reference clock via two PCM links. This clockselected has good long--term accuracy. It’s the reason that the synchronizationmodule to generate an exact reference time for the radio interface uses this clock..

If the external reference signal is missing, the BTS selects the local clock.

The synchronization function is monitored by internal control and monitoringmechanisms.They checkthat thesynchronization is operatingcorrectlyand that theGSM time is available on the GSM_TIME bus.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


AMNU

The AMNU (Advanced MaNagement Unit) monitors site and transmissions andmanages the eight time slots of a TDMA frame.

The following functions are processed by the frame management unit (AMNU):

start--up, downloading, initialization

configuration

monitoring

LAPD break

event reports

Start--up, downloading, initialization

The AMNU is started by a hardware reset or a re--initialization message sent by theBTS. It configures the LAPD and establishes an OML link with the BSC.

Depending on the BSC request, the BTS systematically initiates a downloadingphase of the catalogue files and the following software units:

boot software and operating system: BOOT

TRX monitoring and maintenance software: OML AMNU

site monitoring and maintenance software: BCFtest software: TOOLS

TDMA1 & TDMA2 radio signaling link managementsoftware: RSL1 & RSL2

hardware configuration DLU: DLU

A reflashing of the units for which the software versions are different follows thedownloading.

Configuration

The transmission is configured by the BSC via the BTS.

The configuration provides:

a general configuration. It contains the configuration of the TDMA frame andprovides the logic unit parameters shared by the whole cell, such as:

• cell to identity (BSIC)

• BCCH frequency

• indication of frequency hop implementation

• the frequency of the TDMA frame if there is no frequency hopping

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





a configuration of the radio TS. It specifies the logic channel type to use for TS.

a configuration of the frequency hop. It specifies, for TS, the listof frequenciestouse, as well as sequencing. This configuration is optional and only appears if thefrequency hop was requested in the TDMA frame configuration.

Supervision

The BTS regularly sends status requests to detect any problems.

LAPD break

A timer monitors the LAPD with the OML and RSL links. If level two loss is

detected, the BSC and the AMNU try to reconnect. If connection is notre--established before the end of the time--out, the AMNU is reinitialized.

Event reports

The AMNU:

collects all events detected (internal or external alarms)

provides the filtration and reports errors (transmission/reception) to the BSC

provides thefiltration to prevent repetitionof non--transient events, whichmeansit can send to the BSC a single indication

The AMNU sends errors to the BSC by sending ”event report” messages throughthe BTS. There are two types of these messages:

transient messages which are not acknowledged by the BSC

non--transient messageswhich must be acknowledged by the BSCandwhich arerepeated by AMNU until they are acknowledged

Transmission unit

Radio Signaling function

The main characteristics of this function are described below:the radio access management (level 1)

It manages a dialog between the AMNU signaling functions and the signalprocessing function (SPU) which are connected to the AMNU.

the radio management (level 2)

It manages the LAPDm level 2 signaling on the radio channels.

the radio resources management (level 3)

It provides mainly the level 2 management on the common channels andcontrolof level 2 functions on dedicated and common channels.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


radio measurements management (level 3)

It provides the return of interference measurements carried out by the onesignal--processing unit on the inactive dedicated channels and transmission of these measurements to the AMNU.

Operation & Maintenance functions (O&M)

They provide configuration and unconfiguration of the TS and frequencyhopping functions.

Signal Processing function

The signal processing (SPU) function performs processing associated with the

transmission layer executes a number of functions, such as:modulation/demodulation (GMSK or 8--PSK)

ciphering/deciphering of sent and received data

coding/decoding and interleaving/de--interleaving of data from the variouschannels

processing radio measurements

mobile transmission timing advance function

discontinuous transmission (DTX)

BCCH filling

transmitter and receiver control

Power regulation function

Its main function is to check instantly the associated radio subset. It receivesconfiguration instruction via the AMNU unit. In this case, it launches processingand returns reports.

Once that the function is configured, eachTS in attendanceonthe FHbus isreading.Next the function calculates the frequency and the power code to be applied to theradio interface. Each function act a control of the set point (emission power), to

improve the non--linearity of the gain of the transmission chain.It launches these main operations:

frequency hopping management

power slaving

transmission power

alarms management

RX logic function

The logic functions:

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





maintain:• the interface between the SPU functions with respectively the RX radio

functions on the radio unit (eRDRX)• and the ciphering Uplink/Downlink

filter the digital samples, provided by the RX radio functions, to base bandsignals

generate the FH bus

Each RX radio functions processes the eight TS of the radio frame.

The main characteristics of the RX radio function are:

an interface for the reception of the GSM time to maintain the DSPsynchronization on the radio frame

for the transmission:• the recording transmission parameters and the cyphering key• the parameters cyphering and the transmission on the FH bus

for the reception:• the recording of the reception parameters and the ciphering key• the base band filtering of the digital samples provided by the converter

• the ciphering key movingTX logic function

They maintain the interface between the SPU functions and respectively the TXradio functions of the radio unit (eRDRX).

This TX logic function processes the eight TSs of the radio frame.

It ensures the digital/analog conversion of samples, and receives:

information about the burst bits, from the RX function and via the FH bus,

modulated signal samples, according to the modulation format previously set,

digital data (alarms, output power, etc.), from various equipments of the analogpart of the transmitter,

and ensures corrective actions.

3.5.3.2 Radio unit (eRDRX)

The radio unit (see Figure 3--17 ) processes the radio channels fortransmission/reception function.

The e--DRX board include thefollowing functions: power supply unit, receiver unitand transmitter unit, and frequency reference unit.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Power supply unit

The power supply unit is converting common -48 V to specific +5 V/+12 V powersupply signals for the DRX radio board.

Frequency reference unit

The reference frequency is synthesized by 13 Mhz Phase--Locked--Loop,referenced with the 4.096 MHz (H4M) provided by the digital board.

Transmitter unit

The transmitter unit contains the transmission channels of lower power whichmanage the Radio Frequency (RF) signals (GSMK or 8--PSK) and IntermediateFrequency (IF) signals as follows:

I/Q modulation

IF filtering and amplification

IF and RF transposition

RF band filtering

amplification and variable attenuation

output power control

Receiver unit

The receiver unit includes the reception radio channels which manage the RFsignals (GSMK or 8--PSK) and the IF signals as follows:

RF signals from LNA--splitter

RF to IF transposition

IF channel filtering and amplification

RF to BF transposition

Analog--to--digital conversion

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Amplification RX module(LNA--Splitter)

Amplification TX module(LPA)

Radio unit(e--RDRX)

RX1 (RF)

RX2 analog--to--digitalconverter

Logic unit (e--LDRX)

TX1 (RF)

Frequency translation(IF/RF)

RX1 (IF) TX1 (IF)

RX radiofunction

TX radiofunction

Frequency translation(LF/IF)

Frequency translation(LF/IF)

Frequency translation(IF/RF)

Figure 3--17 Radio unit (eRDRX): functional unit

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





4 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

4.1 BTS software presentation

BTS software is divided into downloadable files and an onboard PROM.

4.1.1 Downloadable files

The BSC downloads these files via the A--bis interface.

There are two sets of files, BCF and DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3. Each set isarranged in a file catalog that contain the list of files and the files themselves.

4.1.2 PROM

PROM chips are read-only memory units used to store software.

They are all installed on all BTS equipment boards.

4.1.2.1 S8000 BCF software

Boards serving the BCF are described in Table 4--1 :

Board Software productname

Software producttype

CSWM PE_CSWM_BPE_CSWM_L

BOOTLOAD

PCMIPE_BS_DTI_E1

orPE_BS_DTI_T1

PROM

SYNC PE_SYN PROM

DSC PE_DCC PROM

GTW PE_GTW PROM ALCO PE_BS_ALO PROM

Table 4--1 BCF software product names

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


4.1.2.2 S8000 BTS CBCF Software

The software product associated with the boards and slaves of the CBCF Modulesare listed in Table 4--2 .

Board Sofware product name Software product type

CBCF Module PE_CBCF_BPE_CBCF_DLU0

BootDLU Code

CPCMI PE_CPCMI_E1PE_CPCMI_T1

LoadLoad

RECAL PE_RECAL Load

CC8 PE_CC8_1800 Load

Table 4--2 CBCF software product names

4.1.2.3 S8002 BTS CBCF software

The CBCF software package includes the PROMs installed in the slave units andthe CMCF software which divides itself into two parts called BOOT and LOAD. All the CBCF files are downloadable as listed in Table 4--3 .


CBCF Module PE_CBCF_LPE_CBCF_B

LoadBoot

CPCMI PE_CPCMI Load

RECAL PE_RECAL Load

Table 4--3 CBCF software product names

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





4.1.2.4 S8003 BTS CBCF Software

The software product associated with the boards and slaves of the CBCF Modulesare listed in Table 4--4 .


CBCF Module PE_CBCF_BPE_CBCF_DLU0

BootDLU Code

CPCMI PE_CPCMI_E1 Load

RECAL PE_RECAL Load

Table 4--4 S8003 BTS: CBCF software product names

4.1.2.5 S8000 BTS family DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 Software

As listed in Table 4 --5, the software products vary depending on whether the BCFor CBCF is used in the BTS. DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 O&M software is used with the BCF. DRX COAM is used with the CBCF or BCF from V12 onward.


DRX O&M/COAM PE_AMNU_COAM_LPE_AMNU_RSL_LPE_AMNU_BPE_SPU2G_EGAL1_LPE_SPU2G_EGAL2_LPE_SPU2G_1620_LPE_SPU2G_BISTPE_SPU2G_BIST_1620PE_TX_L_COAMPE_BDT_LPE_TOOLS

O&M AMNU LOADRSL AMNU LOAD AMNU BOOTSPU EGAL1SPU EGAL2SPU 1620BIST SPUBIST SPU 1620TXBDTPL TOOLS

e--DRX PE_AMNU_COAM_LPE_AMNU_RSL_L_CPE_AMNU_BPE_SPU2G_16410_LPE_TOOLS

O&M AMNU LOADRSL AMNU LOAD AMNU BOOTSPU 16410PL TOOLS

Table 4--5 S8000 BTS family : DRX, e--DRX, and DRX--ND3 softwareproduct names

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


4.1.2.6 S8002//S8003/S8006 BTS DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 software

The software products AMNU, SPU, DLU, BOOT, TX, BDT and BISTs are listedbelow:

AMNU: It is the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 management unit.

SPU: It enables level 1 radio communication with the mobile.

BDT: It extracts the GSM TIME carried on the private PCM.

TX: It manages and monitors radio transmission. it is installed on each DRX ore--DRX or DRX--ND3 board. It defines the FH bus input from which the TRXreads data, and defines the transmission power to be used. it also forwards TXalarms to the CMCF and controls the Power Amplifier (PA).

BISTs: Basis hardware self test programs of a BTS subsystem. An example is the AMNU BIST which tests the components of the AMNU such as memory.

AMNU, BISTS, TX BOOT, BDT BOOT, and optionnally Cyphering ASICsoftwares are installed in factory.


AMNU PE_AMNU_LPE_AMNU_B

LoadBoot

SPU PE_SPU2G_EGAL_2PE_SPU2G_DLU_DCS LoadLoad

TX PE_TX_L_GSM Load

BDT PE_BDT_L Load

Table 4--6 S8002 BTS: DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 software productnames

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference






AMNU PE_AMNU_COAM_LPE_AMNU_COAM_BPE_AMNU_BOOT_BOOTPE_BOOT_INTERPE_AMNU_RSL_LPE_AMNU_OML_L

LoadBootBoot BootBootRSL AMNU LoadO&M AMNU load

SPU PE_SPU2G_1620_LPE_SPU2G_BIST_1620

LoadBist

TX PE_TX_L_COAMPE_TX_OM_L

LoadTX O&M Load

BDT PE_BDT_L LoadPE_TOOLS PL Tools

Table 4--7 S8003 BTS: DRX software product names


AMNU PE_AMNU_COAM_LPE_AMNU_COAM_BPE_AMNU_BOOT_BOOTPE_BOOT_INTERPE_AMNU_RSL_LPE_AMNU_OML_L

LoadBootBoot BootBootRSL AMNU LoadO&M AMNU load

SPU PE_SPU2G_1620_LPE_SPU2G_BIST_1620

LoadBist

TX PE_TX_L_COAMPE_TX_OM_L

LoadTX O&M Load

BDT PE_BDT_L Load

PE_TOOLS PL Tools

Table 4--8 S8006 BTS: DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 software productnames

Note: The e--DRX information is not available.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


4.2 BTS software functions

BTS software is distributed among three major units (see Figure 4--1 andFigure 4--2 ):

The DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 unit is designed to transmit and receive(modulate and demodulate) and manage TDMA frames on the radio channel.

The CBCF and BCF manage their slave units:

• CBCF: CPCMI, RECAL, DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3, CC8

• BCF: ALCO, DSC, DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 Interface, PCMI, Tx, andSYNC

The TIL unit is used for in--factory testing of the BTS, and to configure, control,and supervise the BTS on site.

The following terms are used in this chapter:

BIST: Basic hardware self--test programs of a BTS subsystem subassembly.These tests validate a subassembly intrinsically, without disturbing the othersubassemblies. An example is the AMNU BIST, which tests the components(such as memory) of the AMNU unit on the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3logical board.

Self--tests: Global, functional test programs, which use several subassemblies inorder to validatean assembly (such as the DRXor e--DRXor DRX--ND3). Thesetests can be broken down into tests of more or less elementary functions. Thismay require external equipment (so the term may be misleading).

Downloading: A process which consists of installing, in the DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 (logical part), software from an external entity (terminal, Ethernetnetwork, BSC, etc.).

Loading: A process used to load, into thesubassembliesof theDRXor e--DRXorDRX--ND3 (logical part), the software it requires for its nominal operation.

The Network Identification of BTS equipment feature consists of finding a way todifferentiate froma system point of view e--DRXandDRX--ND3for DRX; ePA andHePA for PA; CMCF phase 1 and CMCF phase 2 Edge feature implementation.

In addition, this feature adds new equipment: e--DRX, DRX--ND3, ePA and HePA on sites without any modification of the configRef (DLU).


From a radio point of view, the DRX--ND3 is not able to support edge 8PSK modulation. The DRX--ND3 is not an edge ready hardware.


8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





4.2.1 DRX, e--DRX, DRX--ND3 software functions

It isdownloadedbythe BSC, configured and supervised bythe BSC and the CSWM(BCF) or CMCF (CBCF) through a LAPD link and a serial link. It serves as agateway between theradio channel andtheBSC. It handles both signaling and voicefor all the logical channels carried by a given TDMA frame.

The module has four functions:

The AMNU (LAPDm, L3 RSL, L3 O&M) is the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3management unit.

The SPU is a gateway between the radio network and the BSC.

TX and RX manage radio transmission and transmission.The BDT manages the GSM TIME.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Ethernet

L3--RSL

L3--O&M-- AMNU

LAPDm

SPU

RX

L APD

BDT

L3--PCMI

L3--DSC

L3--SYN

L3--ALCO

GTW

TIL

DRX (*)

BCF

BSC

L1--O&M

L1-- ALCO

L1--O&M

N3--TX L3--O&M

L1--O&M

L1--BDT

L3--TIL

Radiosignalinput

Radiosignaloutput

PAcontrol

Alarms

FHbus

Internal PCMs

ExternalPCMs


LAPD

RACE L3--O&M--CSWM

L2--O&M

Figure 4--1 Software functions (with BCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





TIL

OSKERNEL

ABIS

O&MKERNEL

O&Mspecific

Group of slavemanagers

OS specific(BSP)

CBCF

DRX (*)

Group of slaveequipment CPCMI RECAL


Figure 4--2 Software functions (with CBCF)

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


L3 O&M AMNU

This software unit centralizes the operating and maintenance functions:

initialitization and monitoring of BISTs

connection with Abis and BCF

downloading and software marking

configuration

defense and alarms

tool functions

transmission of GSM TIME to BDT, and of O&M to TX

L3 RSL

This software unit represents the Radio Resource (RR) and the radio measurementsfunction (L1M) in the BTS:

radio link layer management

dedicated channel management

common channel management

TRX managementerror handling

measurement collecting

measurement pre--processing (for power control by the BTS, and for callclearing and handover decision for the BSC)

LAPDm

This software unit provides the LAPDm radio level 2 protocol with the mobile.

SPU

This software unit enables the level 1 radio communication with the mobile totransmit and receive:

gateway between radio and terrestrial network (Abis) for the traffic channel

multiplexing and demultiplexing of the logical channels on physical channels

RX

This software unit provides the radioelectrical reception function.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





L3 TX

This software unit manages and monitors radio transmission. It is installed in eachDRXor e--DRXor DRX--ND3board. It sets thetransmitter operationmode,definesthe FH bus input from which the TX should read data, and defines the transmissionpower to be used. It also forwards TX alarms to the CSWM and controls the Power Amplifier (PA).

L1 BDT

This software unit extracts the GSM TIME carried on the PCMp (GSM TIME TS)for the BDT unit.

LAPD

This software unit manages the LAPD link level 2 protocol on PCM between DRXor e--DRX or DRX--ND3 and BSC.

L1 O&M, L2 O&M

These software units manage the link level 1 & 2 protocol onprivate PCMsbetweenDRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 and CSWM.

4.2.1.1 Network ID

With the implementation of V15.0, the BTS detects the type of DRX and PA duringconnection with respect to the BCF and the DRX. Note the following restrictions:

If a DRX is not yet connected to the BCF, its type is set to “DRX type” until it isconnected.If a PA is not yet connected to the DRX, its type is set to “PA type” until it isconnected.If a fault beginning has been sent on the DRX type (or PA type) of equipment,because the real equipment type was unknown, the fault ending must besent on aDRX or PA type, even if the DRX or PA have connected themselves between thefault begin and fault end.

4.2.1.2 Defense

The DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 board carries out no defense actions by itself.

4.2.2 BCF software functions

The Base Common Functions (BCF) unit is located in the main cabinet. It isdownloaded by the BSC. It provides the interface between the BTS and its BaseStation Controller (BSC). It also handles the following functions:

It sets the signaling channel and physical path concentration.It generates and distributes the GSM time to all BTS units.It monitors and detects all BTS alarms.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


Byusing the event reporting procedure, it correlates someBTS alarms in order toprovide to the BSC a logical state of the BTS. The DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3is still monitored partly by the BCF (TX) and partly by the DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 (AMNU/SPU).

It provides local protection of some BTS modules, by implementing redundantequipment units.

Synchronization unit level 3 layer (L3--SYN)

This software unit is installed in each synchronization unit. It monitorssynchronization board switching, and sends a message to the CSWM wheneverswitching occurs.

Alarm unit level 3 layer (L3--ALCO)

This software unit is installed in the ALCO board. It makes it possible to set theboard alarm loops, under CSWM control. It sends all alarm and control loop statesto the CSWM.

Dual PCM link unit level 3 layer (L3--PCMI)

This software is installed in each PCMI board. It makes it possible to configure theboard, and monitors the board and the two associated PCM link operations. It alsocarries out signaling to the CSWM when a failure occurs.

Concentrator unit level 3 layer (L3--DSC)

This software unit is installed in each DSC board and enables board configuration.It concentrates the signaling of several DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 units ontothe BSC signaling channel, and conversely separates BSC signaling and routes ittowards the DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 units.

L1 BDT

This level interfaces the GSM TIME bus with a dedicated TS of all private PCMlinks.

RACE

This level formats into frames the character flow coming from RACE, and routesthese frames towards the OMC.

LAPD management (LAPD)

This software unit manages a LAPD link between the CSWM and the BSC throughthe DSCs.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





L3 O&M CSWM

The main functions of this layer are the following:

conversion between GSM entities and hardware entities

configuration of the internal PCM links

configuration of the FH bus

supervision of the different slave equipments (PCMI, DSC, TX, ALCO, SYNC,GTW, switching matrix, O&M bus)

management of the duplex

4.2.2.1 Defense

The BCF contains several defense mechanisms:

paired units operating in active/standby mode:

• two synchronization boards (SYNC)

• two gateway boards (GTW)

• two control and switching boards (CSWM). In order to provide switching in warm duplex mode, the standby chain is updated in real time.

redundant units:

• one DSC board can be reserved for redundant use• one PCM interface bord can be reserved for redundant use.

4.2.3 CBCF software functions

CBCF Software is based on a COAM software architecture, which is composed of three main parts:

common software for various BTS products

• OS Kernel

• O&M KernelBTS--specific software dedicated to a BTS product

• OS--specific

• O&M--specific

slave managers

The COAM architecture is shown in Figure 4--3 .

The CBCF software manages the following O&M functions:

PCM management

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


configuration and supervision management

software management

synchronization management

test management

duplex management

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





Layers 2

Layer 3 access

Layers 2

Layer 3 access

Softwaremanagement Abis management

Equipmentmanager

Connectionmanager

Radioresourcemanager

Synchromanager

Interlayer CBCF

Slave managers

DRXmanager

CPCMImanager

RECALmanager

Scheduler

Duplex

Ma

nager

O&Mkernel

CBCF

TIL

BSC

DRX (*)equipment

CPCMIequipment

RECALequipment


Figure 4--3 COAM architecture on the CBCF

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063


4.2.3.1 PCM Management

This function selects one of the incoming PCMs for communication with the BSC.It then routes PCM TSs to the appropriate equipment in the BTS as the BSCrequests. Other PCM TSs are routed toward another PCM to allow drop & insertfunctionality.

This function also ensures LAPD concentration.

Secured loop function

Secured loopfunction isan enhancement of Drop & Insert mode. In case of networktransmission failure (PCM or Optical Fibre or Microwave links, HDSL modems...)

in BTS loop, secured loop feature ensures that the ongoing calls are maintained,signalling links are maintained and automatically switched over on the redundantpath.

Secured loop function is based on:

duplicated BSC PCM interfaces (thanks to E1 SLTI boards),

duplicated BTS CPCMI boards,

duplicated BTS CMCF boards (with S4 commissioning switch in the “ON”position on both passive and active CMCF boards, and with dedicated SecuredLoop CBCF software),

duplicated PCM links through the transmission network (loop with one PCMonly),

a dedicated 64 Kbit/s TS (TS 31), called Shared Time Slot (STS), on each PCMlink.

The selection of the active path is performed via a dedicated protocol carried on theSTS.

4.2.3.2 Configuration and supervision management

This function translates the OML A--bis model into a physical model to offer astandardized configurationandsupervision to the BSC. TheCBCF acts as an A--bisfront end toward the BSC for configuration and supervision purposes. It is the onlylink for configuration messages coming from the BSC. The CBCF uses theCBCF/DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 protocol to drive any actions concerning theDRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3.

4.2.3.3 Software management

The CBCF performs software management for the BTS and provides the only linkfor downloading messages from the BSC. When a RECAL or CPCMI board isdownloaded, the CBCF/Slave protocol is used.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference





4.2.3.4 Synchronization management

The CBCF builds the GSM time and provides it to the DRX or e--DRX orDRX--ND3 via a TS or a private PCM. External PCMs ensure long term stability.

4.2.3.5 Test Management

The CBCF coordinates all BTS tests. When an installation or maintenance actionaffects a DRXor e--DRXor DRX--ND3, theDRX or e--DRXor DRX--ND3isdrivenby the CBCF using the CBCF/DRX or e--DRX or DRX--ND3 Protocol.

4.2.3.6 Duplex Management

The COAM software manages a cold and hot duplex modes.

4.2.4 TIL software functions

TIL is an application running on a PC in the WINDOWS 95 and WINDOWS 2000environment. The TIL application is connected to the BCF or CBCF through anethernet connection.

The TIL is designed to do the following:

validate the BTS in the factory

install the BTS site

perform diagnostics of hardware problems

check equipment substitution

check the equipment extension within a cabinet

Ethernet

This unit is installed in the PC. It provides the level 1 and 2 communication layer.Level 1 is a hardware driver. The level 2 protocol is an LAPD UI frame. TCP--IPprotocol is used.

L3 TILThis software unit manages all the boards of the BTS by establishment of a network with all the GSM entities of the BTS. It integrates the factory and installation testenvironment.

The TIL takes the following testing into consideration:

the conformity of the cabinet configuration

the validity of the data links

the external BTS PCM

the connectors in the cabinet for cabinet extensions

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference



PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Dimensioning rulesNortel Networks Confidential 5--1



5 DIMENSIONING RULESRefer to NTP <138> GSM BSS Engineering Rules.

8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference


Dimensioning rules Nortel Networks Confidential5--2

PE/DCL/DD/0063411--9001--063



8/10/2019 411-9001-063 S8000 BTS Reference
